1 /* MIPS-specific support for ELF
2 Copyright (C) 1993-2020 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
4 Most of the information added by Ian Lance Taylor, Cygnus Support,
6 N32/64 ABI support added by Mark Mitchell, CodeSourcery, LLC.
7 <mark@codesourcery.com>
8 Traditional MIPS targets support added by Koundinya.K, Dansk Data
9 Elektronik & Operations Research Group. <kk@ddeorg.soft.net>
11 This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library.
13 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
14 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
15 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
16 (at your option) any later version.
18 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
19 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
20 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
21 GNU General Public License for more details.
23 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
24 along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
25 Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston,
26 MA 02110-1301, USA. */
29 /* This file handles functionality common to the different MIPS ABI's. */
34 #include "libiberty.h"
36 #include "ecoff-bfd.h"
37 #include "elfxx-mips.h"
39 #include "elf-vxworks.h"
42 /* Get the ECOFF swapping routines. */
44 #include "coff/symconst.h"
45 #include "coff/ecoff.h"
46 #include "coff/mips.h"
50 /* Types of TLS GOT entry. */
51 enum mips_got_tls_type
{
58 /* This structure is used to hold information about one GOT entry.
59 There are four types of entry:
61 (1) an absolute address
62 requires: abfd == NULL
65 (2) a SYMBOL + OFFSET address, where SYMBOL is local to an input bfd
66 requires: abfd != NULL, symndx >= 0, tls_type != GOT_TLS_LDM
67 fields: abfd, symndx, d.addend, tls_type
69 (3) a SYMBOL address, where SYMBOL is not local to an input bfd
70 requires: abfd != NULL, symndx == -1
74 requires: abfd != NULL, symndx == 0, tls_type == GOT_TLS_LDM
75 fields: none; there's only one of these per GOT. */
78 /* One input bfd that needs the GOT entry. */
80 /* The index of the symbol, as stored in the relocation r_info, if
81 we have a local symbol; -1 otherwise. */
85 /* If abfd == NULL, an address that must be stored in the got. */
87 /* If abfd != NULL && symndx != -1, the addend of the relocation
88 that should be added to the symbol value. */
90 /* If abfd != NULL && symndx == -1, the hash table entry
91 corresponding to a symbol in the GOT. The symbol's entry
92 is in the local area if h->global_got_area is GGA_NONE,
93 otherwise it is in the global area. */
94 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
97 /* The TLS type of this GOT entry. An LDM GOT entry will be a local
98 symbol entry with r_symndx == 0. */
99 unsigned char tls_type
;
101 /* True if we have filled in the GOT contents for a TLS entry,
102 and created the associated relocations. */
103 unsigned char tls_initialized
;
105 /* The offset from the beginning of the .got section to the entry
106 corresponding to this symbol+addend. If it's a global symbol
107 whose offset is yet to be decided, it's going to be -1. */
111 /* This structure represents a GOT page reference from an input bfd.
112 Each instance represents a symbol + ADDEND, where the representation
113 of the symbol depends on whether it is local to the input bfd.
114 If it is, then SYMNDX >= 0, and the symbol has index SYMNDX in U.ABFD.
115 Otherwise, SYMNDX < 0 and U.H points to the symbol's hash table entry.
117 Page references with SYMNDX >= 0 always become page references
118 in the output. Page references with SYMNDX < 0 only become page
119 references if the symbol binds locally; in other cases, the page
120 reference decays to a global GOT reference. */
121 struct mips_got_page_ref
126 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
132 /* This structure describes a range of addends: [MIN_ADDEND, MAX_ADDEND].
133 The structures form a non-overlapping list that is sorted by increasing
135 struct mips_got_page_range
137 struct mips_got_page_range
*next
;
138 bfd_signed_vma min_addend
;
139 bfd_signed_vma max_addend
;
142 /* This structure describes the range of addends that are applied to page
143 relocations against a given section. */
144 struct mips_got_page_entry
146 /* The section that these entries are based on. */
148 /* The ranges for this page entry. */
149 struct mips_got_page_range
*ranges
;
150 /* The maximum number of page entries needed for RANGES. */
154 /* This structure is used to hold .got information when linking. */
158 /* The number of global .got entries. */
159 unsigned int global_gotno
;
160 /* The number of global .got entries that are in the GGA_RELOC_ONLY area. */
161 unsigned int reloc_only_gotno
;
162 /* The number of .got slots used for TLS. */
163 unsigned int tls_gotno
;
164 /* The first unused TLS .got entry. Used only during
165 mips_elf_initialize_tls_index. */
166 unsigned int tls_assigned_gotno
;
167 /* The number of local .got entries, eventually including page entries. */
168 unsigned int local_gotno
;
169 /* The maximum number of page entries needed. */
170 unsigned int page_gotno
;
171 /* The number of relocations needed for the GOT entries. */
173 /* The first unused local .got entry. */
174 unsigned int assigned_low_gotno
;
175 /* The last unused local .got entry. */
176 unsigned int assigned_high_gotno
;
177 /* A hash table holding members of the got. */
178 struct htab
*got_entries
;
179 /* A hash table holding mips_got_page_ref structures. */
180 struct htab
*got_page_refs
;
181 /* A hash table of mips_got_page_entry structures. */
182 struct htab
*got_page_entries
;
183 /* In multi-got links, a pointer to the next got (err, rather, most
184 of the time, it points to the previous got). */
185 struct mips_got_info
*next
;
188 /* Structure passed when merging bfds' gots. */
190 struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg
192 /* The output bfd. */
194 /* The link information. */
195 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
196 /* A pointer to the primary got, i.e., the one that's going to get
197 the implicit relocations from DT_MIPS_LOCAL_GOTNO and
199 struct mips_got_info
*primary
;
200 /* A non-primary got we're trying to merge with other input bfd's
202 struct mips_got_info
*current
;
203 /* The maximum number of got entries that can be addressed with a
205 unsigned int max_count
;
206 /* The maximum number of page entries needed by each got. */
207 unsigned int max_pages
;
208 /* The total number of global entries which will live in the
209 primary got and be automatically relocated. This includes
210 those not referenced by the primary GOT but included in
212 unsigned int global_count
;
215 /* A structure used to pass information to htab_traverse callbacks
216 when laying out the GOT. */
218 struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
220 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
221 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
225 struct _mips_elf_section_data
227 struct bfd_elf_section_data elf
;
234 #define mips_elf_section_data(sec) \
235 ((struct _mips_elf_section_data *) elf_section_data (sec))
237 #define is_mips_elf(bfd) \
238 (bfd_get_flavour (bfd) == bfd_target_elf_flavour \
239 && elf_tdata (bfd) != NULL \
240 && elf_object_id (bfd) == MIPS_ELF_DATA)
242 /* The ABI says that every symbol used by dynamic relocations must have
243 a global GOT entry. Among other things, this provides the dynamic
244 linker with a free, directly-indexed cache. The GOT can therefore
245 contain symbols that are not referenced by GOT relocations themselves
246 (in other words, it may have symbols that are not referenced by things
247 like R_MIPS_GOT16 and R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE).
249 GOT relocations are less likely to overflow if we put the associated
250 GOT entries towards the beginning. We therefore divide the global
251 GOT entries into two areas: "normal" and "reloc-only". Entries in
252 the first area can be used for both dynamic relocations and GP-relative
253 accesses, while those in the "reloc-only" area are for dynamic
256 These GGA_* ("Global GOT Area") values are organised so that lower
257 values are more general than higher values. Also, non-GGA_NONE
258 values are ordered by the position of the area in the GOT. */
260 #define GGA_RELOC_ONLY 1
263 /* Information about a non-PIC interface to a PIC function. There are
264 two ways of creating these interfaces. The first is to add:
267 addiu $25,$25,%lo(func)
269 immediately before a PIC function "func". The second is to add:
273 addiu $25,$25,%lo(func)
275 to a separate trampoline section.
277 Stubs of the first kind go in a new section immediately before the
278 target function. Stubs of the second kind go in a single section
279 pointed to by the hash table's "strampoline" field. */
280 struct mips_elf_la25_stub
{
281 /* The generated section that contains this stub. */
282 asection
*stub_section
;
284 /* The offset of the stub from the start of STUB_SECTION. */
287 /* One symbol for the original function. Its location is available
288 in H->root.root.u.def. */
289 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
292 /* Macros for populating a mips_elf_la25_stub. */
294 #define LA25_LUI(VAL) (0x3c190000 | (VAL)) /* lui t9,VAL */
295 #define LA25_J(VAL) (0x08000000 | (((VAL) >> 2) & 0x3ffffff)) /* j VAL */
296 #define LA25_BC(VAL) (0xc8000000 | (((VAL) >> 2) & 0x3ffffff)) /* bc VAL */
297 #define LA25_ADDIU(VAL) (0x27390000 | (VAL)) /* addiu t9,t9,VAL */
298 #define LA25_LUI_MICROMIPS(VAL) \
299 (0x41b90000 | (VAL)) /* lui t9,VAL */
300 #define LA25_J_MICROMIPS(VAL) \
301 (0xd4000000 | (((VAL) >> 1) & 0x3ffffff)) /* j VAL */
302 #define LA25_ADDIU_MICROMIPS(VAL) \
303 (0x33390000 | (VAL)) /* addiu t9,t9,VAL */
305 /* This structure is passed to mips_elf_sort_hash_table_f when sorting
306 the dynamic symbols. */
308 struct mips_elf_hash_sort_data
310 /* The symbol in the global GOT with the lowest dynamic symbol table
312 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*low
;
313 /* The least dynamic symbol table index corresponding to a non-TLS
314 symbol with a GOT entry. */
315 bfd_size_type min_got_dynindx
;
316 /* The greatest dynamic symbol table index corresponding to a symbol
317 with a GOT entry that is not referenced (e.g., a dynamic symbol
318 with dynamic relocations pointing to it from non-primary GOTs). */
319 bfd_size_type max_unref_got_dynindx
;
320 /* The greatest dynamic symbol table index corresponding to a local
322 bfd_size_type max_local_dynindx
;
323 /* The greatest dynamic symbol table index corresponding to an external
324 symbol without a GOT entry. */
325 bfd_size_type max_non_got_dynindx
;
326 /* If non-NULL, output BFD for .MIPS.xhash finalization. */
328 /* If non-NULL, pointer to contents of .MIPS.xhash for filling in
329 real final dynindx. */
333 /* We make up to two PLT entries if needed, one for standard MIPS code
334 and one for compressed code, either a MIPS16 or microMIPS one. We
335 keep a separate record of traditional lazy-binding stubs, for easier
340 /* Traditional SVR4 stub offset, or -1 if none. */
343 /* Standard PLT entry offset, or -1 if none. */
346 /* Compressed PLT entry offset, or -1 if none. */
349 /* The corresponding .got.plt index, or -1 if none. */
350 bfd_vma gotplt_index
;
352 /* Whether we need a standard PLT entry. */
353 unsigned int need_mips
: 1;
355 /* Whether we need a compressed PLT entry. */
356 unsigned int need_comp
: 1;
359 /* The MIPS ELF linker needs additional information for each symbol in
360 the global hash table. */
362 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
364 struct elf_link_hash_entry root
;
366 /* External symbol information. */
369 /* The la25 stub we have created for ths symbol, if any. */
370 struct mips_elf_la25_stub
*la25_stub
;
372 /* Number of R_MIPS_32, R_MIPS_REL32, or R_MIPS_64 relocs against
374 unsigned int possibly_dynamic_relocs
;
376 /* If there is a stub that 32 bit functions should use to call this
377 16 bit function, this points to the section containing the stub. */
380 /* If there is a stub that 16 bit functions should use to call this
381 32 bit function, this points to the section containing the stub. */
384 /* This is like the call_stub field, but it is used if the function
385 being called returns a floating point value. */
386 asection
*call_fp_stub
;
388 /* If non-zero, location in .MIPS.xhash to write real final dynindx. */
389 bfd_vma mipsxhash_loc
;
391 /* The highest GGA_* value that satisfies all references to this symbol. */
392 unsigned int global_got_area
: 2;
394 /* True if all GOT relocations against this symbol are for calls. This is
395 a looser condition than no_fn_stub below, because there may be other
396 non-call non-GOT relocations against the symbol. */
397 unsigned int got_only_for_calls
: 1;
399 /* True if one of the relocations described by possibly_dynamic_relocs
400 is against a readonly section. */
401 unsigned int readonly_reloc
: 1;
403 /* True if there is a relocation against this symbol that must be
404 resolved by the static linker (in other words, if the relocation
405 cannot possibly be made dynamic). */
406 unsigned int has_static_relocs
: 1;
408 /* True if we must not create a .MIPS.stubs entry for this symbol.
409 This is set, for example, if there are relocations related to
410 taking the function's address, i.e. any but R_MIPS_CALL*16 ones.
411 See "MIPS ABI Supplement, 3rd Edition", p. 4-20. */
412 unsigned int no_fn_stub
: 1;
414 /* Whether we need the fn_stub; this is true if this symbol appears
415 in any relocs other than a 16 bit call. */
416 unsigned int need_fn_stub
: 1;
418 /* True if this symbol is referenced by branch relocations from
419 any non-PIC input file. This is used to determine whether an
420 la25 stub is required. */
421 unsigned int has_nonpic_branches
: 1;
423 /* Does this symbol need a traditional MIPS lazy-binding stub
424 (as opposed to a PLT entry)? */
425 unsigned int needs_lazy_stub
: 1;
427 /* Does this symbol resolve to a PLT entry? */
428 unsigned int use_plt_entry
: 1;
431 /* MIPS ELF linker hash table. */
433 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
435 struct elf_link_hash_table root
;
437 /* The number of .rtproc entries. */
438 bfd_size_type procedure_count
;
440 /* The size of the .compact_rel section (if SGI_COMPAT). */
441 bfd_size_type compact_rel_size
;
443 /* This flag indicates that the value of DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP dynamic entry
444 is set to the address of __rld_obj_head as in IRIX5 and IRIX6. */
445 bfd_boolean use_rld_obj_head
;
447 /* The __rld_map or __rld_obj_head symbol. */
448 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*rld_symbol
;
450 /* This is set if we see any mips16 stub sections. */
451 bfd_boolean mips16_stubs_seen
;
453 /* True if we can generate copy relocs and PLTs. */
454 bfd_boolean use_plts_and_copy_relocs
;
456 /* True if we can only use 32-bit microMIPS instructions. */
459 /* True if we suppress checks for invalid branches between ISA modes. */
460 bfd_boolean ignore_branch_isa
;
462 /* True if we are targetting R6 compact branches. */
463 bfd_boolean compact_branches
;
465 /* True if we already reported the small-data section overflow. */
466 bfd_boolean small_data_overflow_reported
;
468 /* True if we use the special `__gnu_absolute_zero' symbol. */
469 bfd_boolean use_absolute_zero
;
471 /* True if we have been configured for a GNU target. */
472 bfd_boolean gnu_target
;
474 /* Shortcuts to some dynamic sections, or NULL if they are not
479 /* The master GOT information. */
480 struct mips_got_info
*got_info
;
482 /* The global symbol in the GOT with the lowest index in the dynamic
484 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*global_gotsym
;
486 /* The size of the PLT header in bytes. */
487 bfd_vma plt_header_size
;
489 /* The size of a standard PLT entry in bytes. */
490 bfd_vma plt_mips_entry_size
;
492 /* The size of a compressed PLT entry in bytes. */
493 bfd_vma plt_comp_entry_size
;
495 /* The offset of the next standard PLT entry to create. */
496 bfd_vma plt_mips_offset
;
498 /* The offset of the next compressed PLT entry to create. */
499 bfd_vma plt_comp_offset
;
501 /* The index of the next .got.plt entry to create. */
502 bfd_vma plt_got_index
;
504 /* The number of functions that need a lazy-binding stub. */
505 bfd_vma lazy_stub_count
;
507 /* The size of a function stub entry in bytes. */
508 bfd_vma function_stub_size
;
510 /* The number of reserved entries at the beginning of the GOT. */
511 unsigned int reserved_gotno
;
513 /* The section used for mips_elf_la25_stub trampolines.
514 See the comment above that structure for details. */
515 asection
*strampoline
;
517 /* A table of mips_elf_la25_stubs, indexed by (input_section, offset)
521 /* A function FN (NAME, IS, OS) that creates a new input section
522 called NAME and links it to output section OS. If IS is nonnull,
523 the new section should go immediately before it, otherwise it
524 should go at the (current) beginning of OS.
526 The function returns the new section on success, otherwise it
528 asection
*(*add_stub_section
) (const char *, asection
*, asection
*);
530 /* Small local sym cache. */
531 struct sym_cache sym_cache
;
533 /* Is the PLT header compressed? */
534 unsigned int plt_header_is_comp
: 1;
537 /* Get the MIPS ELF linker hash table from a link_info structure. */
539 #define mips_elf_hash_table(p) \
540 (elf_hash_table_id ((struct elf_link_hash_table *) ((p)->hash)) \
541 == MIPS_ELF_DATA ? ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *) ((p)->hash)) : NULL)
543 /* A structure used to communicate with htab_traverse callbacks. */
544 struct mips_htab_traverse_info
546 /* The usual link-wide information. */
547 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
550 /* Starts off FALSE and is set to TRUE if the link should be aborted. */
554 /* MIPS ELF private object data. */
556 struct mips_elf_obj_tdata
558 /* Generic ELF private object data. */
559 struct elf_obj_tdata root
;
561 /* Input BFD providing Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP attribute for output. */
564 /* Input BFD providing Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA attribute for output. */
567 /* The abiflags for this object. */
568 Elf_Internal_ABIFlags_v0 abiflags
;
569 bfd_boolean abiflags_valid
;
571 /* The GOT requirements of input bfds. */
572 struct mips_got_info
*got
;
574 /* Used by _bfd_mips_elf_find_nearest_line. The structure could be
575 included directly in this one, but there's no point to wasting
576 the memory just for the infrequently called find_nearest_line. */
577 struct mips_elf_find_line
*find_line_info
;
579 /* An array of stub sections indexed by symbol number. */
580 asection
**local_stubs
;
581 asection
**local_call_stubs
;
583 /* The Irix 5 support uses two virtual sections, which represent
584 text/data symbols defined in dynamic objects. */
585 asymbol
*elf_data_symbol
;
586 asymbol
*elf_text_symbol
;
587 asection
*elf_data_section
;
588 asection
*elf_text_section
;
591 /* Get MIPS ELF private object data from BFD's tdata. */
593 #define mips_elf_tdata(bfd) \
594 ((struct mips_elf_obj_tdata *) (bfd)->tdata.any)
596 #define TLS_RELOC_P(r_type) \
597 (r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_DTPMOD32 \
598 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_DTPMOD64 \
599 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL32 \
600 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL64 \
601 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_GD \
602 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_LDM \
603 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL_HI16 \
604 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL_LO16 \
605 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL \
606 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL32 \
607 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL64 \
608 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL_HI16 \
609 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL_LO16 \
610 || r_type == R_MIPS16_TLS_GD \
611 || r_type == R_MIPS16_TLS_LDM \
612 || r_type == R_MIPS16_TLS_DTPREL_HI16 \
613 || r_type == R_MIPS16_TLS_DTPREL_LO16 \
614 || r_type == R_MIPS16_TLS_GOTTPREL \
615 || r_type == R_MIPS16_TLS_TPREL_HI16 \
616 || r_type == R_MIPS16_TLS_TPREL_LO16 \
617 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GD \
618 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_TLS_LDM \
619 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_TLS_DTPREL_HI16 \
620 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_TLS_DTPREL_LO16 \
621 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL \
622 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_TLS_TPREL_HI16 \
623 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_TLS_TPREL_LO16)
625 /* Structure used to pass information to mips_elf_output_extsym. */
630 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
631 struct ecoff_debug_info
*debug
;
632 const struct ecoff_debug_swap
*swap
;
636 /* The names of the runtime procedure table symbols used on IRIX5. */
638 static const char * const mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names
[] =
641 "_procedure_string_table",
642 "_procedure_table_size",
646 /* These structures are used to generate the .compact_rel section on
651 unsigned long id1
; /* Always one? */
652 unsigned long num
; /* Number of compact relocation entries. */
653 unsigned long id2
; /* Always two? */
654 unsigned long offset
; /* The file offset of the first relocation. */
655 unsigned long reserved0
; /* Zero? */
656 unsigned long reserved1
; /* Zero? */
665 bfd_byte reserved0
[4];
666 bfd_byte reserved1
[4];
667 } Elf32_External_compact_rel
;
671 unsigned int ctype
: 1; /* 1: long 0: short format. See below. */
672 unsigned int rtype
: 4; /* Relocation types. See below. */
673 unsigned int dist2to
: 8;
674 unsigned int relvaddr
: 19; /* (VADDR - vaddr of the previous entry)/ 4 */
675 unsigned long konst
; /* KONST field. See below. */
676 unsigned long vaddr
; /* VADDR to be relocated. */
681 unsigned int ctype
: 1; /* 1: long 0: short format. See below. */
682 unsigned int rtype
: 4; /* Relocation types. See below. */
683 unsigned int dist2to
: 8;
684 unsigned int relvaddr
: 19; /* (VADDR - vaddr of the previous entry)/ 4 */
685 unsigned long konst
; /* KONST field. See below. */
693 } Elf32_External_crinfo
;
699 } Elf32_External_crinfo2
;
701 /* These are the constants used to swap the bitfields in a crinfo. */
703 #define CRINFO_CTYPE (0x1)
704 #define CRINFO_CTYPE_SH (31)
705 #define CRINFO_RTYPE (0xf)
706 #define CRINFO_RTYPE_SH (27)
707 #define CRINFO_DIST2TO (0xff)
708 #define CRINFO_DIST2TO_SH (19)
709 #define CRINFO_RELVADDR (0x7ffff)
710 #define CRINFO_RELVADDR_SH (0)
712 /* A compact relocation info has long (3 words) or short (2 words)
713 formats. A short format doesn't have VADDR field and relvaddr
714 fields contains ((VADDR - vaddr of the previous entry) >> 2). */
715 #define CRF_MIPS_LONG 1
716 #define CRF_MIPS_SHORT 0
718 /* There are 4 types of compact relocation at least. The value KONST
719 has different meaning for each type:
722 CT_MIPS_REL32 Address in data
723 CT_MIPS_WORD Address in word (XXX)
724 CT_MIPS_GPHI_LO GP - vaddr
725 CT_MIPS_JMPAD Address to jump
728 #define CRT_MIPS_REL32 0xa
729 #define CRT_MIPS_WORD 0xb
730 #define CRT_MIPS_GPHI_LO 0xc
731 #define CRT_MIPS_JMPAD 0xd
733 #define mips_elf_set_cr_format(x,format) ((x).ctype = (format))
734 #define mips_elf_set_cr_type(x,type) ((x).rtype = (type))
735 #define mips_elf_set_cr_dist2to(x,v) ((x).dist2to = (v))
736 #define mips_elf_set_cr_relvaddr(x,d) ((x).relvaddr = (d)<<2)
738 /* The structure of the runtime procedure descriptor created by the
739 loader for use by the static exception system. */
741 typedef struct runtime_pdr
{
742 bfd_vma adr
; /* Memory address of start of procedure. */
743 long regmask
; /* Save register mask. */
744 long regoffset
; /* Save register offset. */
745 long fregmask
; /* Save floating point register mask. */
746 long fregoffset
; /* Save floating point register offset. */
747 long frameoffset
; /* Frame size. */
748 short framereg
; /* Frame pointer register. */
749 short pcreg
; /* Offset or reg of return pc. */
750 long irpss
; /* Index into the runtime string table. */
752 struct exception_info
*exception_info
;/* Pointer to exception array. */
754 #define cbRPDR sizeof (RPDR)
755 #define rpdNil ((pRPDR) 0)
757 static struct mips_got_entry
*mips_elf_create_local_got_entry
758 (bfd
*, struct bfd_link_info
*, bfd
*, bfd_vma
, unsigned long,
759 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*, int);
760 static bfd_boolean mips_elf_sort_hash_table_f
761 (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*, void *);
762 static bfd_vma mips_elf_high
764 static bfd_boolean mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation
765 (bfd
*, struct bfd_link_info
*, const Elf_Internal_Rela
*,
766 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*, asection
*, bfd_vma
,
767 bfd_vma
*, asection
*);
768 static bfd_vma mips_elf_adjust_gp
769 (bfd
*, struct mips_got_info
*, bfd
*);
771 /* This will be used when we sort the dynamic relocation records. */
772 static bfd
*reldyn_sorting_bfd
;
774 /* True if ABFD is for CPUs with load interlocking that include
775 non-MIPS1 CPUs and R3900. */
776 #define LOAD_INTERLOCKS_P(abfd) \
777 ( ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) != E_MIPS_ARCH_1) \
778 || ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_MACH) == E_MIPS_MACH_3900))
780 /* True if ABFD is for CPUs that are faster if JAL is converted to BAL.
781 This should be safe for all architectures. We enable this predicate
782 for RM9000 for now. */
783 #define JAL_TO_BAL_P(abfd) \
784 ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_MACH) == E_MIPS_MACH_9000)
786 /* True if ABFD is for CPUs that are faster if JALR is converted to BAL.
787 This should be safe for all architectures. We enable this predicate for
789 #define JALR_TO_BAL_P(abfd) 1
791 /* True if ABFD is for CPUs that are faster if JR is converted to B.
792 This should be safe for all architectures. We enable this predicate for
794 #define JR_TO_B_P(abfd) 1
796 /* True if ABFD is a PIC object. */
797 #define PIC_OBJECT_P(abfd) \
798 ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_PIC) != 0)
800 /* Nonzero if ABFD is using the O32 ABI. */
801 #define ABI_O32_P(abfd) \
802 ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI) == E_MIPS_ABI_O32)
804 /* Nonzero if ABFD is using the N32 ABI. */
805 #define ABI_N32_P(abfd) \
806 ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI2) != 0)
808 /* Nonzero if ABFD is using the N64 ABI. */
809 #define ABI_64_P(abfd) \
810 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->elfclass == ELFCLASS64)
812 /* Nonzero if ABFD is using NewABI conventions. */
813 #define NEWABI_P(abfd) (ABI_N32_P (abfd) || ABI_64_P (abfd))
815 /* Nonzero if ABFD has microMIPS code. */
816 #define MICROMIPS_P(abfd) \
817 ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_MICROMIPS) != 0)
819 /* Nonzero if ABFD is MIPS R6. */
820 #define MIPSR6_P(abfd) \
821 ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_32R6 \
822 || (elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_64R6)
824 /* The IRIX compatibility level we are striving for. */
825 #define IRIX_COMPAT(abfd) \
826 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->elf_backend_mips_irix_compat (abfd))
828 /* Whether we are trying to be compatible with IRIX at all. */
829 #define SGI_COMPAT(abfd) \
830 (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd) != ict_none)
832 /* The name of the options section. */
833 #define MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME(abfd) \
834 (NEWABI_P (abfd) ? ".MIPS.options" : ".options")
836 /* True if NAME is the recognized name of any SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS section.
837 Some IRIX system files do not use MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME. */
838 #define MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME_P(NAME) \
839 (strcmp (NAME, ".MIPS.options") == 0 || strcmp (NAME, ".options") == 0)
841 /* True if NAME is the recognized name of any SHT_MIPS_ABIFLAGS section. */
842 #define MIPS_ELF_ABIFLAGS_SECTION_NAME_P(NAME) \
843 (strcmp (NAME, ".MIPS.abiflags") == 0)
845 /* Whether the section is readonly. */
846 #define MIPS_ELF_READONLY_SECTION(sec) \
847 ((sec->flags & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_READONLY)) \
848 == (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_READONLY))
850 /* The name of the stub section. */
851 #define MIPS_ELF_STUB_SECTION_NAME(abfd) ".MIPS.stubs"
853 /* The size of an external REL relocation. */
854 #define MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE(abfd) \
855 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_rel)
857 /* The size of an external RELA relocation. */
858 #define MIPS_ELF_RELA_SIZE(abfd) \
859 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_rela)
861 /* The size of an external dynamic table entry. */
862 #define MIPS_ELF_DYN_SIZE(abfd) \
863 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_dyn)
865 /* The size of a GOT entry. */
866 #define MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE(abfd) \
867 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->arch_size / 8)
869 /* The size of the .rld_map section. */
870 #define MIPS_ELF_RLD_MAP_SIZE(abfd) \
871 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->arch_size / 8)
873 /* The size of a symbol-table entry. */
874 #define MIPS_ELF_SYM_SIZE(abfd) \
875 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_sym)
877 /* The default alignment for sections, as a power of two. */
878 #define MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN(abfd) \
879 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->log_file_align)
881 /* Get word-sized data. */
882 #define MIPS_ELF_GET_WORD(abfd, ptr) \
883 (ABI_64_P (abfd) ? bfd_get_64 (abfd, ptr) : bfd_get_32 (abfd, ptr))
885 /* Put out word-sized data. */
886 #define MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD(abfd, val, ptr) \
888 ? bfd_put_64 (abfd, val, ptr) \
889 : bfd_put_32 (abfd, val, ptr))
891 /* The opcode for word-sized loads (LW or LD). */
892 #define MIPS_ELF_LOAD_WORD(abfd) \
893 (ABI_64_P (abfd) ? 0xdc000000 : 0x8c000000)
895 /* Add a dynamic symbol table-entry. */
896 #define MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY(info, tag, val) \
897 _bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info, tag, val)
899 #define MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO(abfd, rtype, rela) \
900 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->elf_backend_mips_rtype_to_howto (abfd, rtype, rela))
902 /* The name of the dynamic relocation section. */
903 #define MIPS_ELF_REL_DYN_NAME(INFO) \
904 (mips_elf_hash_table (INFO)->root.target_os == is_vxworks \
905 ? ".rela.dyn" : ".rel.dyn")
907 /* In case we're on a 32-bit machine, construct a 64-bit "-1" value
908 from smaller values. Start with zero, widen, *then* decrement. */
909 #define MINUS_ONE (((bfd_vma)0) - 1)
910 #define MINUS_TWO (((bfd_vma)0) - 2)
912 /* The value to write into got[1] for SVR4 targets, to identify it is
913 a GNU object. The dynamic linker can then use got[1] to store the
915 #define MIPS_ELF_GNU_GOT1_MASK(abfd) \
916 ((bfd_vma) 1 << (ABI_64_P (abfd) ? 63 : 31))
918 /* The offset of $gp from the beginning of the .got section. */
919 #define ELF_MIPS_GP_OFFSET(INFO) \
920 (mips_elf_hash_table (INFO)->root.target_os == is_vxworks \
923 /* The maximum size of the GOT for it to be addressable using 16-bit
925 #define MIPS_ELF_GOT_MAX_SIZE(INFO) (ELF_MIPS_GP_OFFSET (INFO) + 0x7fff)
927 /* Instructions which appear in a stub. */
928 #define STUB_LW(abfd) \
930 ? 0xdf998010 /* ld t9,0x8010(gp) */ \
931 : 0x8f998010)) /* lw t9,0x8010(gp) */
932 #define STUB_MOVE 0x03e07825 /* or t7,ra,zero */
933 #define STUB_LUI(VAL) (0x3c180000 + (VAL)) /* lui t8,VAL */
934 #define STUB_JALR 0x0320f809 /* jalr ra,t9 */
935 #define STUB_JALRC 0xf8190000 /* jalrc ra,t9 */
936 #define STUB_ORI(VAL) (0x37180000 + (VAL)) /* ori t8,t8,VAL */
937 #define STUB_LI16U(VAL) (0x34180000 + (VAL)) /* ori t8,zero,VAL unsigned */
938 #define STUB_LI16S(abfd, VAL) \
940 ? (0x64180000 + (VAL)) /* daddiu t8,zero,VAL sign extended */ \
941 : (0x24180000 + (VAL)))) /* addiu t8,zero,VAL sign extended */
943 /* Likewise for the microMIPS ASE. */
944 #define STUB_LW_MICROMIPS(abfd) \
946 ? 0xdf3c8010 /* ld t9,0x8010(gp) */ \
947 : 0xff3c8010) /* lw t9,0x8010(gp) */
948 #define STUB_MOVE_MICROMIPS 0x0dff /* move t7,ra */
949 #define STUB_MOVE32_MICROMIPS 0x001f7a90 /* or t7,ra,zero */
950 #define STUB_LUI_MICROMIPS(VAL) \
951 (0x41b80000 + (VAL)) /* lui t8,VAL */
952 #define STUB_JALR_MICROMIPS 0x45d9 /* jalr t9 */
953 #define STUB_JALR32_MICROMIPS 0x03f90f3c /* jalr ra,t9 */
954 #define STUB_ORI_MICROMIPS(VAL) \
955 (0x53180000 + (VAL)) /* ori t8,t8,VAL */
956 #define STUB_LI16U_MICROMIPS(VAL) \
957 (0x53000000 + (VAL)) /* ori t8,zero,VAL unsigned */
958 #define STUB_LI16S_MICROMIPS(abfd, VAL) \
960 ? 0x5f000000 + (VAL) /* daddiu t8,zero,VAL sign extended */ \
961 : 0x33000000 + (VAL)) /* addiu t8,zero,VAL sign extended */
963 #define MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_NORMAL_SIZE 16
964 #define MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE 20
965 #define MICROMIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_NORMAL_SIZE 12
966 #define MICROMIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE 16
967 #define MICROMIPS_INSN32_FUNCTION_STUB_NORMAL_SIZE 16
968 #define MICROMIPS_INSN32_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE 20
970 /* The name of the dynamic interpreter. This is put in the .interp
973 #define ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER(abfd) \
974 (ABI_N32_P (abfd) ? "/usr/lib32/libc.so.1" \
975 : ABI_64_P (abfd) ? "/usr/lib64/libc.so.1" \
976 : "/usr/lib/libc.so.1")
979 #define MNAME(bfd,pre,pos) \
980 (ABI_64_P (bfd) ? CONCAT4 (pre,64,_,pos) : CONCAT4 (pre,32,_,pos))
981 #define ELF_R_SYM(bfd, i) \
982 (ABI_64_P (bfd) ? ELF64_R_SYM (i) : ELF32_R_SYM (i))
983 #define ELF_R_TYPE(bfd, i) \
984 (ABI_64_P (bfd) ? ELF64_MIPS_R_TYPE (i) : ELF32_R_TYPE (i))
985 #define ELF_R_INFO(bfd, s, t) \
986 (ABI_64_P (bfd) ? ELF64_R_INFO (s, t) : ELF32_R_INFO (s, t))
988 #define MNAME(bfd,pre,pos) CONCAT4 (pre,32,_,pos)
989 #define ELF_R_SYM(bfd, i) \
991 #define ELF_R_TYPE(bfd, i) \
993 #define ELF_R_INFO(bfd, s, t) \
994 (ELF32_R_INFO (s, t))
997 /* The mips16 compiler uses a couple of special sections to handle
998 floating point arguments.
1000 Section names that look like .mips16.fn.FNNAME contain stubs that
1001 copy floating point arguments from the fp regs to the gp regs and
1002 then jump to FNNAME. If any 32 bit function calls FNNAME, the
1003 call should be redirected to the stub instead. If no 32 bit
1004 function calls FNNAME, the stub should be discarded. We need to
1005 consider any reference to the function, not just a call, because
1006 if the address of the function is taken we will need the stub,
1007 since the address might be passed to a 32 bit function.
1009 Section names that look like .mips16.call.FNNAME contain stubs
1010 that copy floating point arguments from the gp regs to the fp
1011 regs and then jump to FNNAME. If FNNAME is a 32 bit function,
1012 then any 16 bit function that calls FNNAME should be redirected
1013 to the stub instead. If FNNAME is not a 32 bit function, the
1014 stub should be discarded.
1016 .mips16.call.fp.FNNAME sections are similar, but contain stubs
1017 which call FNNAME and then copy the return value from the fp regs
1018 to the gp regs. These stubs store the return value in $18 while
1019 calling FNNAME; any function which might call one of these stubs
1020 must arrange to save $18 around the call. (This case is not
1021 needed for 32 bit functions that call 16 bit functions, because
1022 16 bit functions always return floating point values in both
1025 Note that in all cases FNNAME might be defined statically.
1026 Therefore, FNNAME is not used literally. Instead, the relocation
1027 information will indicate which symbol the section is for.
1029 We record any stubs that we find in the symbol table. */
1031 #define FN_STUB ".mips16.fn."
1032 #define CALL_STUB ".mips16.call."
1033 #define CALL_FP_STUB ".mips16.call.fp."
1035 #define FN_STUB_P(name) CONST_STRNEQ (name, FN_STUB)
1036 #define CALL_STUB_P(name) CONST_STRNEQ (name, CALL_STUB)
1037 #define CALL_FP_STUB_P(name) CONST_STRNEQ (name, CALL_FP_STUB)
1039 /* The format of the first PLT entry in an O32 executable. */
1040 static const bfd_vma mips_o32_exec_plt0_entry
[] =
1042 0x3c1c0000, /* lui $28, %hi(&GOTPLT[0]) */
1043 0x8f990000, /* lw $25, %lo(&GOTPLT[0])($28) */
1044 0x279c0000, /* addiu $28, $28, %lo(&GOTPLT[0]) */
1045 0x031cc023, /* subu $24, $24, $28 */
1046 0x03e07825, /* or t7, ra, zero */
1047 0x0018c082, /* srl $24, $24, 2 */
1048 0x0320f809, /* jalr $25 */
1049 0x2718fffe /* subu $24, $24, 2 */
1052 /* The format of the first PLT entry in an O32 executable using compact
1054 static const bfd_vma mipsr6_o32_exec_plt0_entry_compact
[] =
1056 0x3c1c0000, /* lui $28, %hi(&GOTPLT[0]) */
1057 0x8f990000, /* lw $25, %lo(&GOTPLT[0])($28) */
1058 0x279c0000, /* addiu $28, $28, %lo(&GOTPLT[0]) */
1059 0x031cc023, /* subu $24, $24, $28 */
1060 0x03e07821, /* move $15, $31 # 32-bit move (addu) */
1061 0x0018c082, /* srl $24, $24, 2 */
1062 0x2718fffe, /* subu $24, $24, 2 */
1063 0xf8190000 /* jalrc $25 */
1066 /* The format of the first PLT entry in an N32 executable. Different
1067 because gp ($28) is not available; we use t2 ($14) instead. */
1068 static const bfd_vma mips_n32_exec_plt0_entry
[] =
1070 0x3c0e0000, /* lui $14, %hi(&GOTPLT[0]) */
1071 0x8dd90000, /* lw $25, %lo(&GOTPLT[0])($14) */
1072 0x25ce0000, /* addiu $14, $14, %lo(&GOTPLT[0]) */
1073 0x030ec023, /* subu $24, $24, $14 */
1074 0x03e07825, /* or t7, ra, zero */
1075 0x0018c082, /* srl $24, $24, 2 */
1076 0x0320f809, /* jalr $25 */
1077 0x2718fffe /* subu $24, $24, 2 */
1080 /* The format of the first PLT entry in an N32 executable using compact
1081 jumps. Different because gp ($28) is not available; we use t2 ($14)
1083 static const bfd_vma mipsr6_n32_exec_plt0_entry_compact
[] =
1085 0x3c0e0000, /* lui $14, %hi(&GOTPLT[0]) */
1086 0x8dd90000, /* lw $25, %lo(&GOTPLT[0])($14) */
1087 0x25ce0000, /* addiu $14, $14, %lo(&GOTPLT[0]) */
1088 0x030ec023, /* subu $24, $24, $14 */
1089 0x03e07821, /* move $15, $31 # 32-bit move (addu) */
1090 0x0018c082, /* srl $24, $24, 2 */
1091 0x2718fffe, /* subu $24, $24, 2 */
1092 0xf8190000 /* jalrc $25 */
1095 /* The format of the first PLT entry in an N64 executable. Different
1096 from N32 because of the increased size of GOT entries. */
1097 static const bfd_vma mips_n64_exec_plt0_entry
[] =
1099 0x3c0e0000, /* lui $14, %hi(&GOTPLT[0]) */
1100 0xddd90000, /* ld $25, %lo(&GOTPLT[0])($14) */
1101 0x25ce0000, /* addiu $14, $14, %lo(&GOTPLT[0]) */
1102 0x030ec023, /* subu $24, $24, $14 */
1103 0x03e07825, /* or t7, ra, zero */
1104 0x0018c0c2, /* srl $24, $24, 3 */
1105 0x0320f809, /* jalr $25 */
1106 0x2718fffe /* subu $24, $24, 2 */
1109 /* The format of the first PLT entry in an N64 executable using compact
1110 jumps. Different from N32 because of the increased size of GOT
1112 static const bfd_vma mipsr6_n64_exec_plt0_entry_compact
[] =
1114 0x3c0e0000, /* lui $14, %hi(&GOTPLT[0]) */
1115 0xddd90000, /* ld $25, %lo(&GOTPLT[0])($14) */
1116 0x25ce0000, /* addiu $14, $14, %lo(&GOTPLT[0]) */
1117 0x030ec023, /* subu $24, $24, $14 */
1118 0x03e0782d, /* move $15, $31 # 64-bit move (daddu) */
1119 0x0018c0c2, /* srl $24, $24, 3 */
1120 0x2718fffe, /* subu $24, $24, 2 */
1121 0xf8190000 /* jalrc $25 */
1125 /* The format of the microMIPS first PLT entry in an O32 executable.
1126 We rely on v0 ($2) rather than t8 ($24) to contain the address
1127 of the GOTPLT entry handled, so this stub may only be used when
1128 all the subsequent PLT entries are microMIPS code too.
1130 The trailing NOP is for alignment and correct disassembly only. */
1131 static const bfd_vma micromips_o32_exec_plt0_entry
[] =
1133 0x7980, 0x0000, /* addiupc $3, (&GOTPLT[0]) - . */
1134 0xff23, 0x0000, /* lw $25, 0($3) */
1135 0x0535, /* subu $2, $2, $3 */
1136 0x2525, /* srl $2, $2, 2 */
1137 0x3302, 0xfffe, /* subu $24, $2, 2 */
1138 0x0dff, /* move $15, $31 */
1139 0x45f9, /* jalrs $25 */
1140 0x0f83, /* move $28, $3 */
1144 /* The format of the microMIPS first PLT entry in an O32 executable
1145 in the insn32 mode. */
1146 static const bfd_vma micromips_insn32_o32_exec_plt0_entry
[] =
1148 0x41bc, 0x0000, /* lui $28, %hi(&GOTPLT[0]) */
1149 0xff3c, 0x0000, /* lw $25, %lo(&GOTPLT[0])($28) */
1150 0x339c, 0x0000, /* addiu $28, $28, %lo(&GOTPLT[0]) */
1151 0x0398, 0xc1d0, /* subu $24, $24, $28 */
1152 0x001f, 0x7a90, /* or $15, $31, zero */
1153 0x0318, 0x1040, /* srl $24, $24, 2 */
1154 0x03f9, 0x0f3c, /* jalr $25 */
1155 0x3318, 0xfffe /* subu $24, $24, 2 */
1158 /* The format of subsequent standard PLT entries. */
1159 static const bfd_vma mips_exec_plt_entry
[] =
1161 0x3c0f0000, /* lui $15, %hi(.got.plt entry) */
1162 0x01f90000, /* l[wd] $25, %lo(.got.plt entry)($15) */
1163 0x25f80000, /* addiu $24, $15, %lo(.got.plt entry) */
1164 0x03200008 /* jr $25 */
1167 static const bfd_vma mipsr6_exec_plt_entry
[] =
1169 0x3c0f0000, /* lui $15, %hi(.got.plt entry) */
1170 0x01f90000, /* l[wd] $25, %lo(.got.plt entry)($15) */
1171 0x25f80000, /* addiu $24, $15, %lo(.got.plt entry) */
1172 0x03200009 /* jr $25 */
1175 static const bfd_vma mipsr6_exec_plt_entry_compact
[] =
1177 0x3c0f0000, /* lui $15, %hi(.got.plt entry) */
1178 0x01f90000, /* l[wd] $25, %lo(.got.plt entry)($15) */
1179 0x25f80000, /* addiu $24, $15, %lo(.got.plt entry) */
1180 0xd8190000 /* jic $25, 0 */
1183 /* The format of subsequent MIPS16 o32 PLT entries. We use v0 ($2)
1184 and v1 ($3) as temporaries because t8 ($24) and t9 ($25) are not
1185 directly addressable. */
1186 static const bfd_vma mips16_o32_exec_plt_entry
[] =
1188 0xb203, /* lw $2, 12($pc) */
1189 0x9a60, /* lw $3, 0($2) */
1190 0x651a, /* move $24, $2 */
1192 0x653b, /* move $25, $3 */
1194 0x0000, 0x0000 /* .word (.got.plt entry) */
1197 /* The format of subsequent microMIPS o32 PLT entries. We use v0 ($2)
1198 as a temporary because t8 ($24) is not addressable with ADDIUPC. */
1199 static const bfd_vma micromips_o32_exec_plt_entry
[] =
1201 0x7900, 0x0000, /* addiupc $2, (.got.plt entry) - . */
1202 0xff22, 0x0000, /* lw $25, 0($2) */
1203 0x4599, /* jr $25 */
1204 0x0f02 /* move $24, $2 */
1207 /* The format of subsequent microMIPS o32 PLT entries in the insn32 mode. */
1208 static const bfd_vma micromips_insn32_o32_exec_plt_entry
[] =
1210 0x41af, 0x0000, /* lui $15, %hi(.got.plt entry) */
1211 0xff2f, 0x0000, /* lw $25, %lo(.got.plt entry)($15) */
1212 0x0019, 0x0f3c, /* jr $25 */
1213 0x330f, 0x0000 /* addiu $24, $15, %lo(.got.plt entry) */
1216 /* The format of the first PLT entry in a VxWorks executable. */
1217 static const bfd_vma mips_vxworks_exec_plt0_entry
[] =
1219 0x3c190000, /* lui t9, %hi(_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_) */
1220 0x27390000, /* addiu t9, t9, %lo(_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_) */
1221 0x8f390008, /* lw t9, 8(t9) */
1222 0x00000000, /* nop */
1223 0x03200008, /* jr t9 */
1224 0x00000000 /* nop */
1227 /* The format of subsequent PLT entries. */
1228 static const bfd_vma mips_vxworks_exec_plt_entry
[] =
1230 0x10000000, /* b .PLT_resolver */
1231 0x24180000, /* li t8, <pltindex> */
1232 0x3c190000, /* lui t9, %hi(<.got.plt slot>) */
1233 0x27390000, /* addiu t9, t9, %lo(<.got.plt slot>) */
1234 0x8f390000, /* lw t9, 0(t9) */
1235 0x00000000, /* nop */
1236 0x03200008, /* jr t9 */
1237 0x00000000 /* nop */
1240 /* The format of the first PLT entry in a VxWorks shared object. */
1241 static const bfd_vma mips_vxworks_shared_plt0_entry
[] =
1243 0x8f990008, /* lw t9, 8(gp) */
1244 0x00000000, /* nop */
1245 0x03200008, /* jr t9 */
1246 0x00000000, /* nop */
1247 0x00000000, /* nop */
1248 0x00000000 /* nop */
1251 /* The format of subsequent PLT entries. */
1252 static const bfd_vma mips_vxworks_shared_plt_entry
[] =
1254 0x10000000, /* b .PLT_resolver */
1255 0x24180000 /* li t8, <pltindex> */
1258 /* microMIPS 32-bit opcode helper installer. */
1261 bfd_put_micromips_32 (const bfd
*abfd
, bfd_vma opcode
, bfd_byte
*ptr
)
1263 bfd_put_16 (abfd
, (opcode
>> 16) & 0xffff, ptr
);
1264 bfd_put_16 (abfd
, opcode
& 0xffff, ptr
+ 2);
1267 /* microMIPS 32-bit opcode helper retriever. */
1270 bfd_get_micromips_32 (const bfd
*abfd
, const bfd_byte
*ptr
)
1272 return (bfd_get_16 (abfd
, ptr
) << 16) | bfd_get_16 (abfd
, ptr
+ 2);
1275 /* Look up an entry in a MIPS ELF linker hash table. */
1277 #define mips_elf_link_hash_lookup(table, string, create, copy, follow) \
1278 ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) \
1279 elf_link_hash_lookup (&(table)->root, (string), (create), \
1282 /* Traverse a MIPS ELF linker hash table. */
1284 #define mips_elf_link_hash_traverse(table, func, info) \
1285 (elf_link_hash_traverse \
1287 (bfd_boolean (*) (struct elf_link_hash_entry *, void *)) (func), \
1290 /* Find the base offsets for thread-local storage in this object,
1291 for GD/LD and IE/LE respectively. */
1293 #define TP_OFFSET 0x7000
1294 #define DTP_OFFSET 0x8000
1297 dtprel_base (struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
1299 /* If tls_sec is NULL, we should have signalled an error already. */
1300 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->tls_sec
== NULL
)
1302 return elf_hash_table (info
)->tls_sec
->vma
+ DTP_OFFSET
;
1306 tprel_base (struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
1308 /* If tls_sec is NULL, we should have signalled an error already. */
1309 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->tls_sec
== NULL
)
1311 return elf_hash_table (info
)->tls_sec
->vma
+ TP_OFFSET
;
1314 /* Create an entry in a MIPS ELF linker hash table. */
1316 static struct bfd_hash_entry
*
1317 mips_elf_link_hash_newfunc (struct bfd_hash_entry
*entry
,
1318 struct bfd_hash_table
*table
, const char *string
)
1320 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*ret
=
1321 (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) entry
;
1323 /* Allocate the structure if it has not already been allocated by a
1326 ret
= bfd_hash_allocate (table
, sizeof (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
));
1328 return (struct bfd_hash_entry
*) ret
;
1330 /* Call the allocation method of the superclass. */
1331 ret
= ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*)
1332 _bfd_elf_link_hash_newfunc ((struct bfd_hash_entry
*) ret
,
1336 /* Set local fields. */
1337 memset (&ret
->esym
, 0, sizeof (EXTR
));
1338 /* We use -2 as a marker to indicate that the information has
1339 not been set. -1 means there is no associated ifd. */
1342 ret
->possibly_dynamic_relocs
= 0;
1343 ret
->fn_stub
= NULL
;
1344 ret
->call_stub
= NULL
;
1345 ret
->call_fp_stub
= NULL
;
1346 ret
->mipsxhash_loc
= 0;
1347 ret
->global_got_area
= GGA_NONE
;
1348 ret
->got_only_for_calls
= TRUE
;
1349 ret
->readonly_reloc
= FALSE
;
1350 ret
->has_static_relocs
= FALSE
;
1351 ret
->no_fn_stub
= FALSE
;
1352 ret
->need_fn_stub
= FALSE
;
1353 ret
->has_nonpic_branches
= FALSE
;
1354 ret
->needs_lazy_stub
= FALSE
;
1355 ret
->use_plt_entry
= FALSE
;
1358 return (struct bfd_hash_entry
*) ret
;
1361 /* Allocate MIPS ELF private object data. */
1364 _bfd_mips_elf_mkobject (bfd
*abfd
)
1366 return bfd_elf_allocate_object (abfd
, sizeof (struct mips_elf_obj_tdata
),
1371 _bfd_mips_elf_new_section_hook (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
)
1373 if (!sec
->used_by_bfd
)
1375 struct _mips_elf_section_data
*sdata
;
1376 size_t amt
= sizeof (*sdata
);
1378 sdata
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
1381 sec
->used_by_bfd
= sdata
;
1384 return _bfd_elf_new_section_hook (abfd
, sec
);
1387 /* Read ECOFF debugging information from a .mdebug section into a
1388 ecoff_debug_info structure. */
1391 _bfd_mips_elf_read_ecoff_info (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*section
,
1392 struct ecoff_debug_info
*debug
)
1395 const struct ecoff_debug_swap
*swap
;
1398 swap
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap
;
1399 memset (debug
, 0, sizeof (*debug
));
1401 ext_hdr
= bfd_malloc (swap
->external_hdr_size
);
1402 if (ext_hdr
== NULL
&& swap
->external_hdr_size
!= 0)
1405 if (! bfd_get_section_contents (abfd
, section
, ext_hdr
, 0,
1406 swap
->external_hdr_size
))
1409 symhdr
= &debug
->symbolic_header
;
1410 (*swap
->swap_hdr_in
) (abfd
, ext_hdr
, symhdr
);
1412 /* The symbolic header contains absolute file offsets and sizes to
1414 #define READ(ptr, offset, count, size, type) \
1418 debug->ptr = NULL; \
1419 if (symhdr->count == 0) \
1421 if (_bfd_mul_overflow (size, symhdr->count, &amt)) \
1423 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_file_too_big); \
1424 goto error_return; \
1426 if (bfd_seek (abfd, symhdr->offset, SEEK_SET) != 0) \
1427 goto error_return; \
1428 debug->ptr = (type) _bfd_malloc_and_read (abfd, amt, amt); \
1429 if (debug->ptr == NULL) \
1430 goto error_return; \
1433 READ (line
, cbLineOffset
, cbLine
, sizeof (unsigned char), unsigned char *);
1434 READ (external_dnr
, cbDnOffset
, idnMax
, swap
->external_dnr_size
, void *);
1435 READ (external_pdr
, cbPdOffset
, ipdMax
, swap
->external_pdr_size
, void *);
1436 READ (external_sym
, cbSymOffset
, isymMax
, swap
->external_sym_size
, void *);
1437 READ (external_opt
, cbOptOffset
, ioptMax
, swap
->external_opt_size
, void *);
1438 READ (external_aux
, cbAuxOffset
, iauxMax
, sizeof (union aux_ext
),
1440 READ (ss
, cbSsOffset
, issMax
, sizeof (char), char *);
1441 READ (ssext
, cbSsExtOffset
, issExtMax
, sizeof (char), char *);
1442 READ (external_fdr
, cbFdOffset
, ifdMax
, swap
->external_fdr_size
, void *);
1443 READ (external_rfd
, cbRfdOffset
, crfd
, swap
->external_rfd_size
, void *);
1444 READ (external_ext
, cbExtOffset
, iextMax
, swap
->external_ext_size
, void *);
1454 free (debug
->external_dnr
);
1455 free (debug
->external_pdr
);
1456 free (debug
->external_sym
);
1457 free (debug
->external_opt
);
1458 free (debug
->external_aux
);
1460 free (debug
->ssext
);
1461 free (debug
->external_fdr
);
1462 free (debug
->external_rfd
);
1463 free (debug
->external_ext
);
1467 /* Swap RPDR (runtime procedure table entry) for output. */
1470 ecoff_swap_rpdr_out (bfd
*abfd
, const RPDR
*in
, struct rpdr_ext
*ex
)
1472 H_PUT_S32 (abfd
, in
->adr
, ex
->p_adr
);
1473 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->regmask
, ex
->p_regmask
);
1474 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->regoffset
, ex
->p_regoffset
);
1475 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->fregmask
, ex
->p_fregmask
);
1476 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->fregoffset
, ex
->p_fregoffset
);
1477 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->frameoffset
, ex
->p_frameoffset
);
1479 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, in
->framereg
, ex
->p_framereg
);
1480 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, in
->pcreg
, ex
->p_pcreg
);
1482 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->irpss
, ex
->p_irpss
);
1485 /* Create a runtime procedure table from the .mdebug section. */
1488 mips_elf_create_procedure_table (void *handle
, bfd
*abfd
,
1489 struct bfd_link_info
*info
, asection
*s
,
1490 struct ecoff_debug_info
*debug
)
1492 const struct ecoff_debug_swap
*swap
;
1493 HDRR
*hdr
= &debug
->symbolic_header
;
1495 struct rpdr_ext
*erp
;
1497 struct pdr_ext
*epdr
;
1498 struct sym_ext
*esym
;
1502 bfd_size_type count
;
1503 unsigned long sindex
;
1507 const char *no_name_func
= _("static procedure (no name)");
1515 swap
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap
;
1517 sindex
= strlen (no_name_func
) + 1;
1518 count
= hdr
->ipdMax
;
1521 size
= swap
->external_pdr_size
;
1523 epdr
= bfd_malloc (size
* count
);
1527 if (! _bfd_ecoff_get_accumulated_pdr (handle
, (bfd_byte
*) epdr
))
1530 size
= sizeof (RPDR
);
1531 rp
= rpdr
= bfd_malloc (size
* count
);
1535 size
= sizeof (char *);
1536 sv
= bfd_malloc (size
* count
);
1540 count
= hdr
->isymMax
;
1541 size
= swap
->external_sym_size
;
1542 esym
= bfd_malloc (size
* count
);
1546 if (! _bfd_ecoff_get_accumulated_sym (handle
, (bfd_byte
*) esym
))
1549 count
= hdr
->issMax
;
1550 ss
= bfd_malloc (count
);
1553 if (! _bfd_ecoff_get_accumulated_ss (handle
, (bfd_byte
*) ss
))
1556 count
= hdr
->ipdMax
;
1557 for (i
= 0; i
< (unsigned long) count
; i
++, rp
++)
1559 (*swap
->swap_pdr_in
) (abfd
, epdr
+ i
, &pdr
);
1560 (*swap
->swap_sym_in
) (abfd
, &esym
[pdr
.isym
], &sym
);
1561 rp
->adr
= sym
.value
;
1562 rp
->regmask
= pdr
.regmask
;
1563 rp
->regoffset
= pdr
.regoffset
;
1564 rp
->fregmask
= pdr
.fregmask
;
1565 rp
->fregoffset
= pdr
.fregoffset
;
1566 rp
->frameoffset
= pdr
.frameoffset
;
1567 rp
->framereg
= pdr
.framereg
;
1568 rp
->pcreg
= pdr
.pcreg
;
1570 sv
[i
] = ss
+ sym
.iss
;
1571 sindex
+= strlen (sv
[i
]) + 1;
1575 size
= sizeof (struct rpdr_ext
) * (count
+ 2) + sindex
;
1576 size
= BFD_ALIGN (size
, 16);
1577 rtproc
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, size
);
1580 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->procedure_count
= 0;
1584 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->procedure_count
= count
+ 2;
1587 memset (erp
, 0, sizeof (struct rpdr_ext
));
1589 str
= (char *) rtproc
+ sizeof (struct rpdr_ext
) * (count
+ 2);
1590 strcpy (str
, no_name_func
);
1591 str
+= strlen (no_name_func
) + 1;
1592 for (i
= 0; i
< count
; i
++)
1594 ecoff_swap_rpdr_out (abfd
, rpdr
+ i
, erp
+ i
);
1595 strcpy (str
, sv
[i
]);
1596 str
+= strlen (sv
[i
]) + 1;
1598 H_PUT_S32 (abfd
, -1, (erp
+ count
)->p_adr
);
1600 /* Set the size and contents of .rtproc section. */
1602 s
->contents
= rtproc
;
1604 /* Skip this section later on (I don't think this currently
1605 matters, but someday it might). */
1606 s
->map_head
.link_order
= NULL
;
1624 /* We're going to create a stub for H. Create a symbol for the stub's
1625 value and size, to help make the disassembly easier to read. */
1628 mips_elf_create_stub_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
1629 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
1630 const char *prefix
, asection
*s
, bfd_vma value
,
1633 bfd_boolean micromips_p
= ELF_ST_IS_MICROMIPS (h
->root
.other
);
1634 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*bh
;
1635 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*elfh
;
1642 /* Create a new symbol. */
1643 name
= concat (prefix
, h
->root
.root
.root
.string
, NULL
);
1645 res
= _bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol (info
, s
->owner
, name
,
1646 BSF_LOCAL
, s
, value
, NULL
,
1652 /* Make it a local function. */
1653 elfh
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
1654 elfh
->type
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL
, STT_FUNC
);
1656 elfh
->forced_local
= 1;
1658 elfh
->other
= ELF_ST_SET_MICROMIPS (elfh
->other
);
1662 /* We're about to redefine H. Create a symbol to represent H's
1663 current value and size, to help make the disassembly easier
1667 mips_elf_create_shadow_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
1668 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
1671 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*bh
;
1672 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*elfh
;
1678 /* Read the symbol's value. */
1679 BFD_ASSERT (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
1680 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
);
1681 s
= h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
1682 value
= h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
;
1684 /* Create a new symbol. */
1685 name
= concat (prefix
, h
->root
.root
.root
.string
, NULL
);
1687 res
= _bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol (info
, s
->owner
, name
,
1688 BSF_LOCAL
, s
, value
, NULL
,
1694 /* Make it local and copy the other attributes from H. */
1695 elfh
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
1696 elfh
->type
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL
, ELF_ST_TYPE (h
->root
.type
));
1697 elfh
->other
= h
->root
.other
;
1698 elfh
->size
= h
->root
.size
;
1699 elfh
->forced_local
= 1;
1703 /* Return TRUE if relocations in SECTION can refer directly to a MIPS16
1704 function rather than to a hard-float stub. */
1707 section_allows_mips16_refs_p (asection
*section
)
1711 name
= bfd_section_name (section
);
1712 return (FN_STUB_P (name
)
1713 || CALL_STUB_P (name
)
1714 || CALL_FP_STUB_P (name
)
1715 || strcmp (name
, ".pdr") == 0);
1718 /* [RELOCS, RELEND) are the relocations against SEC, which is a MIPS16
1719 stub section of some kind. Return the R_SYMNDX of the target
1720 function, or 0 if we can't decide which function that is. */
1722 static unsigned long
1723 mips16_stub_symndx (const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
,
1724 asection
*sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
1725 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocs
,
1726 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relend
)
1728 int int_rels_per_ext_rel
= bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
;
1729 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
;
1731 /* Trust the first R_MIPS_NONE relocation, if any, but not a subsequent
1732 one in a compound relocation. */
1733 for (rel
= relocs
; rel
< relend
; rel
+= int_rels_per_ext_rel
)
1734 if (ELF_R_TYPE (sec
->owner
, rel
->r_info
) == R_MIPS_NONE
)
1735 return ELF_R_SYM (sec
->owner
, rel
->r_info
);
1737 /* Otherwise trust the first relocation, whatever its kind. This is
1738 the traditional behavior. */
1739 if (relocs
< relend
)
1740 return ELF_R_SYM (sec
->owner
, relocs
->r_info
);
1745 /* Check the mips16 stubs for a particular symbol, and see if we can
1749 mips_elf_check_mips16_stubs (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
1750 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
1752 /* Dynamic symbols must use the standard call interface, in case other
1753 objects try to call them. */
1754 if (h
->fn_stub
!= NULL
1755 && h
->root
.dynindx
!= -1)
1757 mips_elf_create_shadow_symbol (info
, h
, ".mips16.");
1758 h
->need_fn_stub
= TRUE
;
1761 if (h
->fn_stub
!= NULL
1762 && ! h
->need_fn_stub
)
1764 /* We don't need the fn_stub; the only references to this symbol
1765 are 16 bit calls. Clobber the size to 0 to prevent it from
1766 being included in the link. */
1767 h
->fn_stub
->size
= 0;
1768 h
->fn_stub
->flags
&= ~SEC_RELOC
;
1769 h
->fn_stub
->reloc_count
= 0;
1770 h
->fn_stub
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
1771 h
->fn_stub
->output_section
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
1774 if (h
->call_stub
!= NULL
1775 && ELF_ST_IS_MIPS16 (h
->root
.other
))
1777 /* We don't need the call_stub; this is a 16 bit function, so
1778 calls from other 16 bit functions are OK. Clobber the size
1779 to 0 to prevent it from being included in the link. */
1780 h
->call_stub
->size
= 0;
1781 h
->call_stub
->flags
&= ~SEC_RELOC
;
1782 h
->call_stub
->reloc_count
= 0;
1783 h
->call_stub
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
1784 h
->call_stub
->output_section
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
1787 if (h
->call_fp_stub
!= NULL
1788 && ELF_ST_IS_MIPS16 (h
->root
.other
))
1790 /* We don't need the call_stub; this is a 16 bit function, so
1791 calls from other 16 bit functions are OK. Clobber the size
1792 to 0 to prevent it from being included in the link. */
1793 h
->call_fp_stub
->size
= 0;
1794 h
->call_fp_stub
->flags
&= ~SEC_RELOC
;
1795 h
->call_fp_stub
->reloc_count
= 0;
1796 h
->call_fp_stub
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
1797 h
->call_fp_stub
->output_section
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
1801 /* Hashtable callbacks for mips_elf_la25_stubs. */
1804 mips_elf_la25_stub_hash (const void *entry_
)
1806 const struct mips_elf_la25_stub
*entry
;
1808 entry
= (struct mips_elf_la25_stub
*) entry_
;
1809 return entry
->h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
->id
1810 + entry
->h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
;
1814 mips_elf_la25_stub_eq (const void *entry1_
, const void *entry2_
)
1816 const struct mips_elf_la25_stub
*entry1
, *entry2
;
1818 entry1
= (struct mips_elf_la25_stub
*) entry1_
;
1819 entry2
= (struct mips_elf_la25_stub
*) entry2_
;
1820 return ((entry1
->h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
1821 == entry2
->h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
)
1822 && (entry1
->h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
1823 == entry2
->h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
));
1826 /* Called by the linker to set up the la25 stub-creation code. FN is
1827 the linker's implementation of add_stub_function. Return true on
1831 _bfd_mips_elf_init_stubs (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
1832 asection
*(*fn
) (const char *, asection
*,
1835 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
1837 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
1841 htab
->add_stub_section
= fn
;
1842 htab
->la25_stubs
= htab_try_create (1, mips_elf_la25_stub_hash
,
1843 mips_elf_la25_stub_eq
, NULL
);
1844 if (htab
->la25_stubs
== NULL
)
1850 /* Return true if H is a locally-defined PIC function, in the sense
1851 that it or its fn_stub might need $25 to be valid on entry.
1852 Note that MIPS16 functions set up $gp using PC-relative instructions,
1853 so they themselves never need $25 to be valid. Only non-MIPS16
1854 entry points are of interest here. */
1857 mips_elf_local_pic_function_p (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
1859 return ((h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
1860 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
1861 && h
->root
.def_regular
1862 && !bfd_is_abs_section (h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
)
1863 && !bfd_is_und_section (h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
)
1864 && (!ELF_ST_IS_MIPS16 (h
->root
.other
)
1865 || (h
->fn_stub
&& h
->need_fn_stub
))
1866 && (PIC_OBJECT_P (h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
)
1867 || ELF_ST_IS_MIPS_PIC (h
->root
.other
)));
1870 /* Set *SEC to the input section that contains the target of STUB.
1871 Return the offset of the target from the start of that section. */
1874 mips_elf_get_la25_target (struct mips_elf_la25_stub
*stub
,
1877 if (ELF_ST_IS_MIPS16 (stub
->h
->root
.other
))
1879 BFD_ASSERT (stub
->h
->need_fn_stub
);
1880 *sec
= stub
->h
->fn_stub
;
1885 *sec
= stub
->h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
1886 return stub
->h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
;
1890 /* STUB describes an la25 stub that we have decided to implement
1891 by inserting an LUI/ADDIU pair before the target function.
1892 Create the section and redirect the function symbol to it. */
1895 mips_elf_add_la25_intro (struct mips_elf_la25_stub
*stub
,
1896 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
1898 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
1900 asection
*s
, *input_section
;
1903 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
1907 /* Create a unique name for the new section. */
1908 name
= bfd_malloc (11 + sizeof (".text.stub."));
1911 sprintf (name
, ".text.stub.%d", (int) htab_elements (htab
->la25_stubs
));
1913 /* Create the section. */
1914 mips_elf_get_la25_target (stub
, &input_section
);
1915 s
= htab
->add_stub_section (name
, input_section
,
1916 input_section
->output_section
);
1920 /* Make sure that any padding goes before the stub. */
1921 align
= input_section
->alignment_power
;
1922 if (!bfd_set_section_alignment (s
, align
))
1925 s
->size
= (1 << align
) - 8;
1927 /* Create a symbol for the stub. */
1928 mips_elf_create_stub_symbol (info
, stub
->h
, ".pic.", s
, s
->size
, 8);
1929 stub
->stub_section
= s
;
1930 stub
->offset
= s
->size
;
1932 /* Allocate room for it. */
1937 /* STUB describes an la25 stub that we have decided to implement
1938 with a separate trampoline. Allocate room for it and redirect
1939 the function symbol to it. */
1942 mips_elf_add_la25_trampoline (struct mips_elf_la25_stub
*stub
,
1943 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
1945 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
1948 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
1952 /* Create a trampoline section, if we haven't already. */
1953 s
= htab
->strampoline
;
1956 asection
*input_section
= stub
->h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
1957 s
= htab
->add_stub_section (".text", NULL
,
1958 input_section
->output_section
);
1959 if (s
== NULL
|| !bfd_set_section_alignment (s
, 4))
1961 htab
->strampoline
= s
;
1964 /* Create a symbol for the stub. */
1965 mips_elf_create_stub_symbol (info
, stub
->h
, ".pic.", s
, s
->size
, 16);
1966 stub
->stub_section
= s
;
1967 stub
->offset
= s
->size
;
1969 /* Allocate room for it. */
1974 /* H describes a symbol that needs an la25 stub. Make sure that an
1975 appropriate stub exists and point H at it. */
1978 mips_elf_add_la25_stub (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
1979 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
1981 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
1982 struct mips_elf_la25_stub search
, *stub
;
1983 bfd_boolean use_trampoline_p
;
1988 /* Describe the stub we want. */
1989 search
.stub_section
= NULL
;
1993 /* See if we've already created an equivalent stub. */
1994 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
1998 slot
= htab_find_slot (htab
->la25_stubs
, &search
, INSERT
);
2002 stub
= (struct mips_elf_la25_stub
*) *slot
;
2005 /* We can reuse the existing stub. */
2006 h
->la25_stub
= stub
;
2010 /* Create a permanent copy of ENTRY and add it to the hash table. */
2011 stub
= bfd_malloc (sizeof (search
));
2017 /* Prefer to use LUI/ADDIU stubs if the function is at the beginning
2018 of the section and if we would need no more than 2 nops. */
2019 value
= mips_elf_get_la25_target (stub
, &s
);
2020 if (ELF_ST_IS_MICROMIPS (stub
->h
->root
.other
))
2022 use_trampoline_p
= (value
!= 0 || s
->alignment_power
> 4);
2024 h
->la25_stub
= stub
;
2025 return (use_trampoline_p
2026 ? mips_elf_add_la25_trampoline (stub
, info
)
2027 : mips_elf_add_la25_intro (stub
, info
));
2030 /* A mips_elf_link_hash_traverse callback that is called before sizing
2031 sections. DATA points to a mips_htab_traverse_info structure. */
2034 mips_elf_check_symbols (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
2036 struct mips_htab_traverse_info
*hti
;
2038 hti
= (struct mips_htab_traverse_info
*) data
;
2039 if (!bfd_link_relocatable (hti
->info
))
2040 mips_elf_check_mips16_stubs (hti
->info
, h
);
2042 if (mips_elf_local_pic_function_p (h
))
2044 /* PR 12845: If H is in a section that has been garbage
2045 collected it will have its output section set to *ABS*. */
2046 if (bfd_is_abs_section (h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
->output_section
))
2049 /* H is a function that might need $25 to be valid on entry.
2050 If we're creating a non-PIC relocatable object, mark H as
2051 being PIC. If we're creating a non-relocatable object with
2052 non-PIC branches and jumps to H, make sure that H has an la25
2054 if (bfd_link_relocatable (hti
->info
))
2056 if (!PIC_OBJECT_P (hti
->output_bfd
))
2057 h
->root
.other
= ELF_ST_SET_MIPS_PIC (h
->root
.other
);
2059 else if (h
->has_nonpic_branches
&& !mips_elf_add_la25_stub (hti
->info
, h
))
2068 /* R_MIPS16_26 is used for the mips16 jal and jalx instructions.
2069 Most mips16 instructions are 16 bits, but these instructions
2072 The format of these instructions is:
2074 +--------------+--------------------------------+
2075 | JALX | X| Imm 20:16 | Imm 25:21 |
2076 +--------------+--------------------------------+
2078 +-----------------------------------------------+
2080 JALX is the 5-bit value 00011. X is 0 for jal, 1 for jalx.
2081 Note that the immediate value in the first word is swapped.
2083 When producing a relocatable object file, R_MIPS16_26 is
2084 handled mostly like R_MIPS_26. In particular, the addend is
2085 stored as a straight 26-bit value in a 32-bit instruction.
2086 (gas makes life simpler for itself by never adjusting a
2087 R_MIPS16_26 reloc to be against a section, so the addend is
2088 always zero). However, the 32 bit instruction is stored as 2
2089 16-bit values, rather than a single 32-bit value. In a
2090 big-endian file, the result is the same; in a little-endian
2091 file, the two 16-bit halves of the 32 bit value are swapped.
2092 This is so that a disassembler can recognize the jal
2095 When doing a final link, R_MIPS16_26 is treated as a 32 bit
2096 instruction stored as two 16-bit values. The addend A is the
2097 contents of the targ26 field. The calculation is the same as
2098 R_MIPS_26. When storing the calculated value, reorder the
2099 immediate value as shown above, and don't forget to store the
2100 value as two 16-bit values.
2102 To put it in MIPS ABI terms, the relocation field is T-targ26-16,
2106 +--------+----------------------+
2110 +--------+----------------------+
2113 +----------+------+-------------+
2117 +----------+--------------------+
2118 where targ26-16 is sub1 followed by sub2 (i.e., the addend field A is
2119 ((sub1 << 16) | sub2)).
2121 When producing a relocatable object file, the calculation is
2122 (((A < 2) | ((P + 4) & 0xf0000000) + S) >> 2)
2123 When producing a fully linked file, the calculation is
2124 let R = (((A < 2) | ((P + 4) & 0xf0000000) + S) >> 2)
2125 ((R & 0x1f0000) << 5) | ((R & 0x3e00000) >> 5) | (R & 0xffff)
2127 The table below lists the other MIPS16 instruction relocations.
2128 Each one is calculated in the same way as the non-MIPS16 relocation
2129 given on the right, but using the extended MIPS16 layout of 16-bit
2132 R_MIPS16_GPREL R_MIPS_GPREL16
2133 R_MIPS16_GOT16 R_MIPS_GOT16
2134 R_MIPS16_CALL16 R_MIPS_CALL16
2135 R_MIPS16_HI16 R_MIPS_HI16
2136 R_MIPS16_LO16 R_MIPS_LO16
2138 A typical instruction will have a format like this:
2140 +--------------+--------------------------------+
2141 | EXTEND | Imm 10:5 | Imm 15:11 |
2142 +--------------+--------------------------------+
2143 | Major | rx | ry | Imm 4:0 |
2144 +--------------+--------------------------------+
2146 EXTEND is the five bit value 11110. Major is the instruction
2149 All we need to do here is shuffle the bits appropriately.
2150 As above, the two 16-bit halves must be swapped on a
2151 little-endian system.
2153 Finally R_MIPS16_PC16_S1 corresponds to R_MIPS_PC16, however the
2154 relocatable field is shifted by 1 rather than 2 and the same bit
2155 shuffling is done as with the relocations above. */
2157 static inline bfd_boolean
2158 mips16_reloc_p (int r_type
)
2163 case R_MIPS16_GPREL
:
2164 case R_MIPS16_GOT16
:
2165 case R_MIPS16_CALL16
:
2168 case R_MIPS16_TLS_GD
:
2169 case R_MIPS16_TLS_LDM
:
2170 case R_MIPS16_TLS_DTPREL_HI16
:
2171 case R_MIPS16_TLS_DTPREL_LO16
:
2172 case R_MIPS16_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
2173 case R_MIPS16_TLS_TPREL_HI16
:
2174 case R_MIPS16_TLS_TPREL_LO16
:
2175 case R_MIPS16_PC16_S1
:
2183 /* Check if a microMIPS reloc. */
2185 static inline bfd_boolean
2186 micromips_reloc_p (unsigned int r_type
)
2188 return r_type
>= R_MICROMIPS_min
&& r_type
< R_MICROMIPS_max
;
2191 /* Similar to MIPS16, the two 16-bit halves in microMIPS must be swapped
2192 on a little-endian system. This does not apply to R_MICROMIPS_PC7_S1
2193 and R_MICROMIPS_PC10_S1 relocs that apply to 16-bit instructions. */
2195 static inline bfd_boolean
2196 micromips_reloc_shuffle_p (unsigned int r_type
)
2198 return (micromips_reloc_p (r_type
)
2199 && r_type
!= R_MICROMIPS_PC7_S1
2200 && r_type
!= R_MICROMIPS_PC10_S1
);
2203 static inline bfd_boolean
2204 got16_reloc_p (int r_type
)
2206 return (r_type
== R_MIPS_GOT16
2207 || r_type
== R_MIPS16_GOT16
2208 || r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_GOT16
);
2211 static inline bfd_boolean
2212 call16_reloc_p (int r_type
)
2214 return (r_type
== R_MIPS_CALL16
2215 || r_type
== R_MIPS16_CALL16
2216 || r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_CALL16
);
2219 static inline bfd_boolean
2220 got_disp_reloc_p (unsigned int r_type
)
2222 return r_type
== R_MIPS_GOT_DISP
|| r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_GOT_DISP
;
2225 static inline bfd_boolean
2226 got_page_reloc_p (unsigned int r_type
)
2228 return r_type
== R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE
|| r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_GOT_PAGE
;
2231 static inline bfd_boolean
2232 got_lo16_reloc_p (unsigned int r_type
)
2234 return r_type
== R_MIPS_GOT_LO16
|| r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_GOT_LO16
;
2237 static inline bfd_boolean
2238 call_hi16_reloc_p (unsigned int r_type
)
2240 return r_type
== R_MIPS_CALL_HI16
|| r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_CALL_HI16
;
2243 static inline bfd_boolean
2244 call_lo16_reloc_p (unsigned int r_type
)
2246 return r_type
== R_MIPS_CALL_LO16
|| r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_CALL_LO16
;
2249 static inline bfd_boolean
2250 hi16_reloc_p (int r_type
)
2252 return (r_type
== R_MIPS_HI16
2253 || r_type
== R_MIPS16_HI16
2254 || r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_HI16
2255 || r_type
== R_MIPS_PCHI16
);
2258 static inline bfd_boolean
2259 lo16_reloc_p (int r_type
)
2261 return (r_type
== R_MIPS_LO16
2262 || r_type
== R_MIPS16_LO16
2263 || r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_LO16
2264 || r_type
== R_MIPS_PCLO16
);
2267 static inline bfd_boolean
2268 mips16_call_reloc_p (int r_type
)
2270 return r_type
== R_MIPS16_26
|| r_type
== R_MIPS16_CALL16
;
2273 static inline bfd_boolean
2274 jal_reloc_p (int r_type
)
2276 return (r_type
== R_MIPS_26
2277 || r_type
== R_MIPS16_26
2278 || r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_26_S1
);
2281 static inline bfd_boolean
2282 b_reloc_p (int r_type
)
2284 return (r_type
== R_MIPS_PC26_S2
2285 || r_type
== R_MIPS_PC21_S2
2286 || r_type
== R_MIPS_PC16
2287 || r_type
== R_MIPS_GNU_REL16_S2
2288 || r_type
== R_MIPS16_PC16_S1
2289 || r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1
2290 || r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_PC10_S1
2291 || r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_PC7_S1
);
2294 static inline bfd_boolean
2295 aligned_pcrel_reloc_p (int r_type
)
2297 return (r_type
== R_MIPS_PC18_S3
2298 || r_type
== R_MIPS_PC19_S2
);
2301 static inline bfd_boolean
2302 branch_reloc_p (int r_type
)
2304 return (r_type
== R_MIPS_26
2305 || r_type
== R_MIPS_PC26_S2
2306 || r_type
== R_MIPS_PC21_S2
2307 || r_type
== R_MIPS_PC16
2308 || r_type
== R_MIPS_GNU_REL16_S2
);
2311 static inline bfd_boolean
2312 mips16_branch_reloc_p (int r_type
)
2314 return (r_type
== R_MIPS16_26
2315 || r_type
== R_MIPS16_PC16_S1
);
2318 static inline bfd_boolean
2319 micromips_branch_reloc_p (int r_type
)
2321 return (r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_26_S1
2322 || r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1
2323 || r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_PC10_S1
2324 || r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_PC7_S1
);
2327 static inline bfd_boolean
2328 tls_gd_reloc_p (unsigned int r_type
)
2330 return (r_type
== R_MIPS_TLS_GD
2331 || r_type
== R_MIPS16_TLS_GD
2332 || r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GD
);
2335 static inline bfd_boolean
2336 tls_ldm_reloc_p (unsigned int r_type
)
2338 return (r_type
== R_MIPS_TLS_LDM
2339 || r_type
== R_MIPS16_TLS_LDM
2340 || r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_TLS_LDM
);
2343 static inline bfd_boolean
2344 tls_gottprel_reloc_p (unsigned int r_type
)
2346 return (r_type
== R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL
2347 || r_type
== R_MIPS16_TLS_GOTTPREL
2348 || r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL
);
2352 _bfd_mips_elf_reloc_unshuffle (bfd
*abfd
, int r_type
,
2353 bfd_boolean jal_shuffle
, bfd_byte
*data
)
2355 bfd_vma first
, second
, val
;
2357 if (!mips16_reloc_p (r_type
) && !micromips_reloc_shuffle_p (r_type
))
2360 /* Pick up the first and second halfwords of the instruction. */
2361 first
= bfd_get_16 (abfd
, data
);
2362 second
= bfd_get_16 (abfd
, data
+ 2);
2363 if (micromips_reloc_p (r_type
) || (r_type
== R_MIPS16_26
&& !jal_shuffle
))
2364 val
= first
<< 16 | second
;
2365 else if (r_type
!= R_MIPS16_26
)
2366 val
= (((first
& 0xf800) << 16) | ((second
& 0xffe0) << 11)
2367 | ((first
& 0x1f) << 11) | (first
& 0x7e0) | (second
& 0x1f));
2369 val
= (((first
& 0xfc00) << 16) | ((first
& 0x3e0) << 11)
2370 | ((first
& 0x1f) << 21) | second
);
2371 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, val
, data
);
2375 _bfd_mips_elf_reloc_shuffle (bfd
*abfd
, int r_type
,
2376 bfd_boolean jal_shuffle
, bfd_byte
*data
)
2378 bfd_vma first
, second
, val
;
2380 if (!mips16_reloc_p (r_type
) && !micromips_reloc_shuffle_p (r_type
))
2383 val
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, data
);
2384 if (micromips_reloc_p (r_type
) || (r_type
== R_MIPS16_26
&& !jal_shuffle
))
2386 second
= val
& 0xffff;
2389 else if (r_type
!= R_MIPS16_26
)
2391 second
= ((val
>> 11) & 0xffe0) | (val
& 0x1f);
2392 first
= ((val
>> 16) & 0xf800) | ((val
>> 11) & 0x1f) | (val
& 0x7e0);
2396 second
= val
& 0xffff;
2397 first
= ((val
>> 16) & 0xfc00) | ((val
>> 11) & 0x3e0)
2398 | ((val
>> 21) & 0x1f);
2400 bfd_put_16 (abfd
, second
, data
+ 2);
2401 bfd_put_16 (abfd
, first
, data
);
2404 bfd_reloc_status_type
2405 _bfd_mips_elf_gprel16_with_gp (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
*symbol
,
2406 arelent
*reloc_entry
, asection
*input_section
,
2407 bfd_boolean relocatable
, void *data
, bfd_vma gp
)
2411 bfd_reloc_status_type status
;
2413 if (bfd_is_com_section (symbol
->section
))
2416 relocation
= symbol
->value
;
2418 relocation
+= symbol
->section
->output_section
->vma
;
2419 relocation
+= symbol
->section
->output_offset
;
2421 if (reloc_entry
->address
> bfd_get_section_limit (abfd
, input_section
))
2422 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
2424 /* Set val to the offset into the section or symbol. */
2425 val
= reloc_entry
->addend
;
2427 _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (val
, 16);
2429 /* Adjust val for the final section location and GP value. If we
2430 are producing relocatable output, we don't want to do this for
2431 an external symbol. */
2433 || (symbol
->flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
) != 0)
2434 val
+= relocation
- gp
;
2436 if (reloc_entry
->howto
->partial_inplace
)
2438 status
= _bfd_relocate_contents (reloc_entry
->howto
, abfd
, val
,
2440 + reloc_entry
->address
);
2441 if (status
!= bfd_reloc_ok
)
2445 reloc_entry
->addend
= val
;
2448 reloc_entry
->address
+= input_section
->output_offset
;
2450 return bfd_reloc_ok
;
2453 /* Used to store a REL high-part relocation such as R_MIPS_HI16 or
2454 R_MIPS_GOT16. REL is the relocation, INPUT_SECTION is the section
2455 that contains the relocation field and DATA points to the start of
2460 struct mips_hi16
*next
;
2462 asection
*input_section
;
2466 /* FIXME: This should not be a static variable. */
2468 static struct mips_hi16
*mips_hi16_list
;
2470 /* A howto special_function for REL *HI16 relocations. We can only
2471 calculate the correct value once we've seen the partnering
2472 *LO16 relocation, so just save the information for later.
2474 The ABI requires that the *LO16 immediately follow the *HI16.
2475 However, as a GNU extension, we permit an arbitrary number of
2476 *HI16s to be associated with a single *LO16. This significantly
2477 simplies the relocation handling in gcc. */
2479 bfd_reloc_status_type
2480 _bfd_mips_elf_hi16_reloc (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, arelent
*reloc_entry
,
2481 asymbol
*symbol ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, void *data
,
2482 asection
*input_section
, bfd
*output_bfd
,
2483 char **error_message ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
2485 struct mips_hi16
*n
;
2487 if (reloc_entry
->address
> bfd_get_section_limit (abfd
, input_section
))
2488 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
2490 n
= bfd_malloc (sizeof *n
);
2492 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
2494 n
->next
= mips_hi16_list
;
2496 n
->input_section
= input_section
;
2497 n
->rel
= *reloc_entry
;
2500 if (output_bfd
!= NULL
)
2501 reloc_entry
->address
+= input_section
->output_offset
;
2503 return bfd_reloc_ok
;
2506 /* A howto special_function for REL R_MIPS*_GOT16 relocations. This is just
2507 like any other 16-bit relocation when applied to global symbols, but is
2508 treated in the same as R_MIPS_HI16 when applied to local symbols. */
2510 bfd_reloc_status_type
2511 _bfd_mips_elf_got16_reloc (bfd
*abfd
, arelent
*reloc_entry
, asymbol
*symbol
,
2512 void *data
, asection
*input_section
,
2513 bfd
*output_bfd
, char **error_message
)
2515 if ((symbol
->flags
& (BSF_GLOBAL
| BSF_WEAK
)) != 0
2516 || bfd_is_und_section (bfd_asymbol_section (symbol
))
2517 || bfd_is_com_section (bfd_asymbol_section (symbol
)))
2518 /* The relocation is against a global symbol. */
2519 return _bfd_mips_elf_generic_reloc (abfd
, reloc_entry
, symbol
, data
,
2520 input_section
, output_bfd
,
2523 return _bfd_mips_elf_hi16_reloc (abfd
, reloc_entry
, symbol
, data
,
2524 input_section
, output_bfd
, error_message
);
2527 /* A howto special_function for REL *LO16 relocations. The *LO16 itself
2528 is a straightforward 16 bit inplace relocation, but we must deal with
2529 any partnering high-part relocations as well. */
2531 bfd_reloc_status_type
2532 _bfd_mips_elf_lo16_reloc (bfd
*abfd
, arelent
*reloc_entry
, asymbol
*symbol
,
2533 void *data
, asection
*input_section
,
2534 bfd
*output_bfd
, char **error_message
)
2537 bfd_byte
*location
= (bfd_byte
*) data
+ reloc_entry
->address
;
2539 if (reloc_entry
->address
> bfd_get_section_limit (abfd
, input_section
))
2540 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
2542 _bfd_mips_elf_reloc_unshuffle (abfd
, reloc_entry
->howto
->type
, FALSE
,
2544 vallo
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, location
);
2545 _bfd_mips_elf_reloc_shuffle (abfd
, reloc_entry
->howto
->type
, FALSE
,
2548 while (mips_hi16_list
!= NULL
)
2550 bfd_reloc_status_type ret
;
2551 struct mips_hi16
*hi
;
2553 hi
= mips_hi16_list
;
2555 /* R_MIPS*_GOT16 relocations are something of a special case. We
2556 want to install the addend in the same way as for a R_MIPS*_HI16
2557 relocation (with a rightshift of 16). However, since GOT16
2558 relocations can also be used with global symbols, their howto
2559 has a rightshift of 0. */
2560 if (hi
->rel
.howto
->type
== R_MIPS_GOT16
)
2561 hi
->rel
.howto
= MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (abfd
, R_MIPS_HI16
, FALSE
);
2562 else if (hi
->rel
.howto
->type
== R_MIPS16_GOT16
)
2563 hi
->rel
.howto
= MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (abfd
, R_MIPS16_HI16
, FALSE
);
2564 else if (hi
->rel
.howto
->type
== R_MICROMIPS_GOT16
)
2565 hi
->rel
.howto
= MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (abfd
, R_MICROMIPS_HI16
, FALSE
);
2567 /* VALLO is a signed 16-bit number. Bias it by 0x8000 so that any
2568 carry or borrow will induce a change of +1 or -1 in the high part. */
2569 hi
->rel
.addend
+= (vallo
+ 0x8000) & 0xffff;
2571 ret
= _bfd_mips_elf_generic_reloc (abfd
, &hi
->rel
, symbol
, hi
->data
,
2572 hi
->input_section
, output_bfd
,
2574 if (ret
!= bfd_reloc_ok
)
2577 mips_hi16_list
= hi
->next
;
2581 return _bfd_mips_elf_generic_reloc (abfd
, reloc_entry
, symbol
, data
,
2582 input_section
, output_bfd
,
2586 /* A generic howto special_function. This calculates and installs the
2587 relocation itself, thus avoiding the oft-discussed problems in
2588 bfd_perform_relocation and bfd_install_relocation. */
2590 bfd_reloc_status_type
2591 _bfd_mips_elf_generic_reloc (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, arelent
*reloc_entry
,
2592 asymbol
*symbol
, void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
2593 asection
*input_section
, bfd
*output_bfd
,
2594 char **error_message ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
2597 bfd_reloc_status_type status
;
2598 bfd_boolean relocatable
;
2600 relocatable
= (output_bfd
!= NULL
);
2602 if (reloc_entry
->address
> bfd_get_section_limit (abfd
, input_section
))
2603 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
2605 /* Build up the field adjustment in VAL. */
2607 if (!relocatable
|| (symbol
->flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
) != 0)
2609 /* Either we're calculating the final field value or we have a
2610 relocation against a section symbol. Add in the section's
2611 offset or address. */
2612 val
+= symbol
->section
->output_section
->vma
;
2613 val
+= symbol
->section
->output_offset
;
2618 /* We're calculating the final field value. Add in the symbol's value
2619 and, if pc-relative, subtract the address of the field itself. */
2620 val
+= symbol
->value
;
2621 if (reloc_entry
->howto
->pc_relative
)
2623 val
-= input_section
->output_section
->vma
;
2624 val
-= input_section
->output_offset
;
2625 val
-= reloc_entry
->address
;
2629 /* VAL is now the final adjustment. If we're keeping this relocation
2630 in the output file, and if the relocation uses a separate addend,
2631 we just need to add VAL to that addend. Otherwise we need to add
2632 VAL to the relocation field itself. */
2633 if (relocatable
&& !reloc_entry
->howto
->partial_inplace
)
2634 reloc_entry
->addend
+= val
;
2637 bfd_byte
*location
= (bfd_byte
*) data
+ reloc_entry
->address
;
2639 /* Add in the separate addend, if any. */
2640 val
+= reloc_entry
->addend
;
2642 /* Add VAL to the relocation field. */
2643 _bfd_mips_elf_reloc_unshuffle (abfd
, reloc_entry
->howto
->type
, FALSE
,
2645 status
= _bfd_relocate_contents (reloc_entry
->howto
, abfd
, val
,
2647 _bfd_mips_elf_reloc_shuffle (abfd
, reloc_entry
->howto
->type
, FALSE
,
2650 if (status
!= bfd_reloc_ok
)
2655 reloc_entry
->address
+= input_section
->output_offset
;
2657 return bfd_reloc_ok
;
2660 /* Swap an entry in a .gptab section. Note that these routines rely
2661 on the equivalence of the two elements of the union. */
2664 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_gptab_in (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf32_External_gptab
*ex
,
2667 in
->gt_entry
.gt_g_value
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->gt_entry
.gt_g_value
);
2668 in
->gt_entry
.gt_bytes
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->gt_entry
.gt_bytes
);
2672 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_gptab_out (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf32_gptab
*in
,
2673 Elf32_External_gptab
*ex
)
2675 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->gt_entry
.gt_g_value
, ex
->gt_entry
.gt_g_value
);
2676 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->gt_entry
.gt_bytes
, ex
->gt_entry
.gt_bytes
);
2680 bfd_elf32_swap_compact_rel_out (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf32_compact_rel
*in
,
2681 Elf32_External_compact_rel
*ex
)
2683 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->id1
, ex
->id1
);
2684 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->num
, ex
->num
);
2685 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->id2
, ex
->id2
);
2686 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->offset
, ex
->offset
);
2687 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->reserved0
, ex
->reserved0
);
2688 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->reserved1
, ex
->reserved1
);
2692 bfd_elf32_swap_crinfo_out (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf32_crinfo
*in
,
2693 Elf32_External_crinfo
*ex
)
2697 l
= (((in
->ctype
& CRINFO_CTYPE
) << CRINFO_CTYPE_SH
)
2698 | ((in
->rtype
& CRINFO_RTYPE
) << CRINFO_RTYPE_SH
)
2699 | ((in
->dist2to
& CRINFO_DIST2TO
) << CRINFO_DIST2TO_SH
)
2700 | ((in
->relvaddr
& CRINFO_RELVADDR
) << CRINFO_RELVADDR_SH
));
2701 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, l
, ex
->info
);
2702 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->konst
, ex
->konst
);
2703 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->vaddr
, ex
->vaddr
);
2706 /* A .reginfo section holds a single Elf32_RegInfo structure. These
2707 routines swap this structure in and out. They are used outside of
2708 BFD, so they are globally visible. */
2711 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_in (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf32_External_RegInfo
*ex
,
2714 in
->ri_gprmask
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_gprmask
);
2715 in
->ri_cprmask
[0] = H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_cprmask
[0]);
2716 in
->ri_cprmask
[1] = H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_cprmask
[1]);
2717 in
->ri_cprmask
[2] = H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_cprmask
[2]);
2718 in
->ri_cprmask
[3] = H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_cprmask
[3]);
2719 in
->ri_gp_value
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_gp_value
);
2723 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_out (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf32_RegInfo
*in
,
2724 Elf32_External_RegInfo
*ex
)
2726 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_gprmask
, ex
->ri_gprmask
);
2727 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_cprmask
[0], ex
->ri_cprmask
[0]);
2728 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_cprmask
[1], ex
->ri_cprmask
[1]);
2729 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_cprmask
[2], ex
->ri_cprmask
[2]);
2730 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_cprmask
[3], ex
->ri_cprmask
[3]);
2731 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_gp_value
, ex
->ri_gp_value
);
2734 /* In the 64 bit ABI, the .MIPS.options section holds register
2735 information in an Elf64_Reginfo structure. These routines swap
2736 them in and out. They are globally visible because they are used
2737 outside of BFD. These routines are here so that gas can call them
2738 without worrying about whether the 64 bit ABI has been included. */
2741 bfd_mips_elf64_swap_reginfo_in (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf64_External_RegInfo
*ex
,
2742 Elf64_Internal_RegInfo
*in
)
2744 in
->ri_gprmask
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_gprmask
);
2745 in
->ri_pad
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_pad
);
2746 in
->ri_cprmask
[0] = H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_cprmask
[0]);
2747 in
->ri_cprmask
[1] = H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_cprmask
[1]);
2748 in
->ri_cprmask
[2] = H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_cprmask
[2]);
2749 in
->ri_cprmask
[3] = H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_cprmask
[3]);
2750 in
->ri_gp_value
= H_GET_64 (abfd
, ex
->ri_gp_value
);
2754 bfd_mips_elf64_swap_reginfo_out (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf64_Internal_RegInfo
*in
,
2755 Elf64_External_RegInfo
*ex
)
2757 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_gprmask
, ex
->ri_gprmask
);
2758 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_pad
, ex
->ri_pad
);
2759 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_cprmask
[0], ex
->ri_cprmask
[0]);
2760 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_cprmask
[1], ex
->ri_cprmask
[1]);
2761 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_cprmask
[2], ex
->ri_cprmask
[2]);
2762 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_cprmask
[3], ex
->ri_cprmask
[3]);
2763 H_PUT_64 (abfd
, in
->ri_gp_value
, ex
->ri_gp_value
);
2766 /* Swap in an options header. */
2769 bfd_mips_elf_swap_options_in (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf_External_Options
*ex
,
2770 Elf_Internal_Options
*in
)
2772 in
->kind
= H_GET_8 (abfd
, ex
->kind
);
2773 in
->size
= H_GET_8 (abfd
, ex
->size
);
2774 in
->section
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, ex
->section
);
2775 in
->info
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->info
);
2778 /* Swap out an options header. */
2781 bfd_mips_elf_swap_options_out (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf_Internal_Options
*in
,
2782 Elf_External_Options
*ex
)
2784 H_PUT_8 (abfd
, in
->kind
, ex
->kind
);
2785 H_PUT_8 (abfd
, in
->size
, ex
->size
);
2786 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, in
->section
, ex
->section
);
2787 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->info
, ex
->info
);
2790 /* Swap in an abiflags structure. */
2793 bfd_mips_elf_swap_abiflags_v0_in (bfd
*abfd
,
2794 const Elf_External_ABIFlags_v0
*ex
,
2795 Elf_Internal_ABIFlags_v0
*in
)
2797 in
->version
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, ex
->version
);
2798 in
->isa_level
= H_GET_8 (abfd
, ex
->isa_level
);
2799 in
->isa_rev
= H_GET_8 (abfd
, ex
->isa_rev
);
2800 in
->gpr_size
= H_GET_8 (abfd
, ex
->gpr_size
);
2801 in
->cpr1_size
= H_GET_8 (abfd
, ex
->cpr1_size
);
2802 in
->cpr2_size
= H_GET_8 (abfd
, ex
->cpr2_size
);
2803 in
->fp_abi
= H_GET_8 (abfd
, ex
->fp_abi
);
2804 in
->isa_ext
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->isa_ext
);
2805 in
->ases
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ases
);
2806 in
->flags1
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->flags1
);
2807 in
->flags2
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->flags2
);
2810 /* Swap out an abiflags structure. */
2813 bfd_mips_elf_swap_abiflags_v0_out (bfd
*abfd
,
2814 const Elf_Internal_ABIFlags_v0
*in
,
2815 Elf_External_ABIFlags_v0
*ex
)
2817 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, in
->version
, ex
->version
);
2818 H_PUT_8 (abfd
, in
->isa_level
, ex
->isa_level
);
2819 H_PUT_8 (abfd
, in
->isa_rev
, ex
->isa_rev
);
2820 H_PUT_8 (abfd
, in
->gpr_size
, ex
->gpr_size
);
2821 H_PUT_8 (abfd
, in
->cpr1_size
, ex
->cpr1_size
);
2822 H_PUT_8 (abfd
, in
->cpr2_size
, ex
->cpr2_size
);
2823 H_PUT_8 (abfd
, in
->fp_abi
, ex
->fp_abi
);
2824 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->isa_ext
, ex
->isa_ext
);
2825 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ases
, ex
->ases
);
2826 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->flags1
, ex
->flags1
);
2827 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->flags2
, ex
->flags2
);
2830 /* This function is called via qsort() to sort the dynamic relocation
2831 entries by increasing r_symndx value. */
2834 sort_dynamic_relocs (const void *arg1
, const void *arg2
)
2836 Elf_Internal_Rela int_reloc1
;
2837 Elf_Internal_Rela int_reloc2
;
2840 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_in (reldyn_sorting_bfd
, arg1
, &int_reloc1
);
2841 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_in (reldyn_sorting_bfd
, arg2
, &int_reloc2
);
2843 diff
= ELF32_R_SYM (int_reloc1
.r_info
) - ELF32_R_SYM (int_reloc2
.r_info
);
2847 if (int_reloc1
.r_offset
< int_reloc2
.r_offset
)
2849 if (int_reloc1
.r_offset
> int_reloc2
.r_offset
)
2854 /* Like sort_dynamic_relocs, but used for elf64 relocations. */
2857 sort_dynamic_relocs_64 (const void *arg1 ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
2858 const void *arg2 ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
2861 Elf_Internal_Rela int_reloc1
[3];
2862 Elf_Internal_Rela int_reloc2
[3];
2864 (*get_elf_backend_data (reldyn_sorting_bfd
)->s
->swap_reloc_in
)
2865 (reldyn_sorting_bfd
, arg1
, int_reloc1
);
2866 (*get_elf_backend_data (reldyn_sorting_bfd
)->s
->swap_reloc_in
)
2867 (reldyn_sorting_bfd
, arg2
, int_reloc2
);
2869 if (ELF64_R_SYM (int_reloc1
[0].r_info
) < ELF64_R_SYM (int_reloc2
[0].r_info
))
2871 if (ELF64_R_SYM (int_reloc1
[0].r_info
) > ELF64_R_SYM (int_reloc2
[0].r_info
))
2874 if (int_reloc1
[0].r_offset
< int_reloc2
[0].r_offset
)
2876 if (int_reloc1
[0].r_offset
> int_reloc2
[0].r_offset
)
2885 /* This routine is used to write out ECOFF debugging external symbol
2886 information. It is called via mips_elf_link_hash_traverse. The
2887 ECOFF external symbol information must match the ELF external
2888 symbol information. Unfortunately, at this point we don't know
2889 whether a symbol is required by reloc information, so the two
2890 tables may wind up being different. We must sort out the external
2891 symbol information before we can set the final size of the .mdebug
2892 section, and we must set the size of the .mdebug section before we
2893 can relocate any sections, and we can't know which symbols are
2894 required by relocation until we relocate the sections.
2895 Fortunately, it is relatively unlikely that any symbol will be
2896 stripped but required by a reloc. In particular, it can not happen
2897 when generating a final executable. */
2900 mips_elf_output_extsym (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
2902 struct extsym_info
*einfo
= data
;
2904 asection
*sec
, *output_section
;
2906 if (h
->root
.indx
== -2)
2908 else if ((h
->root
.def_dynamic
2909 || h
->root
.ref_dynamic
2910 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_new
)
2911 && !h
->root
.def_regular
2912 && !h
->root
.ref_regular
)
2914 else if (einfo
->info
->strip
== strip_all
2915 || (einfo
->info
->strip
== strip_some
2916 && bfd_hash_lookup (einfo
->info
->keep_hash
,
2917 h
->root
.root
.root
.string
,
2918 FALSE
, FALSE
) == NULL
))
2926 if (h
->esym
.ifd
== -2)
2929 h
->esym
.cobol_main
= 0;
2930 h
->esym
.weakext
= 0;
2931 h
->esym
.reserved
= 0;
2932 h
->esym
.ifd
= ifdNil
;
2933 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= 0;
2934 h
->esym
.asym
.st
= stGlobal
;
2936 if (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
2937 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
2941 /* Use undefined class. Also, set class and type for some
2943 name
= h
->root
.root
.root
.string
;
2944 if (strcmp (name
, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names
[0]) == 0
2945 || strcmp (name
, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names
[1]) == 0)
2947 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scData
;
2948 h
->esym
.asym
.st
= stLabel
;
2949 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= 0;
2951 else if (strcmp (name
, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names
[2]) == 0)
2953 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scAbs
;
2954 h
->esym
.asym
.st
= stLabel
;
2955 h
->esym
.asym
.value
=
2956 mips_elf_hash_table (einfo
->info
)->procedure_count
;
2959 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scUndefined
;
2961 else if (h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defined
2962 && h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
2963 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scAbs
;
2968 sec
= h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
2969 output_section
= sec
->output_section
;
2971 /* When making a shared library and symbol h is the one from
2972 the another shared library, OUTPUT_SECTION may be null. */
2973 if (output_section
== NULL
)
2974 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scUndefined
;
2977 name
= bfd_section_name (output_section
);
2979 if (strcmp (name
, ".text") == 0)
2980 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scText
;
2981 else if (strcmp (name
, ".data") == 0)
2982 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scData
;
2983 else if (strcmp (name
, ".sdata") == 0)
2984 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scSData
;
2985 else if (strcmp (name
, ".rodata") == 0
2986 || strcmp (name
, ".rdata") == 0)
2987 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scRData
;
2988 else if (strcmp (name
, ".bss") == 0)
2989 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scBss
;
2990 else if (strcmp (name
, ".sbss") == 0)
2991 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scSBss
;
2992 else if (strcmp (name
, ".init") == 0)
2993 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scInit
;
2994 else if (strcmp (name
, ".fini") == 0)
2995 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scFini
;
2997 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scAbs
;
3001 h
->esym
.asym
.reserved
= 0;
3002 h
->esym
.asym
.index
= indexNil
;
3005 if (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_common
)
3006 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= h
->root
.root
.u
.c
.size
;
3007 else if (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
3008 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
3010 if (h
->esym
.asym
.sc
== scCommon
)
3011 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scBss
;
3012 else if (h
->esym
.asym
.sc
== scSCommon
)
3013 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scSBss
;
3015 sec
= h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
3016 output_section
= sec
->output_section
;
3017 if (output_section
!= NULL
)
3018 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= (h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
3019 + sec
->output_offset
3020 + output_section
->vma
);
3022 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= 0;
3026 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*hd
= h
;
3028 while (hd
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
3029 hd
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*)h
->root
.root
.u
.i
.link
;
3031 if (hd
->needs_lazy_stub
)
3033 BFD_ASSERT (hd
->root
.plt
.plist
!= NULL
);
3034 BFD_ASSERT (hd
->root
.plt
.plist
->stub_offset
!= MINUS_ONE
);
3035 /* Set type and value for a symbol with a function stub. */
3036 h
->esym
.asym
.st
= stProc
;
3037 sec
= hd
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
3039 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= 0;
3042 output_section
= sec
->output_section
;
3043 if (output_section
!= NULL
)
3044 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= (hd
->root
.plt
.plist
->stub_offset
3045 + sec
->output_offset
3046 + output_section
->vma
);
3048 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= 0;
3053 if (! bfd_ecoff_debug_one_external (einfo
->abfd
, einfo
->debug
, einfo
->swap
,
3054 h
->root
.root
.root
.string
,
3057 einfo
->failed
= TRUE
;
3064 /* A comparison routine used to sort .gptab entries. */
3067 gptab_compare (const void *p1
, const void *p2
)
3069 const Elf32_gptab
*a1
= p1
;
3070 const Elf32_gptab
*a2
= p2
;
3072 return a1
->gt_entry
.gt_g_value
- a2
->gt_entry
.gt_g_value
;
3075 /* Functions to manage the got entry hash table. */
3077 /* Use all 64 bits of a bfd_vma for the computation of a 32-bit
3080 static INLINE hashval_t
3081 mips_elf_hash_bfd_vma (bfd_vma addr
)
3084 return addr
+ (addr
>> 32);
3091 mips_elf_got_entry_hash (const void *entry_
)
3093 const struct mips_got_entry
*entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*)entry_
;
3095 return (entry
->symndx
3096 + ((entry
->tls_type
== GOT_TLS_LDM
) << 18)
3097 + (entry
->tls_type
== GOT_TLS_LDM
? 0
3098 : !entry
->abfd
? mips_elf_hash_bfd_vma (entry
->d
.address
)
3099 : entry
->symndx
>= 0 ? (entry
->abfd
->id
3100 + mips_elf_hash_bfd_vma (entry
->d
.addend
))
3101 : entry
->d
.h
->root
.root
.root
.hash
));
3105 mips_elf_got_entry_eq (const void *entry1
, const void *entry2
)
3107 const struct mips_got_entry
*e1
= (struct mips_got_entry
*)entry1
;
3108 const struct mips_got_entry
*e2
= (struct mips_got_entry
*)entry2
;
3110 return (e1
->symndx
== e2
->symndx
3111 && e1
->tls_type
== e2
->tls_type
3112 && (e1
->tls_type
== GOT_TLS_LDM
? TRUE
3113 : !e1
->abfd
? !e2
->abfd
&& e1
->d
.address
== e2
->d
.address
3114 : e1
->symndx
>= 0 ? (e1
->abfd
== e2
->abfd
3115 && e1
->d
.addend
== e2
->d
.addend
)
3116 : e2
->abfd
&& e1
->d
.h
== e2
->d
.h
));
3120 mips_got_page_ref_hash (const void *ref_
)
3122 const struct mips_got_page_ref
*ref
;
3124 ref
= (const struct mips_got_page_ref
*) ref_
;
3125 return ((ref
->symndx
>= 0
3126 ? (hashval_t
) (ref
->u
.abfd
->id
+ ref
->symndx
)
3127 : ref
->u
.h
->root
.root
.root
.hash
)
3128 + mips_elf_hash_bfd_vma (ref
->addend
));
3132 mips_got_page_ref_eq (const void *ref1_
, const void *ref2_
)
3134 const struct mips_got_page_ref
*ref1
, *ref2
;
3136 ref1
= (const struct mips_got_page_ref
*) ref1_
;
3137 ref2
= (const struct mips_got_page_ref
*) ref2_
;
3138 return (ref1
->symndx
== ref2
->symndx
3139 && (ref1
->symndx
< 0
3140 ? ref1
->u
.h
== ref2
->u
.h
3141 : ref1
->u
.abfd
== ref2
->u
.abfd
)
3142 && ref1
->addend
== ref2
->addend
);
3146 mips_got_page_entry_hash (const void *entry_
)
3148 const struct mips_got_page_entry
*entry
;
3150 entry
= (const struct mips_got_page_entry
*) entry_
;
3151 return entry
->sec
->id
;
3155 mips_got_page_entry_eq (const void *entry1_
, const void *entry2_
)
3157 const struct mips_got_page_entry
*entry1
, *entry2
;
3159 entry1
= (const struct mips_got_page_entry
*) entry1_
;
3160 entry2
= (const struct mips_got_page_entry
*) entry2_
;
3161 return entry1
->sec
== entry2
->sec
;
3164 /* Create and return a new mips_got_info structure. */
3166 static struct mips_got_info
*
3167 mips_elf_create_got_info (bfd
*abfd
)
3169 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
3171 g
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, sizeof (struct mips_got_info
));
3175 g
->got_entries
= htab_try_create (1, mips_elf_got_entry_hash
,
3176 mips_elf_got_entry_eq
, NULL
);
3177 if (g
->got_entries
== NULL
)
3180 g
->got_page_refs
= htab_try_create (1, mips_got_page_ref_hash
,
3181 mips_got_page_ref_eq
, NULL
);
3182 if (g
->got_page_refs
== NULL
)
3188 /* Return the GOT info for input bfd ABFD, trying to create a new one if
3189 CREATE_P and if ABFD doesn't already have a GOT. */
3191 static struct mips_got_info
*
3192 mips_elf_bfd_got (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_boolean create_p
)
3194 struct mips_elf_obj_tdata
*tdata
;
3196 if (!is_mips_elf (abfd
))
3199 tdata
= mips_elf_tdata (abfd
);
3200 if (!tdata
->got
&& create_p
)
3201 tdata
->got
= mips_elf_create_got_info (abfd
);
3205 /* Record that ABFD should use output GOT G. */
3208 mips_elf_replace_bfd_got (bfd
*abfd
, struct mips_got_info
*g
)
3210 struct mips_elf_obj_tdata
*tdata
;
3212 BFD_ASSERT (is_mips_elf (abfd
));
3213 tdata
= mips_elf_tdata (abfd
);
3216 /* The GOT structure itself and the hash table entries are
3217 allocated to a bfd, but the hash tables aren't. */
3218 htab_delete (tdata
->got
->got_entries
);
3219 htab_delete (tdata
->got
->got_page_refs
);
3220 if (tdata
->got
->got_page_entries
)
3221 htab_delete (tdata
->got
->got_page_entries
);
3226 /* Return the dynamic relocation section. If it doesn't exist, try to
3227 create a new it if CREATE_P, otherwise return NULL. Also return NULL
3228 if creation fails. */
3231 mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (struct bfd_link_info
*info
, bfd_boolean create_p
)
3237 dname
= MIPS_ELF_REL_DYN_NAME (info
);
3238 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
3239 sreloc
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, dname
);
3240 if (sreloc
== NULL
&& create_p
)
3242 sreloc
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (dynobj
, dname
,
3247 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED
3250 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (sreloc
,
3251 MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (dynobj
)))
3257 /* Return the GOT_TLS_* type required by relocation type R_TYPE. */
3260 mips_elf_reloc_tls_type (unsigned int r_type
)
3262 if (tls_gd_reloc_p (r_type
))
3265 if (tls_ldm_reloc_p (r_type
))
3268 if (tls_gottprel_reloc_p (r_type
))
3271 return GOT_TLS_NONE
;
3274 /* Return the number of GOT slots needed for GOT TLS type TYPE. */
3277 mips_tls_got_entries (unsigned int type
)
3294 /* Count the number of relocations needed for a TLS GOT entry, with
3295 access types from TLS_TYPE, and symbol H (or a local symbol if H
3299 mips_tls_got_relocs (struct bfd_link_info
*info
, unsigned char tls_type
,
3300 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
3303 bfd_boolean need_relocs
= FALSE
;
3304 bfd_boolean dyn
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
;
3308 && WILL_CALL_FINISH_DYNAMIC_SYMBOL (dyn
, bfd_link_pic (info
), h
)
3309 && (bfd_link_dll (info
) || !SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, h
)))
3312 if ((bfd_link_dll (info
) || indx
!= 0)
3314 || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) == STV_DEFAULT
3315 || h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
))
3324 return indx
!= 0 ? 2 : 1;
3330 return bfd_link_dll (info
) ? 1 : 0;
3337 /* Add the number of GOT entries and TLS relocations required by ENTRY
3341 mips_elf_count_got_entry (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3342 struct mips_got_info
*g
,
3343 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
)
3345 if (entry
->tls_type
)
3347 g
->tls_gotno
+= mips_tls_got_entries (entry
->tls_type
);
3348 g
->relocs
+= mips_tls_got_relocs (info
, entry
->tls_type
,
3350 ? &entry
->d
.h
->root
: NULL
);
3352 else if (entry
->symndx
>= 0 || entry
->d
.h
->global_got_area
== GGA_NONE
)
3353 g
->local_gotno
+= 1;
3355 g
->global_gotno
+= 1;
3358 /* Output a simple dynamic relocation into SRELOC. */
3361 mips_elf_output_dynamic_relocation (bfd
*output_bfd
,
3363 unsigned long reloc_index
,
3368 Elf_Internal_Rela rel
[3];
3370 memset (rel
, 0, sizeof (rel
));
3372 rel
[0].r_info
= ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd
, indx
, r_type
);
3373 rel
[0].r_offset
= rel
[1].r_offset
= rel
[2].r_offset
= offset
;
3375 if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd
))
3377 (*get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
)->s
->swap_reloc_out
)
3378 (output_bfd
, &rel
[0],
3380 + reloc_index
* sizeof (Elf64_Mips_External_Rel
)));
3383 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out
3384 (output_bfd
, &rel
[0],
3386 + reloc_index
* sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel
)));
3389 /* Initialize a set of TLS GOT entries for one symbol. */
3392 mips_elf_initialize_tls_slots (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3393 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
,
3394 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
3397 bfd_boolean dyn
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
;
3398 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
3400 asection
*sreloc
, *sgot
;
3401 bfd_vma got_offset
, got_offset2
;
3402 bfd_boolean need_relocs
= FALSE
;
3404 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
3408 sgot
= htab
->root
.sgot
;
3412 && h
->root
.dynindx
!= -1
3413 && WILL_CALL_FINISH_DYNAMIC_SYMBOL (dyn
, bfd_link_pic (info
), &h
->root
)
3414 && (bfd_link_dll (info
) || !SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, &h
->root
)))
3415 indx
= h
->root
.dynindx
;
3417 if (entry
->tls_initialized
)
3420 if ((bfd_link_dll (info
) || indx
!= 0)
3422 || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->root
.other
) == STV_DEFAULT
3423 || h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
))
3426 /* MINUS_ONE means the symbol is not defined in this object. It may not
3427 be defined at all; assume that the value doesn't matter in that
3428 case. Otherwise complain if we would use the value. */
3429 BFD_ASSERT (value
!= MINUS_ONE
|| (indx
!= 0 && need_relocs
)
3430 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
);
3432 /* Emit necessary relocations. */
3433 sreloc
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, FALSE
);
3434 got_offset
= entry
->gotidx
;
3436 switch (entry
->tls_type
)
3439 /* General Dynamic. */
3440 got_offset2
= got_offset
+ MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd
);
3444 mips_elf_output_dynamic_relocation
3445 (abfd
, sreloc
, sreloc
->reloc_count
++, indx
,
3446 ABI_64_P (abfd
) ? R_MIPS_TLS_DTPMOD64
: R_MIPS_TLS_DTPMOD32
,
3447 sgot
->output_offset
+ sgot
->output_section
->vma
+ got_offset
);
3450 mips_elf_output_dynamic_relocation
3451 (abfd
, sreloc
, sreloc
->reloc_count
++, indx
,
3452 ABI_64_P (abfd
) ? R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL64
: R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL32
,
3453 sgot
->output_offset
+ sgot
->output_section
->vma
+ got_offset2
);
3455 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd
, value
- dtprel_base (info
),
3456 sgot
->contents
+ got_offset2
);
3460 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd
, 1,
3461 sgot
->contents
+ got_offset
);
3462 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd
, value
- dtprel_base (info
),
3463 sgot
->contents
+ got_offset2
);
3468 /* Initial Exec model. */
3472 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd
, value
- elf_hash_table (info
)->tls_sec
->vma
,
3473 sgot
->contents
+ got_offset
);
3475 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd
, 0,
3476 sgot
->contents
+ got_offset
);
3478 mips_elf_output_dynamic_relocation
3479 (abfd
, sreloc
, sreloc
->reloc_count
++, indx
,
3480 ABI_64_P (abfd
) ? R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL64
: R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL32
,
3481 sgot
->output_offset
+ sgot
->output_section
->vma
+ got_offset
);
3484 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd
, value
- tprel_base (info
),
3485 sgot
->contents
+ got_offset
);
3489 /* The initial offset is zero, and the LD offsets will include the
3490 bias by DTP_OFFSET. */
3491 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd
, 0,
3492 sgot
->contents
+ got_offset
3493 + MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd
));
3495 if (!bfd_link_dll (info
))
3496 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd
, 1,
3497 sgot
->contents
+ got_offset
);
3499 mips_elf_output_dynamic_relocation
3500 (abfd
, sreloc
, sreloc
->reloc_count
++, indx
,
3501 ABI_64_P (abfd
) ? R_MIPS_TLS_DTPMOD64
: R_MIPS_TLS_DTPMOD32
,
3502 sgot
->output_offset
+ sgot
->output_section
->vma
+ got_offset
);
3509 entry
->tls_initialized
= TRUE
;
3512 /* Return the offset from _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ of the .got.plt entry
3513 for global symbol H. .got.plt comes before the GOT, so the offset
3514 will be negative. */
3517 mips_elf_gotplt_index (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3518 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
3520 bfd_vma got_address
, got_value
;
3521 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
3523 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
3524 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
3526 BFD_ASSERT (h
->plt
.plist
!= NULL
);
3527 BFD_ASSERT (h
->plt
.plist
->gotplt_index
!= MINUS_ONE
);
3529 /* Calculate the address of the associated .got.plt entry. */
3530 got_address
= (htab
->root
.sgotplt
->output_section
->vma
3531 + htab
->root
.sgotplt
->output_offset
3532 + (h
->plt
.plist
->gotplt_index
3533 * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (info
->output_bfd
)));
3535 /* Calculate the value of _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_. */
3536 got_value
= (htab
->root
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_section
->vma
3537 + htab
->root
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_offset
3538 + htab
->root
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.value
);
3540 return got_address
- got_value
;
3543 /* Return the GOT offset for address VALUE. If there is not yet a GOT
3544 entry for this value, create one. If R_SYMNDX refers to a TLS symbol,
3545 create a TLS GOT entry instead. Return -1 if no satisfactory GOT
3546 offset can be found. */
3549 mips_elf_local_got_index (bfd
*abfd
, bfd
*ibfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3550 bfd_vma value
, unsigned long r_symndx
,
3551 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, int r_type
)
3553 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
3554 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
;
3556 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
3557 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
3559 entry
= mips_elf_create_local_got_entry (abfd
, info
, ibfd
, value
,
3560 r_symndx
, h
, r_type
);
3564 if (entry
->tls_type
)
3565 mips_elf_initialize_tls_slots (abfd
, info
, entry
, h
, value
);
3566 return entry
->gotidx
;
3569 /* Return the GOT index of global symbol H in the primary GOT. */
3572 mips_elf_primary_global_got_index (bfd
*obfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3573 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
3575 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
3576 long global_got_dynindx
;
3577 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
3580 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
3581 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
3583 global_got_dynindx
= 0;
3584 if (htab
->global_gotsym
!= NULL
)
3585 global_got_dynindx
= htab
->global_gotsym
->dynindx
;
3587 /* Once we determine the global GOT entry with the lowest dynamic
3588 symbol table index, we must put all dynamic symbols with greater
3589 indices into the primary GOT. That makes it easy to calculate the
3591 BFD_ASSERT (h
->dynindx
>= global_got_dynindx
);
3592 g
= mips_elf_bfd_got (obfd
, FALSE
);
3593 got_index
= ((h
->dynindx
- global_got_dynindx
+ g
->local_gotno
)
3594 * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (obfd
));
3595 BFD_ASSERT (got_index
< htab
->root
.sgot
->size
);
3600 /* Return the GOT index for the global symbol indicated by H, which is
3601 referenced by a relocation of type R_TYPE in IBFD. */
3604 mips_elf_global_got_index (bfd
*obfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
, bfd
*ibfd
,
3605 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, int r_type
)
3607 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
3608 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
3609 struct mips_got_entry lookup
, *entry
;
3612 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
3613 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
3615 g
= mips_elf_bfd_got (ibfd
, FALSE
);
3618 lookup
.tls_type
= mips_elf_reloc_tls_type (r_type
);
3619 if (!lookup
.tls_type
&& g
== mips_elf_bfd_got (obfd
, FALSE
))
3620 return mips_elf_primary_global_got_index (obfd
, info
, h
);
3624 lookup
.d
.h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
3625 entry
= htab_find (g
->got_entries
, &lookup
);
3628 gotidx
= entry
->gotidx
;
3629 BFD_ASSERT (gotidx
> 0 && gotidx
< htab
->root
.sgot
->size
);
3631 if (lookup
.tls_type
)
3633 bfd_vma value
= MINUS_ONE
;
3635 if ((h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
3636 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
3637 && h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_section
)
3638 value
= (h
->root
.u
.def
.value
3639 + h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_offset
3640 + h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_section
->vma
);
3642 mips_elf_initialize_tls_slots (obfd
, info
, entry
, lookup
.d
.h
, value
);
3647 /* Find a GOT page entry that points to within 32KB of VALUE. These
3648 entries are supposed to be placed at small offsets in the GOT, i.e.,
3649 within 32KB of GP. Return the index of the GOT entry, or -1 if no
3650 entry could be created. If OFFSETP is nonnull, use it to return the
3651 offset of the GOT entry from VALUE. */
3654 mips_elf_got_page (bfd
*abfd
, bfd
*ibfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3655 bfd_vma value
, bfd_vma
*offsetp
)
3657 bfd_vma page
, got_index
;
3658 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
;
3660 page
= (value
+ 0x8000) & ~(bfd_vma
) 0xffff;
3661 entry
= mips_elf_create_local_got_entry (abfd
, info
, ibfd
, page
, 0,
3662 NULL
, R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE
);
3667 got_index
= entry
->gotidx
;
3670 *offsetp
= value
- entry
->d
.address
;
3675 /* Find a local GOT entry for an R_MIPS*_GOT16 relocation against VALUE.
3676 EXTERNAL is true if the relocation was originally against a global
3677 symbol that binds locally. */
3680 mips_elf_got16_entry (bfd
*abfd
, bfd
*ibfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3681 bfd_vma value
, bfd_boolean external
)
3683 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
;
3685 /* GOT16 relocations against local symbols are followed by a LO16
3686 relocation; those against global symbols are not. Thus if the
3687 symbol was originally local, the GOT16 relocation should load the
3688 equivalent of %hi(VALUE), otherwise it should load VALUE itself. */
3690 value
= mips_elf_high (value
) << 16;
3692 /* It doesn't matter whether the original relocation was R_MIPS_GOT16,
3693 R_MIPS16_GOT16, R_MIPS_CALL16, etc. The format of the entry is the
3694 same in all cases. */
3695 entry
= mips_elf_create_local_got_entry (abfd
, info
, ibfd
, value
, 0,
3696 NULL
, R_MIPS_GOT16
);
3698 return entry
->gotidx
;
3703 /* Returns the offset for the entry at the INDEXth position
3707 mips_elf_got_offset_from_index (struct bfd_link_info
*info
, bfd
*output_bfd
,
3708 bfd
*input_bfd
, bfd_vma got_index
)
3710 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
3714 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
3715 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
3717 sgot
= htab
->root
.sgot
;
3718 gp
= _bfd_get_gp_value (output_bfd
)
3719 + mips_elf_adjust_gp (output_bfd
, htab
->got_info
, input_bfd
);
3721 return sgot
->output_section
->vma
+ sgot
->output_offset
+ got_index
- gp
;
3724 /* Create and return a local GOT entry for VALUE, which was calculated
3725 from a symbol belonging to INPUT_SECTON. Return NULL if it could not
3726 be created. If R_SYMNDX refers to a TLS symbol, create a TLS entry
3729 static struct mips_got_entry
*
3730 mips_elf_create_local_got_entry (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3731 bfd
*ibfd
, bfd_vma value
,
3732 unsigned long r_symndx
,
3733 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
3736 struct mips_got_entry lookup
, *entry
;
3738 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
3739 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
3742 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
3743 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
3745 g
= mips_elf_bfd_got (ibfd
, FALSE
);
3748 g
= mips_elf_bfd_got (abfd
, FALSE
);
3749 BFD_ASSERT (g
!= NULL
);
3752 /* This function shouldn't be called for symbols that live in the global
3754 BFD_ASSERT (h
== NULL
|| h
->global_got_area
== GGA_NONE
);
3756 lookup
.tls_type
= mips_elf_reloc_tls_type (r_type
);
3757 if (lookup
.tls_type
)
3760 if (tls_ldm_reloc_p (r_type
))
3763 lookup
.d
.addend
= 0;
3767 lookup
.symndx
= r_symndx
;
3768 lookup
.d
.addend
= 0;
3776 entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*) htab_find (g
->got_entries
, &lookup
);
3779 gotidx
= entry
->gotidx
;
3780 BFD_ASSERT (gotidx
> 0 && gotidx
< htab
->root
.sgot
->size
);
3787 lookup
.d
.address
= value
;
3788 loc
= htab_find_slot (g
->got_entries
, &lookup
, INSERT
);
3792 entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*) *loc
;
3796 if (g
->assigned_low_gotno
> g
->assigned_high_gotno
)
3798 /* We didn't allocate enough space in the GOT. */
3800 (_("not enough GOT space for local GOT entries"));
3801 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
3805 entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*) bfd_alloc (abfd
, sizeof (*entry
));
3809 if (got16_reloc_p (r_type
)
3810 || call16_reloc_p (r_type
)
3811 || got_page_reloc_p (r_type
)
3812 || got_disp_reloc_p (r_type
))
3813 lookup
.gotidx
= MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd
) * g
->assigned_low_gotno
++;
3815 lookup
.gotidx
= MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd
) * g
->assigned_high_gotno
--;
3820 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd
, value
, htab
->root
.sgot
->contents
+ entry
->gotidx
);
3822 /* These GOT entries need a dynamic relocation on VxWorks. */
3823 if (htab
->root
.target_os
== is_vxworks
)
3825 Elf_Internal_Rela outrel
;
3828 bfd_vma got_address
;
3830 s
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, FALSE
);
3831 got_address
= (htab
->root
.sgot
->output_section
->vma
3832 + htab
->root
.sgot
->output_offset
3835 rloc
= s
->contents
+ (s
->reloc_count
++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
));
3836 outrel
.r_offset
= got_address
;
3837 outrel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (STN_UNDEF
, R_MIPS_32
);
3838 outrel
.r_addend
= value
;
3839 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (abfd
, &outrel
, rloc
);
3845 /* Return the number of dynamic section symbols required by OUTPUT_BFD.
3846 The number might be exact or a worst-case estimate, depending on how
3847 much information is available to elf_backend_omit_section_dynsym at
3848 the current linking stage. */
3850 static bfd_size_type
3851 count_section_dynsyms (bfd
*output_bfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
3853 bfd_size_type count
;
3856 if (bfd_link_pic (info
)
3857 || elf_hash_table (info
)->is_relocatable_executable
)
3860 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
3862 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
);
3863 for (p
= output_bfd
->sections
; p
; p
= p
->next
)
3864 if ((p
->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
) == 0
3865 && (p
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0
3866 && elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_relocs
3867 && !(*bed
->elf_backend_omit_section_dynsym
) (output_bfd
, info
, p
))
3873 /* Sort the dynamic symbol table so that symbols that need GOT entries
3874 appear towards the end. */
3877 mips_elf_sort_hash_table (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
3879 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
3880 struct mips_elf_hash_sort_data hsd
;
3881 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
3883 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
3884 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
3886 if (htab
->root
.dynsymcount
== 0)
3894 hsd
.max_unref_got_dynindx
3895 = hsd
.min_got_dynindx
3896 = (htab
->root
.dynsymcount
- g
->reloc_only_gotno
);
3897 /* Add 1 to local symbol indices to account for the mandatory NULL entry
3898 at the head of the table; see `_bfd_elf_link_renumber_dynsyms'. */
3899 hsd
.max_local_dynindx
= count_section_dynsyms (abfd
, info
) + 1;
3900 hsd
.max_non_got_dynindx
= htab
->root
.local_dynsymcount
+ 1;
3901 hsd
.output_bfd
= abfd
;
3902 if (htab
->root
.dynobj
!= NULL
3903 && htab
->root
.dynamic_sections_created
3904 && info
->emit_gnu_hash
)
3906 asection
*s
= bfd_get_linker_section (htab
->root
.dynobj
, ".MIPS.xhash");
3907 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
3908 hsd
.mipsxhash
= s
->contents
;
3909 BFD_ASSERT (hsd
.mipsxhash
!= NULL
);
3912 hsd
.mipsxhash
= NULL
;
3913 mips_elf_link_hash_traverse (htab
, mips_elf_sort_hash_table_f
, &hsd
);
3915 /* There should have been enough room in the symbol table to
3916 accommodate both the GOT and non-GOT symbols. */
3917 BFD_ASSERT (hsd
.max_local_dynindx
<= htab
->root
.local_dynsymcount
+ 1);
3918 BFD_ASSERT (hsd
.max_non_got_dynindx
<= hsd
.min_got_dynindx
);
3919 BFD_ASSERT (hsd
.max_unref_got_dynindx
== htab
->root
.dynsymcount
);
3920 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->root
.dynsymcount
- hsd
.min_got_dynindx
== g
->global_gotno
);
3922 /* Now we know which dynamic symbol has the lowest dynamic symbol
3923 table index in the GOT. */
3924 htab
->global_gotsym
= hsd
.low
;
3929 /* If H needs a GOT entry, assign it the highest available dynamic
3930 index. Otherwise, assign it the lowest available dynamic
3934 mips_elf_sort_hash_table_f (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
3936 struct mips_elf_hash_sort_data
*hsd
= data
;
3938 /* Symbols without dynamic symbol table entries aren't interesting
3940 if (h
->root
.dynindx
== -1)
3943 switch (h
->global_got_area
)
3946 if (h
->root
.forced_local
)
3947 h
->root
.dynindx
= hsd
->max_local_dynindx
++;
3949 h
->root
.dynindx
= hsd
->max_non_got_dynindx
++;
3953 h
->root
.dynindx
= --hsd
->min_got_dynindx
;
3954 hsd
->low
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
3957 case GGA_RELOC_ONLY
:
3958 if (hsd
->max_unref_got_dynindx
== hsd
->min_got_dynindx
)
3959 hsd
->low
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
3960 h
->root
.dynindx
= hsd
->max_unref_got_dynindx
++;
3964 /* Populate the .MIPS.xhash translation table entry with
3965 the symbol dynindx. */
3966 if (h
->mipsxhash_loc
!= 0 && hsd
->mipsxhash
!= NULL
)
3967 bfd_put_32 (hsd
->output_bfd
, h
->root
.dynindx
,
3968 hsd
->mipsxhash
+ h
->mipsxhash_loc
);
3973 /* Record that input bfd ABFD requires a GOT entry like *LOOKUP
3974 (which is owned by the caller and shouldn't be added to the
3975 hash table directly). */
3978 mips_elf_record_got_entry (struct bfd_link_info
*info
, bfd
*abfd
,
3979 struct mips_got_entry
*lookup
)
3981 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
3982 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
;
3983 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
3984 void **loc
, **bfd_loc
;
3986 /* Make sure there's a slot for this entry in the master GOT. */
3987 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
3989 loc
= htab_find_slot (g
->got_entries
, lookup
, INSERT
);
3993 /* Populate the entry if it isn't already. */
3994 entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*) *loc
;
3997 entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*) bfd_alloc (abfd
, sizeof (*entry
));
4001 lookup
->tls_initialized
= FALSE
;
4002 lookup
->gotidx
= -1;
4007 /* Reuse the same GOT entry for the BFD's GOT. */
4008 g
= mips_elf_bfd_got (abfd
, TRUE
);
4012 bfd_loc
= htab_find_slot (g
->got_entries
, lookup
, INSERT
);
4021 /* ABFD has a GOT relocation of type R_TYPE against H. Reserve a GOT
4022 entry for it. FOR_CALL is true if the caller is only interested in
4023 using the GOT entry for calls. */
4026 mips_elf_record_global_got_symbol (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
4027 bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
4028 bfd_boolean for_call
, int r_type
)
4030 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
4031 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*hmips
;
4032 struct mips_got_entry entry
;
4033 unsigned char tls_type
;
4035 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
4036 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
4038 hmips
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
4040 hmips
->got_only_for_calls
= FALSE
;
4042 /* A global symbol in the GOT must also be in the dynamic symbol
4044 if (h
->dynindx
== -1)
4046 switch (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
))
4050 _bfd_mips_elf_hide_symbol (info
, h
, TRUE
);
4053 if (!bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
4057 tls_type
= mips_elf_reloc_tls_type (r_type
);
4058 if (tls_type
== GOT_TLS_NONE
&& hmips
->global_got_area
> GGA_NORMAL
)
4059 hmips
->global_got_area
= GGA_NORMAL
;
4063 entry
.d
.h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
4064 entry
.tls_type
= tls_type
;
4065 return mips_elf_record_got_entry (info
, abfd
, &entry
);
4068 /* ABFD has a GOT relocation of type R_TYPE against symbol SYMNDX + ADDEND,
4069 where SYMNDX is a local symbol. Reserve a GOT entry for it. */
4072 mips_elf_record_local_got_symbol (bfd
*abfd
, long symndx
, bfd_vma addend
,
4073 struct bfd_link_info
*info
, int r_type
)
4075 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
4076 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
4077 struct mips_got_entry entry
;
4079 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
4080 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
4083 BFD_ASSERT (g
!= NULL
);
4086 entry
.symndx
= symndx
;
4087 entry
.d
.addend
= addend
;
4088 entry
.tls_type
= mips_elf_reloc_tls_type (r_type
);
4089 return mips_elf_record_got_entry (info
, abfd
, &entry
);
4092 /* Record that ABFD has a page relocation against SYMNDX + ADDEND.
4093 H is the symbol's hash table entry, or null if SYMNDX is local
4097 mips_elf_record_got_page_ref (struct bfd_link_info
*info
, bfd
*abfd
,
4098 long symndx
, struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
4099 bfd_signed_vma addend
)
4101 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
4102 struct mips_got_info
*g1
, *g2
;
4103 struct mips_got_page_ref lookup
, *entry
;
4104 void **loc
, **bfd_loc
;
4106 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
4107 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
4109 g1
= htab
->got_info
;
4110 BFD_ASSERT (g1
!= NULL
);
4115 lookup
.u
.h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
4119 lookup
.symndx
= symndx
;
4120 lookup
.u
.abfd
= abfd
;
4122 lookup
.addend
= addend
;
4123 loc
= htab_find_slot (g1
->got_page_refs
, &lookup
, INSERT
);
4127 entry
= (struct mips_got_page_ref
*) *loc
;
4130 entry
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, sizeof (*entry
));
4138 /* Add the same entry to the BFD's GOT. */
4139 g2
= mips_elf_bfd_got (abfd
, TRUE
);
4143 bfd_loc
= htab_find_slot (g2
->got_page_refs
, &lookup
, INSERT
);
4153 /* Add room for N relocations to the .rel(a).dyn section in ABFD. */
4156 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
4160 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
4162 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
4163 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
4165 s
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, FALSE
);
4166 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
4168 if (htab
->root
.target_os
== is_vxworks
)
4169 s
->size
+= n
* MIPS_ELF_RELA_SIZE (abfd
);
4174 /* Make room for a null element. */
4175 s
->size
+= MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (abfd
);
4178 s
->size
+= n
* MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (abfd
);
4182 /* A htab_traverse callback for GOT entries, with DATA pointing to a
4183 mips_elf_traverse_got_arg structure. Count the number of GOT
4184 entries and TLS relocs. Set DATA->value to true if we need
4185 to resolve indirect or warning symbols and then recreate the GOT. */
4188 mips_elf_check_recreate_got (void **entryp
, void *data
)
4190 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
;
4191 struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
*arg
;
4193 entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*) *entryp
;
4194 arg
= (struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
*) data
;
4195 if (entry
->abfd
!= NULL
&& entry
->symndx
== -1)
4197 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
4200 if (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
4201 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
4207 mips_elf_count_got_entry (arg
->info
, arg
->g
, entry
);
4211 /* A htab_traverse callback for GOT entries, with DATA pointing to a
4212 mips_elf_traverse_got_arg structure. Add all entries to DATA->g,
4213 converting entries for indirect and warning symbols into entries
4214 for the target symbol. Set DATA->g to null on error. */
4217 mips_elf_recreate_got (void **entryp
, void *data
)
4219 struct mips_got_entry new_entry
, *entry
;
4220 struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
*arg
;
4223 entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*) *entryp
;
4224 arg
= (struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
*) data
;
4225 if (entry
->abfd
!= NULL
4226 && entry
->symndx
== -1
4227 && (entry
->d
.h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
4228 || entry
->d
.h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
))
4230 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
4237 BFD_ASSERT (h
->global_got_area
== GGA_NONE
);
4238 h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.root
.u
.i
.link
;
4240 while (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
4241 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
);
4244 slot
= htab_find_slot (arg
->g
->got_entries
, entry
, INSERT
);
4252 if (entry
== &new_entry
)
4254 entry
= bfd_alloc (entry
->abfd
, sizeof (*entry
));
4263 mips_elf_count_got_entry (arg
->info
, arg
->g
, entry
);
4268 /* Return the maximum number of GOT page entries required for RANGE. */
4271 mips_elf_pages_for_range (const struct mips_got_page_range
*range
)
4273 return (range
->max_addend
- range
->min_addend
+ 0x1ffff) >> 16;
4276 /* Record that G requires a page entry that can reach SEC + ADDEND. */
4279 mips_elf_record_got_page_entry (struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
*arg
,
4280 asection
*sec
, bfd_signed_vma addend
)
4282 struct mips_got_info
*g
= arg
->g
;
4283 struct mips_got_page_entry lookup
, *entry
;
4284 struct mips_got_page_range
**range_ptr
, *range
;
4285 bfd_vma old_pages
, new_pages
;
4288 /* Find the mips_got_page_entry hash table entry for this section. */
4290 loc
= htab_find_slot (g
->got_page_entries
, &lookup
, INSERT
);
4294 /* Create a mips_got_page_entry if this is the first time we've
4295 seen the section. */
4296 entry
= (struct mips_got_page_entry
*) *loc
;
4299 entry
= bfd_zalloc (arg
->info
->output_bfd
, sizeof (*entry
));
4307 /* Skip over ranges whose maximum extent cannot share a page entry
4309 range_ptr
= &entry
->ranges
;
4310 while (*range_ptr
&& addend
> (*range_ptr
)->max_addend
+ 0xffff)
4311 range_ptr
= &(*range_ptr
)->next
;
4313 /* If we scanned to the end of the list, or found a range whose
4314 minimum extent cannot share a page entry with ADDEND, create
4315 a new singleton range. */
4317 if (!range
|| addend
< range
->min_addend
- 0xffff)
4319 range
= bfd_zalloc (arg
->info
->output_bfd
, sizeof (*range
));
4323 range
->next
= *range_ptr
;
4324 range
->min_addend
= addend
;
4325 range
->max_addend
= addend
;
4333 /* Remember how many pages the old range contributed. */
4334 old_pages
= mips_elf_pages_for_range (range
);
4336 /* Update the ranges. */
4337 if (addend
< range
->min_addend
)
4338 range
->min_addend
= addend
;
4339 else if (addend
> range
->max_addend
)
4341 if (range
->next
&& addend
>= range
->next
->min_addend
- 0xffff)
4343 old_pages
+= mips_elf_pages_for_range (range
->next
);
4344 range
->max_addend
= range
->next
->max_addend
;
4345 range
->next
= range
->next
->next
;
4348 range
->max_addend
= addend
;
4351 /* Record any change in the total estimate. */
4352 new_pages
= mips_elf_pages_for_range (range
);
4353 if (old_pages
!= new_pages
)
4355 entry
->num_pages
+= new_pages
- old_pages
;
4356 g
->page_gotno
+= new_pages
- old_pages
;
4362 /* A htab_traverse callback for which *REFP points to a mips_got_page_ref
4363 and for which DATA points to a mips_elf_traverse_got_arg. Work out
4364 whether the page reference described by *REFP needs a GOT page entry,
4365 and record that entry in DATA->g if so. Set DATA->g to null on failure. */
4368 mips_elf_resolve_got_page_ref (void **refp
, void *data
)
4370 struct mips_got_page_ref
*ref
;
4371 struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
*arg
;
4372 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
4376 ref
= (struct mips_got_page_ref
*) *refp
;
4377 arg
= (struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
*) data
;
4378 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (arg
->info
);
4380 if (ref
->symndx
< 0)
4382 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
4384 /* Global GOT_PAGEs decay to GOT_DISP and so don't need page entries. */
4386 if (!SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (arg
->info
, &h
->root
))
4389 /* Ignore undefined symbols; we'll issue an error later if
4391 if (!((h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
4392 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
4393 && h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
))
4396 sec
= h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
4397 addend
= h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
+ ref
->addend
;
4401 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
4403 /* Read in the symbol. */
4404 isym
= bfd_sym_from_r_symndx (&htab
->sym_cache
, ref
->u
.abfd
,
4412 /* Get the associated input section. */
4413 sec
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (ref
->u
.abfd
, isym
->st_shndx
);
4420 /* If this is a mergable section, work out the section and offset
4421 of the merged data. For section symbols, the addend specifies
4422 of the offset _of_ the first byte in the data, otherwise it
4423 specifies the offset _from_ the first byte. */
4424 if (sec
->flags
& SEC_MERGE
)
4428 secinfo
= elf_section_data (sec
)->sec_info
;
4429 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
) == STT_SECTION
)
4430 addend
= _bfd_merged_section_offset (ref
->u
.abfd
, &sec
, secinfo
,
4431 isym
->st_value
+ ref
->addend
);
4433 addend
= _bfd_merged_section_offset (ref
->u
.abfd
, &sec
, secinfo
,
4434 isym
->st_value
) + ref
->addend
;
4437 addend
= isym
->st_value
+ ref
->addend
;
4439 if (!mips_elf_record_got_page_entry (arg
, sec
, addend
))
4447 /* If any entries in G->got_entries are for indirect or warning symbols,
4448 replace them with entries for the target symbol. Convert g->got_page_refs
4449 into got_page_entry structures and estimate the number of page entries
4450 that they require. */
4453 mips_elf_resolve_final_got_entries (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
4454 struct mips_got_info
*g
)
4456 struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg tga
;
4457 struct mips_got_info oldg
;
4464 htab_traverse (g
->got_entries
, mips_elf_check_recreate_got
, &tga
);
4468 g
->got_entries
= htab_create (htab_size (oldg
.got_entries
),
4469 mips_elf_got_entry_hash
,
4470 mips_elf_got_entry_eq
, NULL
);
4471 if (!g
->got_entries
)
4474 htab_traverse (oldg
.got_entries
, mips_elf_recreate_got
, &tga
);
4478 htab_delete (oldg
.got_entries
);
4481 g
->got_page_entries
= htab_try_create (1, mips_got_page_entry_hash
,
4482 mips_got_page_entry_eq
, NULL
);
4483 if (g
->got_page_entries
== NULL
)
4488 htab_traverse (g
->got_page_refs
, mips_elf_resolve_got_page_ref
, &tga
);
4493 /* Return true if a GOT entry for H should live in the local rather than
4497 mips_use_local_got_p (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
4498 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
4500 /* Symbols that aren't in the dynamic symbol table must live in the
4501 local GOT. This includes symbols that are completely undefined
4502 and which therefore don't bind locally. We'll report undefined
4503 symbols later if appropriate. */
4504 if (h
->root
.dynindx
== -1)
4507 /* Absolute symbols, if ever they need a GOT entry, cannot ever go
4508 to the local GOT, as they would be implicitly relocated by the
4509 base address by the dynamic loader. */
4510 if (bfd_is_abs_symbol (&h
->root
.root
))
4513 /* Symbols that bind locally can (and in the case of forced-local
4514 symbols, must) live in the local GOT. */
4515 if (h
->got_only_for_calls
4516 ? SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info
, &h
->root
)
4517 : SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, &h
->root
))
4520 /* If this is an executable that must provide a definition of the symbol,
4521 either though PLTs or copy relocations, then that address should go in
4522 the local rather than global GOT. */
4523 if (bfd_link_executable (info
) && h
->has_static_relocs
)
4529 /* A mips_elf_link_hash_traverse callback for which DATA points to the
4530 link_info structure. Decide whether the hash entry needs an entry in
4531 the global part of the primary GOT, setting global_got_area accordingly.
4532 Count the number of global symbols that are in the primary GOT only
4533 because they have relocations against them (reloc_only_gotno). */
4536 mips_elf_count_got_symbols (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
4538 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
4539 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
4540 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
4542 info
= (struct bfd_link_info
*) data
;
4543 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
4545 if (h
->global_got_area
!= GGA_NONE
)
4547 /* Make a final decision about whether the symbol belongs in the
4548 local or global GOT. */
4549 if (mips_use_local_got_p (info
, h
))
4550 /* The symbol belongs in the local GOT. We no longer need this
4551 entry if it was only used for relocations; those relocations
4552 will be against the null or section symbol instead of H. */
4553 h
->global_got_area
= GGA_NONE
;
4554 else if (htab
->root
.target_os
== is_vxworks
4555 && h
->got_only_for_calls
4556 && h
->root
.plt
.plist
->mips_offset
!= MINUS_ONE
)
4557 /* On VxWorks, calls can refer directly to the .got.plt entry;
4558 they don't need entries in the regular GOT. .got.plt entries
4559 will be allocated by _bfd_mips_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol. */
4560 h
->global_got_area
= GGA_NONE
;
4561 else if (h
->global_got_area
== GGA_RELOC_ONLY
)
4563 g
->reloc_only_gotno
++;
4570 /* A htab_traverse callback for GOT entries. Add each one to the GOT
4571 given in mips_elf_traverse_got_arg DATA. Clear DATA->G on error. */
4574 mips_elf_add_got_entry (void **entryp
, void *data
)
4576 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
;
4577 struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
*arg
;
4580 entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*) *entryp
;
4581 arg
= (struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
*) data
;
4582 slot
= htab_find_slot (arg
->g
->got_entries
, entry
, INSERT
);
4591 mips_elf_count_got_entry (arg
->info
, arg
->g
, entry
);
4596 /* A htab_traverse callback for GOT page entries. Add each one to the GOT
4597 given in mips_elf_traverse_got_arg DATA. Clear DATA->G on error. */
4600 mips_elf_add_got_page_entry (void **entryp
, void *data
)
4602 struct mips_got_page_entry
*entry
;
4603 struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
*arg
;
4606 entry
= (struct mips_got_page_entry
*) *entryp
;
4607 arg
= (struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
*) data
;
4608 slot
= htab_find_slot (arg
->g
->got_page_entries
, entry
, INSERT
);
4617 arg
->g
->page_gotno
+= entry
->num_pages
;
4622 /* Consider merging FROM, which is ABFD's GOT, into TO. Return -1 if
4623 this would lead to overflow, 1 if they were merged successfully,
4624 and 0 if a merge failed due to lack of memory. (These values are chosen
4625 so that nonnegative return values can be returned by a htab_traverse
4629 mips_elf_merge_got_with (bfd
*abfd
, struct mips_got_info
*from
,
4630 struct mips_got_info
*to
,
4631 struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg
*arg
)
4633 struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg tga
;
4634 unsigned int estimate
;
4636 /* Work out how many page entries we would need for the combined GOT. */
4637 estimate
= arg
->max_pages
;
4638 if (estimate
>= from
->page_gotno
+ to
->page_gotno
)
4639 estimate
= from
->page_gotno
+ to
->page_gotno
;
4641 /* And conservatively estimate how many local and TLS entries
4643 estimate
+= from
->local_gotno
+ to
->local_gotno
;
4644 estimate
+= from
->tls_gotno
+ to
->tls_gotno
;
4646 /* If we're merging with the primary got, any TLS relocations will
4647 come after the full set of global entries. Otherwise estimate those
4648 conservatively as well. */
4649 if (to
== arg
->primary
&& from
->tls_gotno
+ to
->tls_gotno
)
4650 estimate
+= arg
->global_count
;
4652 estimate
+= from
->global_gotno
+ to
->global_gotno
;
4654 /* Bail out if the combined GOT might be too big. */
4655 if (estimate
> arg
->max_count
)
4658 /* Transfer the bfd's got information from FROM to TO. */
4659 tga
.info
= arg
->info
;
4661 htab_traverse (from
->got_entries
, mips_elf_add_got_entry
, &tga
);
4665 htab_traverse (from
->got_page_entries
, mips_elf_add_got_page_entry
, &tga
);
4669 mips_elf_replace_bfd_got (abfd
, to
);
4673 /* Attempt to merge GOT G, which belongs to ABFD. Try to use as much
4674 as possible of the primary got, since it doesn't require explicit
4675 dynamic relocations, but don't use bfds that would reference global
4676 symbols out of the addressable range. Failing the primary got,
4677 attempt to merge with the current got, or finish the current got
4678 and then make make the new got current. */
4681 mips_elf_merge_got (bfd
*abfd
, struct mips_got_info
*g
,
4682 struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg
*arg
)
4684 unsigned int estimate
;
4687 if (!mips_elf_resolve_final_got_entries (arg
->info
, g
))
4690 /* Work out the number of page, local and TLS entries. */
4691 estimate
= arg
->max_pages
;
4692 if (estimate
> g
->page_gotno
)
4693 estimate
= g
->page_gotno
;
4694 estimate
+= g
->local_gotno
+ g
->tls_gotno
;
4696 /* We place TLS GOT entries after both locals and globals. The globals
4697 for the primary GOT may overflow the normal GOT size limit, so be
4698 sure not to merge a GOT which requires TLS with the primary GOT in that
4699 case. This doesn't affect non-primary GOTs. */
4700 estimate
+= (g
->tls_gotno
> 0 ? arg
->global_count
: g
->global_gotno
);
4702 if (estimate
<= arg
->max_count
)
4704 /* If we don't have a primary GOT, use it as
4705 a starting point for the primary GOT. */
4712 /* Try merging with the primary GOT. */
4713 result
= mips_elf_merge_got_with (abfd
, g
, arg
->primary
, arg
);
4718 /* If we can merge with the last-created got, do it. */
4721 result
= mips_elf_merge_got_with (abfd
, g
, arg
->current
, arg
);
4726 /* Well, we couldn't merge, so create a new GOT. Don't check if it
4727 fits; if it turns out that it doesn't, we'll get relocation
4728 overflows anyway. */
4729 g
->next
= arg
->current
;
4735 /* ENTRYP is a hash table entry for a mips_got_entry. Set its gotidx
4736 to GOTIDX, duplicating the entry if it has already been assigned
4737 an index in a different GOT. */
4740 mips_elf_set_gotidx (void **entryp
, long gotidx
)
4742 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
;
4744 entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*) *entryp
;
4745 if (entry
->gotidx
> 0)
4747 struct mips_got_entry
*new_entry
;
4749 new_entry
= bfd_alloc (entry
->abfd
, sizeof (*entry
));
4753 *new_entry
= *entry
;
4754 *entryp
= new_entry
;
4757 entry
->gotidx
= gotidx
;
4761 /* Set the TLS GOT index for the GOT entry in ENTRYP. DATA points to a
4762 mips_elf_traverse_got_arg in which DATA->value is the size of one
4763 GOT entry. Set DATA->g to null on failure. */
4766 mips_elf_initialize_tls_index (void **entryp
, void *data
)
4768 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
;
4769 struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
*arg
;
4771 /* We're only interested in TLS symbols. */
4772 entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*) *entryp
;
4773 if (entry
->tls_type
== GOT_TLS_NONE
)
4776 arg
= (struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
*) data
;
4777 if (!mips_elf_set_gotidx (entryp
, arg
->value
* arg
->g
->tls_assigned_gotno
))
4783 /* Account for the entries we've just allocated. */
4784 arg
->g
->tls_assigned_gotno
+= mips_tls_got_entries (entry
->tls_type
);
4788 /* A htab_traverse callback for GOT entries, where DATA points to a
4789 mips_elf_traverse_got_arg. Set the global_got_area of each global
4790 symbol to DATA->value. */
4793 mips_elf_set_global_got_area (void **entryp
, void *data
)
4795 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
;
4796 struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
*arg
;
4798 entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*) *entryp
;
4799 arg
= (struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
*) data
;
4800 if (entry
->abfd
!= NULL
4801 && entry
->symndx
== -1
4802 && entry
->d
.h
->global_got_area
!= GGA_NONE
)
4803 entry
->d
.h
->global_got_area
= arg
->value
;
4807 /* A htab_traverse callback for secondary GOT entries, where DATA points
4808 to a mips_elf_traverse_got_arg. Assign GOT indices to global entries
4809 and record the number of relocations they require. DATA->value is
4810 the size of one GOT entry. Set DATA->g to null on failure. */
4813 mips_elf_set_global_gotidx (void **entryp
, void *data
)
4815 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
;
4816 struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
*arg
;
4818 entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*) *entryp
;
4819 arg
= (struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
*) data
;
4820 if (entry
->abfd
!= NULL
4821 && entry
->symndx
== -1
4822 && entry
->d
.h
->global_got_area
!= GGA_NONE
)
4824 if (!mips_elf_set_gotidx (entryp
, arg
->value
* arg
->g
->assigned_low_gotno
))
4829 arg
->g
->assigned_low_gotno
+= 1;
4831 if (bfd_link_pic (arg
->info
)
4832 || (elf_hash_table (arg
->info
)->dynamic_sections_created
4833 && entry
->d
.h
->root
.def_dynamic
4834 && !entry
->d
.h
->root
.def_regular
))
4835 arg
->g
->relocs
+= 1;
4841 /* A htab_traverse callback for GOT entries for which DATA is the
4842 bfd_link_info. Forbid any global symbols from having traditional
4843 lazy-binding stubs. */
4846 mips_elf_forbid_lazy_stubs (void **entryp
, void *data
)
4848 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
4849 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
4850 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
;
4852 entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*) *entryp
;
4853 info
= (struct bfd_link_info
*) data
;
4854 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
4855 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
4857 if (entry
->abfd
!= NULL
4858 && entry
->symndx
== -1
4859 && entry
->d
.h
->needs_lazy_stub
)
4861 entry
->d
.h
->needs_lazy_stub
= FALSE
;
4862 htab
->lazy_stub_count
--;
4868 /* Return the offset of an input bfd IBFD's GOT from the beginning of
4871 mips_elf_adjust_gp (bfd
*abfd
, struct mips_got_info
*g
, bfd
*ibfd
)
4876 g
= mips_elf_bfd_got (ibfd
, FALSE
);
4880 BFD_ASSERT (g
->next
);
4884 return (g
->local_gotno
+ g
->global_gotno
+ g
->tls_gotno
)
4885 * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd
);
4888 /* Turn a single GOT that is too big for 16-bit addressing into
4889 a sequence of GOTs, each one 16-bit addressable. */
4892 mips_elf_multi_got (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
4893 asection
*got
, bfd_size_type pages
)
4895 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
4896 struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg got_per_bfd_arg
;
4897 struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg tga
;
4898 struct mips_got_info
*g
, *gg
;
4899 unsigned int assign
, needed_relocs
;
4902 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
4903 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
4904 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
4908 got_per_bfd_arg
.obfd
= abfd
;
4909 got_per_bfd_arg
.info
= info
;
4910 got_per_bfd_arg
.current
= NULL
;
4911 got_per_bfd_arg
.primary
= NULL
;
4912 got_per_bfd_arg
.max_count
= ((MIPS_ELF_GOT_MAX_SIZE (info
)
4913 / MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd
))
4914 - htab
->reserved_gotno
);
4915 got_per_bfd_arg
.max_pages
= pages
;
4916 /* The number of globals that will be included in the primary GOT.
4917 See the calls to mips_elf_set_global_got_area below for more
4919 got_per_bfd_arg
.global_count
= g
->global_gotno
;
4921 /* Try to merge the GOTs of input bfds together, as long as they
4922 don't seem to exceed the maximum GOT size, choosing one of them
4923 to be the primary GOT. */
4924 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
4926 gg
= mips_elf_bfd_got (ibfd
, FALSE
);
4927 if (gg
&& !mips_elf_merge_got (ibfd
, gg
, &got_per_bfd_arg
))
4931 /* If we do not find any suitable primary GOT, create an empty one. */
4932 if (got_per_bfd_arg
.primary
== NULL
)
4933 g
->next
= mips_elf_create_got_info (abfd
);
4935 g
->next
= got_per_bfd_arg
.primary
;
4936 g
->next
->next
= got_per_bfd_arg
.current
;
4938 /* GG is now the master GOT, and G is the primary GOT. */
4942 /* Map the output bfd to the primary got. That's what we're going
4943 to use for bfds that use GOT16 or GOT_PAGE relocations that we
4944 didn't mark in check_relocs, and we want a quick way to find it.
4945 We can't just use gg->next because we're going to reverse the
4947 mips_elf_replace_bfd_got (abfd
, g
);
4949 /* Every symbol that is referenced in a dynamic relocation must be
4950 present in the primary GOT, so arrange for them to appear after
4951 those that are actually referenced. */
4952 gg
->reloc_only_gotno
= gg
->global_gotno
- g
->global_gotno
;
4953 g
->global_gotno
= gg
->global_gotno
;
4956 tga
.value
= GGA_RELOC_ONLY
;
4957 htab_traverse (gg
->got_entries
, mips_elf_set_global_got_area
, &tga
);
4958 tga
.value
= GGA_NORMAL
;
4959 htab_traverse (g
->got_entries
, mips_elf_set_global_got_area
, &tga
);
4961 /* Now go through the GOTs assigning them offset ranges.
4962 [assigned_low_gotno, local_gotno[ will be set to the range of local
4963 entries in each GOT. We can then compute the end of a GOT by
4964 adding local_gotno to global_gotno. We reverse the list and make
4965 it circular since then we'll be able to quickly compute the
4966 beginning of a GOT, by computing the end of its predecessor. To
4967 avoid special cases for the primary GOT, while still preserving
4968 assertions that are valid for both single- and multi-got links,
4969 we arrange for the main got struct to have the right number of
4970 global entries, but set its local_gotno such that the initial
4971 offset of the primary GOT is zero. Remember that the primary GOT
4972 will become the last item in the circular linked list, so it
4973 points back to the master GOT. */
4974 gg
->local_gotno
= -g
->global_gotno
;
4975 gg
->global_gotno
= g
->global_gotno
;
4982 struct mips_got_info
*gn
;
4984 assign
+= htab
->reserved_gotno
;
4985 g
->assigned_low_gotno
= assign
;
4986 g
->local_gotno
+= assign
;
4987 g
->local_gotno
+= (pages
< g
->page_gotno
? pages
: g
->page_gotno
);
4988 g
->assigned_high_gotno
= g
->local_gotno
- 1;
4989 assign
= g
->local_gotno
+ g
->global_gotno
+ g
->tls_gotno
;
4991 /* Take g out of the direct list, and push it onto the reversed
4992 list that gg points to. g->next is guaranteed to be nonnull after
4993 this operation, as required by mips_elf_initialize_tls_index. */
4998 /* Set up any TLS entries. We always place the TLS entries after
4999 all non-TLS entries. */
5000 g
->tls_assigned_gotno
= g
->local_gotno
+ g
->global_gotno
;
5002 tga
.value
= MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd
);
5003 htab_traverse (g
->got_entries
, mips_elf_initialize_tls_index
, &tga
);
5006 BFD_ASSERT (g
->tls_assigned_gotno
== assign
);
5008 /* Move onto the next GOT. It will be a secondary GOT if nonull. */
5011 /* Forbid global symbols in every non-primary GOT from having
5012 lazy-binding stubs. */
5014 htab_traverse (g
->got_entries
, mips_elf_forbid_lazy_stubs
, info
);
5018 got
->size
= assign
* MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd
);
5021 for (g
= gg
->next
; g
&& g
->next
!= gg
; g
= g
->next
)
5023 unsigned int save_assign
;
5025 /* Assign offsets to global GOT entries and count how many
5026 relocations they need. */
5027 save_assign
= g
->assigned_low_gotno
;
5028 g
->assigned_low_gotno
= g
->local_gotno
;
5030 tga
.value
= MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd
);
5032 htab_traverse (g
->got_entries
, mips_elf_set_global_gotidx
, &tga
);
5035 BFD_ASSERT (g
->assigned_low_gotno
== g
->local_gotno
+ g
->global_gotno
);
5036 g
->assigned_low_gotno
= save_assign
;
5038 if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
5040 g
->relocs
+= g
->local_gotno
- g
->assigned_low_gotno
;
5041 BFD_ASSERT (g
->assigned_low_gotno
== g
->next
->local_gotno
5042 + g
->next
->global_gotno
5043 + g
->next
->tls_gotno
5044 + htab
->reserved_gotno
);
5046 needed_relocs
+= g
->relocs
;
5048 needed_relocs
+= g
->relocs
;
5051 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (dynobj
, info
,
5058 /* Returns the first relocation of type r_type found, beginning with
5059 RELOCATION. RELEND is one-past-the-end of the relocation table. */
5061 static const Elf_Internal_Rela
*
5062 mips_elf_next_relocation (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, unsigned int r_type
,
5063 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocation
,
5064 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relend
)
5066 unsigned long r_symndx
= ELF_R_SYM (abfd
, relocation
->r_info
);
5068 while (relocation
< relend
)
5070 if (ELF_R_TYPE (abfd
, relocation
->r_info
) == r_type
5071 && ELF_R_SYM (abfd
, relocation
->r_info
) == r_symndx
)
5077 /* We didn't find it. */
5081 /* Return whether an input relocation is against a local symbol. */
5084 mips_elf_local_relocation_p (bfd
*input_bfd
,
5085 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocation
,
5086 asection
**local_sections
)
5088 unsigned long r_symndx
;
5089 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
5092 r_symndx
= ELF_R_SYM (input_bfd
, relocation
->r_info
);
5093 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
5094 extsymoff
= (elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd
)) ? 0 : symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
5096 if (r_symndx
< extsymoff
)
5098 if (elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd
) && local_sections
[r_symndx
] != NULL
)
5104 /* Sign-extend VALUE, which has the indicated number of BITS. */
5107 _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (bfd_vma value
, int bits
)
5109 if (value
& ((bfd_vma
) 1 << (bits
- 1)))
5110 /* VALUE is negative. */
5111 value
|= ((bfd_vma
) - 1) << bits
;
5116 /* Return non-zero if the indicated VALUE has overflowed the maximum
5117 range expressible by a signed number with the indicated number of
5121 mips_elf_overflow_p (bfd_vma value
, int bits
)
5123 bfd_signed_vma svalue
= (bfd_signed_vma
) value
;
5125 if (svalue
> (1 << (bits
- 1)) - 1)
5126 /* The value is too big. */
5128 else if (svalue
< -(1 << (bits
- 1)))
5129 /* The value is too small. */
5136 /* Calculate the %high function. */
5139 mips_elf_high (bfd_vma value
)
5141 return ((value
+ (bfd_vma
) 0x8000) >> 16) & 0xffff;
5144 /* Calculate the %higher function. */
5147 mips_elf_higher (bfd_vma value ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
5150 return ((value
+ (bfd_vma
) 0x80008000) >> 32) & 0xffff;
5157 /* Calculate the %highest function. */
5160 mips_elf_highest (bfd_vma value ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
5163 return ((value
+ (((bfd_vma
) 0x8000 << 32) | 0x80008000)) >> 48) & 0xffff;
5170 /* Create the .compact_rel section. */
5173 mips_elf_create_compact_rel_section
5174 (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
5177 register asection
*s
;
5179 if (bfd_get_linker_section (abfd
, ".compact_rel") == NULL
)
5181 flags
= (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
| SEC_IN_MEMORY
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
5184 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".compact_rel", flags
);
5186 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (s
, MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd
)))
5189 s
->size
= sizeof (Elf32_External_compact_rel
);
5195 /* Create the .got section to hold the global offset table. */
5198 mips_elf_create_got_section (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
5201 register asection
*s
;
5202 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
5203 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*bh
;
5204 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
5206 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
5207 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
5209 /* This function may be called more than once. */
5210 if (htab
->root
.sgot
)
5213 flags
= (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
| SEC_IN_MEMORY
5214 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED
);
5216 /* We have to use an alignment of 2**4 here because this is hardcoded
5217 in the function stub generation and in the linker script. */
5218 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".got", flags
);
5220 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (s
, 4))
5222 htab
->root
.sgot
= s
;
5224 /* Define the symbol _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_. We don't do this in the
5225 linker script because we don't want to define the symbol if we
5226 are not creating a global offset table. */
5228 if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
5229 (info
, abfd
, "_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_", BSF_GLOBAL
, s
,
5230 0, NULL
, FALSE
, get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->collect
, &bh
)))
5233 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
5236 h
->type
= STT_OBJECT
;
5237 h
->other
= (h
->other
& ~ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (-1)) | STV_HIDDEN
;
5238 elf_hash_table (info
)->hgot
= h
;
5240 if (bfd_link_pic (info
)
5241 && ! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
5244 htab
->got_info
= mips_elf_create_got_info (abfd
);
5245 mips_elf_section_data (s
)->elf
.this_hdr
.sh_flags
5246 |= SHF_ALLOC
| SHF_WRITE
| SHF_MIPS_GPREL
;
5248 /* We also need a .got.plt section when generating PLTs. */
5249 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".got.plt",
5250 SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
5253 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED
);
5256 htab
->root
.sgotplt
= s
;
5261 /* Return true if H refers to the special VxWorks __GOTT_BASE__ or
5262 __GOTT_INDEX__ symbols. These symbols are only special for
5263 shared objects; they are not used in executables. */
5266 is_gott_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
, struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
5268 return (mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->root
.target_os
== is_vxworks
5269 && bfd_link_pic (info
)
5270 && (strcmp (h
->root
.root
.string
, "__GOTT_BASE__") == 0
5271 || strcmp (h
->root
.root
.string
, "__GOTT_INDEX__") == 0));
5274 /* Return TRUE if a relocation of type R_TYPE from INPUT_BFD might
5275 require an la25 stub. See also mips_elf_local_pic_function_p,
5276 which determines whether the destination function ever requires a
5280 mips_elf_relocation_needs_la25_stub (bfd
*input_bfd
, int r_type
,
5281 bfd_boolean target_is_16_bit_code_p
)
5283 /* We specifically ignore branches and jumps from EF_PIC objects,
5284 where the onus is on the compiler or programmer to perform any
5285 necessary initialization of $25. Sometimes such initialization
5286 is unnecessary; for example, -mno-shared functions do not use
5287 the incoming value of $25, and may therefore be called directly. */
5288 if (PIC_OBJECT_P (input_bfd
))
5295 case R_MIPS_PC21_S2
:
5296 case R_MIPS_PC26_S2
:
5297 case R_MICROMIPS_26_S1
:
5298 case R_MICROMIPS_PC7_S1
:
5299 case R_MICROMIPS_PC10_S1
:
5300 case R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1
:
5301 case R_MICROMIPS_PC23_S2
:
5305 return !target_is_16_bit_code_p
;
5312 /* Obtain the field relocated by RELOCATION. */
5315 mips_elf_obtain_contents (reloc_howto_type
*howto
,
5316 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocation
,
5317 bfd
*input_bfd
, bfd_byte
*contents
)
5320 bfd_byte
*location
= contents
+ relocation
->r_offset
;
5321 unsigned int size
= bfd_get_reloc_size (howto
);
5323 /* Obtain the bytes. */
5325 x
= bfd_get (8 * size
, input_bfd
, location
);
5330 /* Store the field relocated by RELOCATION. */
5333 mips_elf_store_contents (reloc_howto_type
*howto
,
5334 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocation
,
5335 bfd
*input_bfd
, bfd_byte
*contents
, bfd_vma x
)
5337 bfd_byte
*location
= contents
+ relocation
->r_offset
;
5338 unsigned int size
= bfd_get_reloc_size (howto
);
5340 /* Put the value into the output. */
5342 bfd_put (8 * size
, input_bfd
, x
, location
);
5345 /* Try to patch a load from GOT instruction in CONTENTS pointed to by
5346 RELOCATION described by HOWTO, with a move of 0 to the load target
5347 register, returning TRUE if that is successful and FALSE otherwise.
5348 If DOIT is FALSE, then only determine it patching is possible and
5349 return status without actually changing CONTENTS.
5353 mips_elf_nullify_got_load (bfd
*input_bfd
, bfd_byte
*contents
,
5354 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocation
,
5355 reloc_howto_type
*howto
, bfd_boolean doit
)
5357 int r_type
= ELF_R_TYPE (input_bfd
, relocation
->r_info
);
5358 bfd_byte
*location
= contents
+ relocation
->r_offset
;
5359 bfd_boolean nullified
= TRUE
;
5362 _bfd_mips_elf_reloc_unshuffle (input_bfd
, r_type
, FALSE
, location
);
5364 /* Obtain the current value. */
5365 x
= mips_elf_obtain_contents (howto
, relocation
, input_bfd
, contents
);
5367 /* Note that in the unshuffled MIPS16 encoding RX is at bits [21:19]
5368 while RY is at bits [18:16] of the combined 32-bit instruction word. */
5369 if (mips16_reloc_p (r_type
)
5370 && (((x
>> 22) & 0x3ff) == 0x3d3 /* LW */
5371 || ((x
>> 22) & 0x3ff) == 0x3c7)) /* LD */
5372 x
= (0x3cd << 22) | (x
& (7 << 16)) << 3; /* LI */
5373 else if (micromips_reloc_p (r_type
)
5374 && ((x
>> 26) & 0x37) == 0x37) /* LW/LD */
5375 x
= (0xc << 26) | (x
& (0x1f << 21)); /* ADDIU */
5376 else if (((x
>> 26) & 0x3f) == 0x23 /* LW */
5377 || ((x
>> 26) & 0x3f) == 0x37) /* LD */
5378 x
= (0x9 << 26) | (x
& (0x1f << 16)); /* ADDIU */
5382 /* Put the value into the output. */
5383 if (doit
&& nullified
)
5384 mips_elf_store_contents (howto
, relocation
, input_bfd
, contents
, x
);
5386 _bfd_mips_elf_reloc_shuffle (input_bfd
, r_type
, FALSE
, location
);
5391 /* Calculate the value produced by the RELOCATION (which comes from
5392 the INPUT_BFD). The ADDEND is the addend to use for this
5393 RELOCATION; RELOCATION->R_ADDEND is ignored.
5395 The result of the relocation calculation is stored in VALUEP.
5396 On exit, set *CROSS_MODE_JUMP_P to true if the relocation field
5397 is a MIPS16 or microMIPS jump to standard MIPS code, or vice versa.
5399 This function returns bfd_reloc_continue if the caller need take no
5400 further action regarding this relocation, bfd_reloc_notsupported if
5401 something goes dramatically wrong, bfd_reloc_overflow if an
5402 overflow occurs, and bfd_reloc_ok to indicate success. */
5404 static bfd_reloc_status_type
5405 mips_elf_calculate_relocation (bfd
*abfd
, bfd
*input_bfd
,
5406 asection
*input_section
, bfd_byte
*contents
,
5407 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
5408 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocation
,
5409 bfd_vma addend
, reloc_howto_type
*howto
,
5410 Elf_Internal_Sym
*local_syms
,
5411 asection
**local_sections
, bfd_vma
*valuep
,
5413 bfd_boolean
*cross_mode_jump_p
,
5414 bfd_boolean save_addend
)
5416 /* The eventual value we will return. */
5418 /* The address of the symbol against which the relocation is
5421 /* The final GP value to be used for the relocatable, executable, or
5422 shared object file being produced. */
5424 /* The place (section offset or address) of the storage unit being
5427 /* The value of GP used to create the relocatable object. */
5429 /* The offset into the global offset table at which the address of
5430 the relocation entry symbol, adjusted by the addend, resides
5431 during execution. */
5432 bfd_vma g
= MINUS_ONE
;
5433 /* The section in which the symbol referenced by the relocation is
5435 asection
*sec
= NULL
;
5436 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
= NULL
;
5437 /* TRUE if the symbol referred to by this relocation is a local
5439 bfd_boolean local_p
, was_local_p
;
5440 /* TRUE if the symbol referred to by this relocation is a section
5442 bfd_boolean section_p
= FALSE
;
5443 /* TRUE if the symbol referred to by this relocation is "_gp_disp". */
5444 bfd_boolean gp_disp_p
= FALSE
;
5445 /* TRUE if the symbol referred to by this relocation is
5446 "__gnu_local_gp". */
5447 bfd_boolean gnu_local_gp_p
= FALSE
;
5448 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
5450 unsigned long r_symndx
;
5452 /* TRUE if overflow occurred during the calculation of the
5453 relocation value. */
5454 bfd_boolean overflowed_p
;
5455 /* TRUE if this relocation refers to a MIPS16 function. */
5456 bfd_boolean target_is_16_bit_code_p
= FALSE
;
5457 bfd_boolean target_is_micromips_code_p
= FALSE
;
5458 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
5460 bfd_boolean resolved_to_zero
;
5462 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
5463 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
5464 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
5466 /* Parse the relocation. */
5467 r_symndx
= ELF_R_SYM (input_bfd
, relocation
->r_info
);
5468 r_type
= ELF_R_TYPE (input_bfd
, relocation
->r_info
);
5469 p
= (input_section
->output_section
->vma
5470 + input_section
->output_offset
5471 + relocation
->r_offset
);
5473 /* Assume that there will be no overflow. */
5474 overflowed_p
= FALSE
;
5476 /* Figure out whether or not the symbol is local, and get the offset
5477 used in the array of hash table entries. */
5478 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
5479 local_p
= mips_elf_local_relocation_p (input_bfd
, relocation
,
5481 was_local_p
= local_p
;
5482 if (! elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd
))
5483 extsymoff
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
5486 /* The symbol table does not follow the rule that local symbols
5487 must come before globals. */
5491 /* Figure out the value of the symbol. */
5494 bfd_boolean micromips_p
= MICROMIPS_P (abfd
);
5495 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
5497 sym
= local_syms
+ r_symndx
;
5498 sec
= local_sections
[r_symndx
];
5500 section_p
= ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_SECTION
;
5502 symbol
= sec
->output_section
->vma
+ sec
->output_offset
;
5503 if (!section_p
|| (sec
->flags
& SEC_MERGE
))
5504 symbol
+= sym
->st_value
;
5505 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_MERGE
) && section_p
)
5507 addend
= _bfd_elf_rel_local_sym (abfd
, sym
, &sec
, addend
);
5509 addend
+= sec
->output_section
->vma
+ sec
->output_offset
;
5512 /* MIPS16/microMIPS text labels should be treated as odd. */
5513 if (ELF_ST_IS_COMPRESSED (sym
->st_other
))
5516 /* Record the name of this symbol, for our caller. */
5517 *namep
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (input_bfd
,
5518 symtab_hdr
->sh_link
,
5520 if (*namep
== NULL
|| **namep
== '\0')
5521 *namep
= bfd_section_name (sec
);
5523 /* For relocations against a section symbol and ones against no
5524 symbol (absolute relocations) infer the ISA mode from the addend. */
5525 if (section_p
|| r_symndx
== STN_UNDEF
)
5527 target_is_16_bit_code_p
= (addend
& 1) && !micromips_p
;
5528 target_is_micromips_code_p
= (addend
& 1) && micromips_p
;
5530 /* For relocations against an absolute symbol infer the ISA mode
5531 from the value of the symbol plus addend. */
5532 else if (bfd_is_abs_section (sec
))
5534 target_is_16_bit_code_p
= ((symbol
+ addend
) & 1) && !micromips_p
;
5535 target_is_micromips_code_p
= ((symbol
+ addend
) & 1) && micromips_p
;
5537 /* Otherwise just use the regular symbol annotation available. */
5540 target_is_16_bit_code_p
= ELF_ST_IS_MIPS16 (sym
->st_other
);
5541 target_is_micromips_code_p
= ELF_ST_IS_MICROMIPS (sym
->st_other
);
5546 /* ??? Could we use RELOC_FOR_GLOBAL_SYMBOL here ? */
5548 /* For global symbols we look up the symbol in the hash-table. */
5549 h
= ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*)
5550 elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd
) [r_symndx
- extsymoff
]);
5551 /* Find the real hash-table entry for this symbol. */
5552 while (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
5553 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
5554 h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.root
.u
.i
.link
;
5556 /* Record the name of this symbol, for our caller. */
5557 *namep
= h
->root
.root
.root
.string
;
5559 /* See if this is the special _gp_disp symbol. Note that such a
5560 symbol must always be a global symbol. */
5561 if (strcmp (*namep
, "_gp_disp") == 0
5562 && ! NEWABI_P (input_bfd
))
5564 /* Relocations against _gp_disp are permitted only with
5565 R_MIPS_HI16 and R_MIPS_LO16 relocations. */
5566 if (!hi16_reloc_p (r_type
) && !lo16_reloc_p (r_type
))
5567 return bfd_reloc_notsupported
;
5571 /* See if this is the special _gp symbol. Note that such a
5572 symbol must always be a global symbol. */
5573 else if (strcmp (*namep
, "__gnu_local_gp") == 0)
5574 gnu_local_gp_p
= TRUE
;
5577 /* If this symbol is defined, calculate its address. Note that
5578 _gp_disp is a magic symbol, always implicitly defined by the
5579 linker, so it's inappropriate to check to see whether or not
5581 else if ((h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
5582 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
5583 && h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
)
5585 sec
= h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
5586 if (sec
->output_section
)
5587 symbol
= (h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
5588 + sec
->output_section
->vma
5589 + sec
->output_offset
);
5591 symbol
= h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
;
5593 else if (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
5594 /* We allow relocations against undefined weak symbols, giving
5595 it the value zero, so that you can undefined weak functions
5596 and check to see if they exist by looking at their
5599 else if (info
->unresolved_syms_in_objects
== RM_IGNORE
5600 && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->root
.other
) == STV_DEFAULT
)
5602 else if (strcmp (*namep
, SGI_COMPAT (input_bfd
)
5603 ? "_DYNAMIC_LINK" : "_DYNAMIC_LINKING") == 0)
5605 /* If this is a dynamic link, we should have created a
5606 _DYNAMIC_LINK symbol or _DYNAMIC_LINKING(for normal mips) symbol
5607 in _bfd_mips_elf_create_dynamic_sections.
5608 Otherwise, we should define the symbol with a value of 0.
5609 FIXME: It should probably get into the symbol table
5611 BFD_ASSERT (! bfd_link_pic (info
));
5612 BFD_ASSERT (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic") == NULL
);
5615 else if (ELF_MIPS_IS_OPTIONAL (h
->root
.other
))
5617 /* This is an optional symbol - an Irix specific extension to the
5618 ELF spec. Ignore it for now.
5619 XXX - FIXME - there is more to the spec for OPTIONAL symbols
5620 than simply ignoring them, but we do not handle this for now.
5621 For information see the "64-bit ELF Object File Specification"
5622 which is available from here:
5623 http://techpubs.sgi.com/library/manuals/4000/007-4658-001/pdf/007-4658-001.pdf */
5628 bfd_boolean reject_undefined
5629 = (info
->unresolved_syms_in_objects
== RM_DIAGNOSE
5630 && !info
->warn_unresolved_syms
)
5631 || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->root
.other
) != STV_DEFAULT
;
5633 info
->callbacks
->undefined_symbol
5634 (info
, h
->root
.root
.root
.string
, input_bfd
,
5635 input_section
, relocation
->r_offset
, reject_undefined
);
5637 if (reject_undefined
)
5638 return bfd_reloc_undefined
;
5643 target_is_16_bit_code_p
= ELF_ST_IS_MIPS16 (h
->root
.other
);
5644 target_is_micromips_code_p
= ELF_ST_IS_MICROMIPS (h
->root
.other
);
5647 /* If this is a reference to a 16-bit function with a stub, we need
5648 to redirect the relocation to the stub unless:
5650 (a) the relocation is for a MIPS16 JAL;
5652 (b) the relocation is for a MIPS16 PIC call, and there are no
5653 non-MIPS16 uses of the GOT slot; or
5655 (c) the section allows direct references to MIPS16 functions. */
5656 if (r_type
!= R_MIPS16_26
5657 && !bfd_link_relocatable (info
)
5659 && h
->fn_stub
!= NULL
5660 && (r_type
!= R_MIPS16_CALL16
|| h
->need_fn_stub
))
5662 && mips_elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->local_stubs
!= NULL
5663 && mips_elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->local_stubs
[r_symndx
] != NULL
))
5664 && !section_allows_mips16_refs_p (input_section
))
5666 /* This is a 32- or 64-bit call to a 16-bit function. We should
5667 have already noticed that we were going to need the
5671 sec
= mips_elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->local_stubs
[r_symndx
];
5676 BFD_ASSERT (h
->need_fn_stub
);
5679 /* If a LA25 header for the stub itself exists, point to the
5680 prepended LUI/ADDIU sequence. */
5681 sec
= h
->la25_stub
->stub_section
;
5682 value
= h
->la25_stub
->offset
;
5691 symbol
= sec
->output_section
->vma
+ sec
->output_offset
+ value
;
5692 /* The target is 16-bit, but the stub isn't. */
5693 target_is_16_bit_code_p
= FALSE
;
5695 /* If this is a MIPS16 call with a stub, that is made through the PLT or
5696 to a standard MIPS function, we need to redirect the call to the stub.
5697 Note that we specifically exclude R_MIPS16_CALL16 from this behavior;
5698 indirect calls should use an indirect stub instead. */
5699 else if (r_type
== R_MIPS16_26
&& !bfd_link_relocatable (info
)
5700 && ((h
!= NULL
&& (h
->call_stub
!= NULL
|| h
->call_fp_stub
!= NULL
))
5702 && mips_elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->local_call_stubs
!= NULL
5703 && mips_elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->local_call_stubs
[r_symndx
] != NULL
))
5704 && ((h
!= NULL
&& h
->use_plt_entry
) || !target_is_16_bit_code_p
))
5707 sec
= mips_elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->local_call_stubs
[r_symndx
];
5710 /* If both call_stub and call_fp_stub are defined, we can figure
5711 out which one to use by checking which one appears in the input
5713 if (h
->call_stub
!= NULL
&& h
->call_fp_stub
!= NULL
)
5718 for (o
= input_bfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
5720 if (CALL_FP_STUB_P (bfd_section_name (o
)))
5722 sec
= h
->call_fp_stub
;
5729 else if (h
->call_stub
!= NULL
)
5732 sec
= h
->call_fp_stub
;
5735 BFD_ASSERT (sec
->size
> 0);
5736 symbol
= sec
->output_section
->vma
+ sec
->output_offset
;
5738 /* If this is a direct call to a PIC function, redirect to the
5740 else if (h
!= NULL
&& h
->la25_stub
5741 && mips_elf_relocation_needs_la25_stub (input_bfd
, r_type
,
5742 target_is_16_bit_code_p
))
5744 symbol
= (h
->la25_stub
->stub_section
->output_section
->vma
5745 + h
->la25_stub
->stub_section
->output_offset
5746 + h
->la25_stub
->offset
);
5747 if (ELF_ST_IS_MICROMIPS (h
->root
.other
))
5750 /* For direct MIPS16 and microMIPS calls make sure the compressed PLT
5751 entry is used if a standard PLT entry has also been made. In this
5752 case the symbol will have been set by mips_elf_set_plt_sym_value
5753 to point to the standard PLT entry, so redirect to the compressed
5755 else if ((mips16_branch_reloc_p (r_type
)
5756 || micromips_branch_reloc_p (r_type
))
5757 && !bfd_link_relocatable (info
)
5760 && h
->root
.plt
.plist
->comp_offset
!= MINUS_ONE
5761 && h
->root
.plt
.plist
->mips_offset
!= MINUS_ONE
)
5763 bfd_boolean micromips_p
= MICROMIPS_P (abfd
);
5765 sec
= htab
->root
.splt
;
5766 symbol
= (sec
->output_section
->vma
5767 + sec
->output_offset
5768 + htab
->plt_header_size
5769 + htab
->plt_mips_offset
5770 + h
->root
.plt
.plist
->comp_offset
5773 target_is_16_bit_code_p
= !micromips_p
;
5774 target_is_micromips_code_p
= micromips_p
;
5777 /* Make sure MIPS16 and microMIPS are not used together. */
5778 if ((mips16_branch_reloc_p (r_type
) && target_is_micromips_code_p
)
5779 || (micromips_branch_reloc_p (r_type
) && target_is_16_bit_code_p
))
5782 (_("MIPS16 and microMIPS functions cannot call each other"));
5783 return bfd_reloc_notsupported
;
5786 /* Calls from 16-bit code to 32-bit code and vice versa require the
5787 mode change. However, we can ignore calls to undefined weak symbols,
5788 which should never be executed at runtime. This exception is important
5789 because the assembly writer may have "known" that any definition of the
5790 symbol would be 16-bit code, and that direct jumps were therefore
5792 *cross_mode_jump_p
= (!bfd_link_relocatable (info
)
5793 && !(h
&& h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
5794 && ((mips16_branch_reloc_p (r_type
)
5795 && !target_is_16_bit_code_p
)
5796 || (micromips_branch_reloc_p (r_type
)
5797 && !target_is_micromips_code_p
)
5798 || ((branch_reloc_p (r_type
)
5799 || r_type
== R_MIPS_JALR
)
5800 && (target_is_16_bit_code_p
5801 || target_is_micromips_code_p
))));
5803 resolved_to_zero
= (h
!= NULL
5804 && UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info
, &h
->root
));
5808 case R_MIPS16_CALL16
:
5809 case R_MIPS16_GOT16
:
5812 case R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE
:
5813 case R_MIPS_GOT_DISP
:
5814 case R_MIPS_GOT_LO16
:
5815 case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16
:
5816 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL16
:
5817 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT16
:
5818 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_PAGE
:
5819 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_DISP
:
5820 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_LO16
:
5821 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_LO16
:
5822 if (resolved_to_zero
5823 && !bfd_link_relocatable (info
)
5824 && mips_elf_nullify_got_load (input_bfd
, contents
,
5825 relocation
, howto
, TRUE
))
5826 return bfd_reloc_continue
;
5829 case R_MIPS_GOT_HI16
:
5830 case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16
:
5831 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_HI16
:
5832 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_HI16
:
5833 if (resolved_to_zero
5834 && htab
->use_absolute_zero
5835 && bfd_link_pic (info
))
5837 /* Redirect to the special `__gnu_absolute_zero' symbol. */
5838 h
= mips_elf_link_hash_lookup (htab
, "__gnu_absolute_zero",
5839 FALSE
, FALSE
, FALSE
);
5840 BFD_ASSERT (h
!= NULL
);
5845 local_p
= (h
== NULL
|| mips_use_local_got_p (info
, h
));
5847 gp0
= _bfd_get_gp_value (input_bfd
);
5848 gp
= _bfd_get_gp_value (abfd
);
5850 gp
+= mips_elf_adjust_gp (abfd
, htab
->got_info
, input_bfd
);
5855 /* Global R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE/R_MICROMIPS_GOT_PAGE relocations are equivalent
5856 to R_MIPS_GOT_DISP/R_MICROMIPS_GOT_DISP. The addend is applied by the
5857 corresponding R_MIPS_GOT_OFST/R_MICROMIPS_GOT_OFST. */
5858 if (got_page_reloc_p (r_type
) && !local_p
)
5860 r_type
= (micromips_reloc_p (r_type
)
5861 ? R_MICROMIPS_GOT_DISP
: R_MIPS_GOT_DISP
);
5865 /* If we haven't already determined the GOT offset, and we're going
5866 to need it, get it now. */
5869 case R_MIPS16_CALL16
:
5870 case R_MIPS16_GOT16
:
5873 case R_MIPS_GOT_DISP
:
5874 case R_MIPS_GOT_HI16
:
5875 case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16
:
5876 case R_MIPS_GOT_LO16
:
5877 case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16
:
5878 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL16
:
5879 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT16
:
5880 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_DISP
:
5881 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_HI16
:
5882 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_HI16
:
5883 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_LO16
:
5884 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_LO16
:
5886 case R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
5887 case R_MIPS_TLS_LDM
:
5888 case R_MIPS16_TLS_GD
:
5889 case R_MIPS16_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
5890 case R_MIPS16_TLS_LDM
:
5891 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GD
:
5892 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
5893 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_LDM
:
5894 /* Find the index into the GOT where this value is located. */
5895 if (tls_ldm_reloc_p (r_type
))
5897 g
= mips_elf_local_got_index (abfd
, input_bfd
, info
,
5898 0, 0, NULL
, r_type
);
5900 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
5904 /* On VxWorks, CALL relocations should refer to the .got.plt
5905 entry, which is initialized to point at the PLT stub. */
5906 if (htab
->root
.target_os
== is_vxworks
5907 && (call_hi16_reloc_p (r_type
)
5908 || call_lo16_reloc_p (r_type
)
5909 || call16_reloc_p (r_type
)))
5911 BFD_ASSERT (addend
== 0);
5912 BFD_ASSERT (h
->root
.needs_plt
);
5913 g
= mips_elf_gotplt_index (info
, &h
->root
);
5917 BFD_ASSERT (addend
== 0);
5918 g
= mips_elf_global_got_index (abfd
, info
, input_bfd
,
5920 if (!TLS_RELOC_P (r_type
)
5921 && !elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
5922 /* This is a static link. We must initialize the GOT entry. */
5923 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (dynobj
, symbol
, htab
->root
.sgot
->contents
+ g
);
5926 else if (htab
->root
.target_os
!= is_vxworks
5927 && (call16_reloc_p (r_type
) || got16_reloc_p (r_type
)))
5928 /* The calculation below does not involve "g". */
5932 g
= mips_elf_local_got_index (abfd
, input_bfd
, info
,
5933 symbol
+ addend
, r_symndx
, h
, r_type
);
5935 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
5938 /* Convert GOT indices to actual offsets. */
5939 g
= mips_elf_got_offset_from_index (info
, abfd
, input_bfd
, g
);
5943 /* Relocations against the VxWorks __GOTT_BASE__ and __GOTT_INDEX__
5944 symbols are resolved by the loader. Add them to .rela.dyn. */
5945 if (h
!= NULL
&& is_gott_symbol (info
, &h
->root
))
5947 Elf_Internal_Rela outrel
;
5951 s
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, FALSE
);
5952 loc
= s
->contents
+ s
->reloc_count
++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
5954 outrel
.r_offset
= (input_section
->output_section
->vma
5955 + input_section
->output_offset
5956 + relocation
->r_offset
);
5957 outrel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (h
->root
.dynindx
, r_type
);
5958 outrel
.r_addend
= addend
;
5959 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (abfd
, &outrel
, loc
);
5961 /* If we've written this relocation for a readonly section,
5962 we need to set DF_TEXTREL again, so that we do not delete the
5964 if (MIPS_ELF_READONLY_SECTION (input_section
))
5965 info
->flags
|= DF_TEXTREL
;
5968 return bfd_reloc_ok
;
5971 /* Figure out what kind of relocation is being performed. */
5975 return bfd_reloc_continue
;
5978 if (howto
->partial_inplace
)
5979 addend
= _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 16);
5980 value
= symbol
+ addend
;
5981 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 16);
5987 if ((bfd_link_pic (info
)
5988 || (htab
->root
.dynamic_sections_created
5990 && h
->root
.def_dynamic
5991 && !h
->root
.def_regular
5992 && !h
->has_static_relocs
))
5993 && r_symndx
!= STN_UNDEF
5995 || h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
5996 || (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->root
.other
) == STV_DEFAULT
5997 && !resolved_to_zero
))
5998 && (input_section
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
6000 /* If we're creating a shared library, then we can't know
6001 where the symbol will end up. So, we create a relocation
6002 record in the output, and leave the job up to the dynamic
6003 linker. We must do the same for executable references to
6004 shared library symbols, unless we've decided to use copy
6005 relocs or PLTs instead. */
6007 if (!mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation (abfd
,
6015 return bfd_reloc_undefined
;
6019 if (r_type
!= R_MIPS_REL32
)
6020 value
= symbol
+ addend
;
6024 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
6028 value
= symbol
+ addend
- p
;
6029 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
6033 /* The calculation for R_MIPS16_26 is just the same as for an
6034 R_MIPS_26. It's only the storage of the relocated field into
6035 the output file that's different. That's handled in
6036 mips_elf_perform_relocation. So, we just fall through to the
6037 R_MIPS_26 case here. */
6039 case R_MICROMIPS_26_S1
:
6043 /* Shift is 2, unusually, for microMIPS JALX. */
6044 shift
= (!*cross_mode_jump_p
&& r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_26_S1
) ? 1 : 2;
6046 if (howto
->partial_inplace
&& !section_p
)
6047 value
= _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 26 + shift
);
6052 /* Make sure the target of a jump is suitably aligned. Bit 0 must
6053 be the correct ISA mode selector except for weak undefined
6055 if ((was_local_p
|| h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
6056 && (*cross_mode_jump_p
6057 ? (value
& 3) != (r_type
== R_MIPS_26
)
6058 : (value
& ((1 << shift
) - 1)) != (r_type
!= R_MIPS_26
)))
6059 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
6062 if (was_local_p
|| h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
6063 overflowed_p
= (value
>> 26) != ((p
+ 4) >> (26 + shift
));
6064 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
6068 case R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL_HI16
:
6069 case R_MIPS16_TLS_DTPREL_HI16
:
6070 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_DTPREL_HI16
:
6071 value
= (mips_elf_high (addend
+ symbol
- dtprel_base (info
))
6075 case R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL_LO16
:
6076 case R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL32
:
6077 case R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL64
:
6078 case R_MIPS16_TLS_DTPREL_LO16
:
6079 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_DTPREL_LO16
:
6080 value
= (symbol
+ addend
- dtprel_base (info
)) & howto
->dst_mask
;
6083 case R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL_HI16
:
6084 case R_MIPS16_TLS_TPREL_HI16
:
6085 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_TPREL_HI16
:
6086 value
= (mips_elf_high (addend
+ symbol
- tprel_base (info
))
6090 case R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL_LO16
:
6091 case R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL32
:
6092 case R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL64
:
6093 case R_MIPS16_TLS_TPREL_LO16
:
6094 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_TPREL_LO16
:
6095 value
= (symbol
+ addend
- tprel_base (info
)) & howto
->dst_mask
;
6100 case R_MICROMIPS_HI16
:
6103 value
= mips_elf_high (addend
+ symbol
);
6104 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
6108 /* For MIPS16 ABI code we generate this sequence
6109 0: li $v0,%hi(_gp_disp)
6110 4: addiupc $v1,%lo(_gp_disp)
6114 So the offsets of hi and lo relocs are the same, but the
6115 base $pc is that used by the ADDIUPC instruction at $t9 + 4.
6116 ADDIUPC clears the low two bits of the instruction address,
6117 so the base is ($t9 + 4) & ~3. */
6118 if (r_type
== R_MIPS16_HI16
)
6119 value
= mips_elf_high (addend
+ gp
- ((p
+ 4) & ~(bfd_vma
) 0x3));
6120 /* The microMIPS .cpload sequence uses the same assembly
6121 instructions as the traditional psABI version, but the
6122 incoming $t9 has the low bit set. */
6123 else if (r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_HI16
)
6124 value
= mips_elf_high (addend
+ gp
- p
- 1);
6126 value
= mips_elf_high (addend
+ gp
- p
);
6132 case R_MICROMIPS_LO16
:
6133 case R_MICROMIPS_HI0_LO16
:
6135 value
= (symbol
+ addend
) & howto
->dst_mask
;
6138 /* See the comment for R_MIPS16_HI16 above for the reason
6139 for this conditional. */
6140 if (r_type
== R_MIPS16_LO16
)
6141 value
= addend
+ gp
- (p
& ~(bfd_vma
) 0x3);
6142 else if (r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_LO16
6143 || r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_HI0_LO16
)
6144 value
= addend
+ gp
- p
+ 3;
6146 value
= addend
+ gp
- p
+ 4;
6147 /* The MIPS ABI requires checking the R_MIPS_LO16 relocation
6148 for overflow. But, on, say, IRIX5, relocations against
6149 _gp_disp are normally generated from the .cpload
6150 pseudo-op. It generates code that normally looks like
6153 lui $gp,%hi(_gp_disp)
6154 addiu $gp,$gp,%lo(_gp_disp)
6157 Here $t9 holds the address of the function being called,
6158 as required by the MIPS ELF ABI. The R_MIPS_LO16
6159 relocation can easily overflow in this situation, but the
6160 R_MIPS_HI16 relocation will handle the overflow.
6161 Therefore, we consider this a bug in the MIPS ABI, and do
6162 not check for overflow here. */
6166 case R_MIPS_LITERAL
:
6167 case R_MICROMIPS_LITERAL
:
6168 /* Because we don't merge literal sections, we can handle this
6169 just like R_MIPS_GPREL16. In the long run, we should merge
6170 shared literals, and then we will need to additional work
6175 case R_MIPS16_GPREL
:
6176 /* The R_MIPS16_GPREL performs the same calculation as
6177 R_MIPS_GPREL16, but stores the relocated bits in a different
6178 order. We don't need to do anything special here; the
6179 differences are handled in mips_elf_perform_relocation. */
6180 case R_MIPS_GPREL16
:
6181 case R_MICROMIPS_GPREL7_S2
:
6182 case R_MICROMIPS_GPREL16
:
6183 /* Only sign-extend the addend if it was extracted from the
6184 instruction. If the addend was separate, leave it alone,
6185 otherwise we may lose significant bits. */
6186 if (howto
->partial_inplace
)
6187 addend
= _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 16);
6188 value
= symbol
+ addend
- gp
;
6189 /* If the symbol was local, any earlier relocatable links will
6190 have adjusted its addend with the gp offset, so compensate
6191 for that now. Don't do it for symbols forced local in this
6192 link, though, since they won't have had the gp offset applied
6196 if (was_local_p
|| h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
6197 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 16);
6200 case R_MIPS16_GOT16
:
6201 case R_MIPS16_CALL16
:
6204 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT16
:
6205 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL16
:
6206 /* VxWorks does not have separate local and global semantics for
6207 R_MIPS*_GOT16; every relocation evaluates to "G". */
6208 if (htab
->root
.target_os
!= is_vxworks
&& local_p
)
6210 value
= mips_elf_got16_entry (abfd
, input_bfd
, info
,
6211 symbol
+ addend
, !was_local_p
);
6212 if (value
== MINUS_ONE
)
6213 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
6215 = mips_elf_got_offset_from_index (info
, abfd
, input_bfd
, value
);
6216 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 16);
6223 case R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
6224 case R_MIPS_TLS_LDM
:
6225 case R_MIPS_GOT_DISP
:
6226 case R_MIPS16_TLS_GD
:
6227 case R_MIPS16_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
6228 case R_MIPS16_TLS_LDM
:
6229 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GD
:
6230 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
6231 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_LDM
:
6232 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_DISP
:
6234 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 16);
6237 case R_MIPS_GPREL32
:
6238 value
= (addend
+ symbol
+ gp0
- gp
);
6240 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
6244 case R_MIPS_GNU_REL16_S2
:
6245 if (howto
->partial_inplace
)
6246 addend
= _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 18);
6248 /* No need to exclude weak undefined symbols here as they resolve
6249 to 0 and never set `*cross_mode_jump_p', so this alignment check
6250 will never trigger for them. */
6251 if (*cross_mode_jump_p
6252 ? ((symbol
+ addend
) & 3) != 1
6253 : ((symbol
+ addend
) & 3) != 0)
6254 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
6256 value
= symbol
+ addend
- p
;
6257 if (was_local_p
|| h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
6258 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 18);
6259 value
>>= howto
->rightshift
;
6260 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
6263 case R_MIPS16_PC16_S1
:
6264 if (howto
->partial_inplace
)
6265 addend
= _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 17);
6267 if ((was_local_p
|| h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
6268 && (*cross_mode_jump_p
6269 ? ((symbol
+ addend
) & 3) != 0
6270 : ((symbol
+ addend
) & 1) == 0))
6271 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
6273 value
= symbol
+ addend
- p
;
6274 if (was_local_p
|| h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
6275 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 17);
6276 value
>>= howto
->rightshift
;
6277 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
6280 case R_MIPS_PC21_S2
:
6281 if (howto
->partial_inplace
)
6282 addend
= _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 23);
6284 if ((symbol
+ addend
) & 3)
6285 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
6287 value
= symbol
+ addend
- p
;
6288 if (was_local_p
|| h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
6289 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 23);
6290 value
>>= howto
->rightshift
;
6291 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
6294 case R_MIPS_PC26_S2
:
6295 if (howto
->partial_inplace
)
6296 addend
= _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 28);
6298 if ((symbol
+ addend
) & 3)
6299 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
6301 value
= symbol
+ addend
- p
;
6302 if (was_local_p
|| h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
6303 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 28);
6304 value
>>= howto
->rightshift
;
6305 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
6308 case R_MIPS_PC18_S3
:
6309 if (howto
->partial_inplace
)
6310 addend
= _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 21);
6312 if ((symbol
+ addend
) & 7)
6313 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
6315 value
= symbol
+ addend
- ((p
| 7) ^ 7);
6316 if (was_local_p
|| h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
6317 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 21);
6318 value
>>= howto
->rightshift
;
6319 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
6322 case R_MIPS_PC19_S2
:
6323 if (howto
->partial_inplace
)
6324 addend
= _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 21);
6326 if ((symbol
+ addend
) & 3)
6327 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
6329 value
= symbol
+ addend
- p
;
6330 if (was_local_p
|| h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
6331 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 21);
6332 value
>>= howto
->rightshift
;
6333 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
6337 value
= mips_elf_high (symbol
+ addend
- p
);
6338 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
6342 if (howto
->partial_inplace
)
6343 addend
= _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 16);
6344 value
= symbol
+ addend
- p
;
6345 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
6348 case R_MICROMIPS_PC7_S1
:
6349 if (howto
->partial_inplace
)
6350 addend
= _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 8);
6352 if ((was_local_p
|| h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
6353 && (*cross_mode_jump_p
6354 ? ((symbol
+ addend
+ 2) & 3) != 0
6355 : ((symbol
+ addend
+ 2) & 1) == 0))
6356 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
6358 value
= symbol
+ addend
- p
;
6359 if (was_local_p
|| h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
6360 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 8);
6361 value
>>= howto
->rightshift
;
6362 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
6365 case R_MICROMIPS_PC10_S1
:
6366 if (howto
->partial_inplace
)
6367 addend
= _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 11);
6369 if ((was_local_p
|| h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
6370 && (*cross_mode_jump_p
6371 ? ((symbol
+ addend
+ 2) & 3) != 0
6372 : ((symbol
+ addend
+ 2) & 1) == 0))
6373 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
6375 value
= symbol
+ addend
- p
;
6376 if (was_local_p
|| h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
6377 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 11);
6378 value
>>= howto
->rightshift
;
6379 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
6382 case R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1
:
6383 if (howto
->partial_inplace
)
6384 addend
= _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 17);
6386 if ((was_local_p
|| h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
6387 && (*cross_mode_jump_p
6388 ? ((symbol
+ addend
) & 3) != 0
6389 : ((symbol
+ addend
) & 1) == 0))
6390 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
6392 value
= symbol
+ addend
- p
;
6393 if (was_local_p
|| h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
6394 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 17);
6395 value
>>= howto
->rightshift
;
6396 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
6399 case R_MICROMIPS_PC23_S2
:
6400 if (howto
->partial_inplace
)
6401 addend
= _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 25);
6402 value
= symbol
+ addend
- ((p
| 3) ^ 3);
6403 if (was_local_p
|| h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
6404 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 25);
6405 value
>>= howto
->rightshift
;
6406 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
6409 case R_MIPS_GOT_HI16
:
6410 case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16
:
6411 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_HI16
:
6412 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_HI16
:
6413 /* We're allowed to handle these two relocations identically.
6414 The dynamic linker is allowed to handle the CALL relocations
6415 differently by creating a lazy evaluation stub. */
6417 value
= mips_elf_high (value
);
6418 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
6421 case R_MIPS_GOT_LO16
:
6422 case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16
:
6423 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_LO16
:
6424 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_LO16
:
6425 value
= g
& howto
->dst_mask
;
6428 case R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE
:
6429 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_PAGE
:
6430 value
= mips_elf_got_page (abfd
, input_bfd
, info
, symbol
+ addend
, NULL
);
6431 if (value
== MINUS_ONE
)
6432 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
6433 value
= mips_elf_got_offset_from_index (info
, abfd
, input_bfd
, value
);
6434 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 16);
6437 case R_MIPS_GOT_OFST
:
6438 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_OFST
:
6440 mips_elf_got_page (abfd
, input_bfd
, info
, symbol
+ addend
, &value
);
6443 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 16);
6447 case R_MICROMIPS_SUB
:
6448 value
= symbol
- addend
;
6449 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
6453 case R_MICROMIPS_HIGHER
:
6454 value
= mips_elf_higher (addend
+ symbol
);
6455 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
6458 case R_MIPS_HIGHEST
:
6459 case R_MICROMIPS_HIGHEST
:
6460 value
= mips_elf_highest (addend
+ symbol
);
6461 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
6464 case R_MIPS_SCN_DISP
:
6465 case R_MICROMIPS_SCN_DISP
:
6466 value
= symbol
+ addend
- sec
->output_offset
;
6467 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
6471 case R_MICROMIPS_JALR
:
6472 /* This relocation is only a hint. In some cases, we optimize
6473 it into a bal instruction. But we don't try to optimize
6474 when the symbol does not resolve locally. */
6475 if (h
!= NULL
&& !SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info
, &h
->root
))
6476 return bfd_reloc_continue
;
6477 /* We can't optimize cross-mode jumps either. */
6478 if (*cross_mode_jump_p
)
6479 return bfd_reloc_continue
;
6480 value
= symbol
+ addend
;
6481 /* Neither we can non-instruction-aligned targets. */
6482 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_JALR
? (value
& 3) != 0 : (value
& 1) == 0)
6483 return bfd_reloc_continue
;
6487 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTINHERIT
:
6488 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTENTRY
:
6489 /* We don't do anything with these at present. */
6490 return bfd_reloc_continue
;
6493 /* An unrecognized relocation type. */
6494 return bfd_reloc_notsupported
;
6497 /* Store the VALUE for our caller. */
6499 return overflowed_p
? bfd_reloc_overflow
: bfd_reloc_ok
;
6502 /* It has been determined that the result of the RELOCATION is the
6503 VALUE. Use HOWTO to place VALUE into the output file at the
6504 appropriate position. The SECTION is the section to which the
6506 CROSS_MODE_JUMP_P is true if the relocation field
6507 is a MIPS16 or microMIPS jump to standard MIPS code, or vice versa.
6509 Returns FALSE if anything goes wrong. */
6512 mips_elf_perform_relocation (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
6513 reloc_howto_type
*howto
,
6514 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocation
,
6515 bfd_vma value
, bfd
*input_bfd
,
6516 asection
*input_section
, bfd_byte
*contents
,
6517 bfd_boolean cross_mode_jump_p
)
6521 int r_type
= ELF_R_TYPE (input_bfd
, relocation
->r_info
);
6523 /* Figure out where the relocation is occurring. */
6524 location
= contents
+ relocation
->r_offset
;
6526 _bfd_mips_elf_reloc_unshuffle (input_bfd
, r_type
, FALSE
, location
);
6528 /* Obtain the current value. */
6529 x
= mips_elf_obtain_contents (howto
, relocation
, input_bfd
, contents
);
6531 /* Clear the field we are setting. */
6532 x
&= ~howto
->dst_mask
;
6534 /* Set the field. */
6535 x
|= (value
& howto
->dst_mask
);
6537 /* Detect incorrect JALX usage. If required, turn JAL or BAL into JALX. */
6538 if (!cross_mode_jump_p
&& jal_reloc_p (r_type
))
6540 bfd_vma opcode
= x
>> 26;
6542 if (r_type
== R_MIPS16_26
? opcode
== 0x7
6543 : r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_26_S1
? opcode
== 0x3c
6546 info
->callbacks
->einfo
6547 (_("%X%H: unsupported JALX to the same ISA mode\n"),
6548 input_bfd
, input_section
, relocation
->r_offset
);
6552 if (cross_mode_jump_p
&& jal_reloc_p (r_type
))
6555 bfd_vma opcode
= x
>> 26;
6556 bfd_vma jalx_opcode
;
6558 /* Check to see if the opcode is already JAL or JALX. */
6559 if (r_type
== R_MIPS16_26
)
6561 ok
= ((opcode
== 0x6) || (opcode
== 0x7));
6564 else if (r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_26_S1
)
6566 ok
= ((opcode
== 0x3d) || (opcode
== 0x3c));
6571 ok
= ((opcode
== 0x3) || (opcode
== 0x1d));
6575 /* If the opcode is not JAL or JALX, there's a problem. We cannot
6576 convert J or JALS to JALX. */
6579 info
->callbacks
->einfo
6580 (_("%X%H: unsupported jump between ISA modes; "
6581 "consider recompiling with interlinking enabled\n"),
6582 input_bfd
, input_section
, relocation
->r_offset
);
6586 /* Make this the JALX opcode. */
6587 x
= (x
& ~(0x3fu
<< 26)) | (jalx_opcode
<< 26);
6589 else if (cross_mode_jump_p
&& b_reloc_p (r_type
))
6591 bfd_boolean ok
= FALSE
;
6592 bfd_vma opcode
= x
>> 16;
6593 bfd_vma jalx_opcode
= 0;
6594 bfd_vma sign_bit
= 0;
6598 if (r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1
)
6600 ok
= opcode
== 0x4060;
6605 else if (r_type
== R_MIPS_PC16
|| r_type
== R_MIPS_GNU_REL16_S2
)
6607 ok
= opcode
== 0x411;
6613 if (ok
&& !bfd_link_pic (info
))
6615 addr
= (input_section
->output_section
->vma
6616 + input_section
->output_offset
6617 + relocation
->r_offset
6620 + (((value
& ((sign_bit
<< 1) - 1)) ^ sign_bit
) - sign_bit
));
6622 if ((addr
>> 28) << 28 != (dest
>> 28) << 28)
6624 info
->callbacks
->einfo
6625 (_("%X%H: cannot convert branch between ISA modes "
6626 "to JALX: relocation out of range\n"),
6627 input_bfd
, input_section
, relocation
->r_offset
);
6631 /* Make this the JALX opcode. */
6632 x
= ((dest
>> 2) & 0x3ffffff) | jalx_opcode
<< 26;
6634 else if (!mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->ignore_branch_isa
)
6636 info
->callbacks
->einfo
6637 (_("%X%H: unsupported branch between ISA modes\n"),
6638 input_bfd
, input_section
, relocation
->r_offset
);
6643 /* Try converting JAL to BAL and J(AL)R to B(AL), if the target is in
6645 if (!bfd_link_relocatable (info
)
6646 && !cross_mode_jump_p
6647 && ((JAL_TO_BAL_P (input_bfd
)
6648 && r_type
== R_MIPS_26
6649 && (x
>> 26) == 0x3) /* jal addr */
6650 || (JALR_TO_BAL_P (input_bfd
)
6651 && r_type
== R_MIPS_JALR
6652 && x
== 0x0320f809) /* jalr t9 */
6653 || (JR_TO_B_P (input_bfd
)
6654 && r_type
== R_MIPS_JALR
6655 && (x
& ~1) == 0x03200008))) /* jr t9 / jalr zero, t9 */
6661 addr
= (input_section
->output_section
->vma
6662 + input_section
->output_offset
6663 + relocation
->r_offset
6665 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_26
)
6666 dest
= (value
<< 2) | ((addr
>> 28) << 28);
6670 if (off
<= 0x1ffff && off
>= -0x20000)
6672 if ((x
& ~1) == 0x03200008) /* jr t9 / jalr zero, t9 */
6673 x
= 0x10000000 | (((bfd_vma
) off
>> 2) & 0xffff); /* b addr */
6675 x
= 0x04110000 | (((bfd_vma
) off
>> 2) & 0xffff); /* bal addr */
6679 /* Put the value into the output. */
6680 mips_elf_store_contents (howto
, relocation
, input_bfd
, contents
, x
);
6682 _bfd_mips_elf_reloc_shuffle (input_bfd
, r_type
, !bfd_link_relocatable (info
),
6688 /* Create a rel.dyn relocation for the dynamic linker to resolve. REL
6689 is the original relocation, which is now being transformed into a
6690 dynamic relocation. The ADDENDP is adjusted if necessary; the
6691 caller should store the result in place of the original addend. */
6694 mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation (bfd
*output_bfd
,
6695 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
6696 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
,
6697 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
6698 asection
*sec
, bfd_vma symbol
,
6699 bfd_vma
*addendp
, asection
*input_section
)
6701 Elf_Internal_Rela outrel
[3];
6706 bfd_boolean defined_p
;
6707 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
6709 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
6710 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
6712 r_type
= ELF_R_TYPE (output_bfd
, rel
->r_info
);
6713 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
6714 sreloc
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, FALSE
);
6715 BFD_ASSERT (sreloc
!= NULL
);
6716 BFD_ASSERT (sreloc
->contents
!= NULL
);
6717 BFD_ASSERT (sreloc
->reloc_count
* MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (output_bfd
)
6720 outrel
[0].r_offset
=
6721 _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd
, info
, input_section
, rel
[0].r_offset
);
6722 if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd
))
6724 outrel
[1].r_offset
=
6725 _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd
, info
, input_section
, rel
[1].r_offset
);
6726 outrel
[2].r_offset
=
6727 _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd
, info
, input_section
, rel
[2].r_offset
);
6730 if (outrel
[0].r_offset
== MINUS_ONE
)
6731 /* The relocation field has been deleted. */
6734 if (outrel
[0].r_offset
== MINUS_TWO
)
6736 /* The relocation field has been converted into a relative value of
6737 some sort. Functions like _bfd_elf_write_section_eh_frame expect
6738 the field to be fully relocated, so add in the symbol's value. */
6743 /* We must now calculate the dynamic symbol table index to use
6744 in the relocation. */
6745 if (h
!= NULL
&& ! SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, &h
->root
))
6747 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->root
.target_os
== is_vxworks
6748 || h
->global_got_area
!= GGA_NONE
);
6749 indx
= h
->root
.dynindx
;
6750 if (SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd
))
6751 defined_p
= h
->root
.def_regular
;
6753 /* ??? glibc's ld.so just adds the final GOT entry to the
6754 relocation field. It therefore treats relocs against
6755 defined symbols in the same way as relocs against
6756 undefined symbols. */
6761 if (sec
!= NULL
&& bfd_is_abs_section (sec
))
6763 else if (sec
== NULL
|| sec
->owner
== NULL
)
6765 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
6770 indx
= elf_section_data (sec
->output_section
)->dynindx
;
6773 asection
*osec
= htab
->root
.text_index_section
;
6774 indx
= elf_section_data (osec
)->dynindx
;
6780 /* Instead of generating a relocation using the section
6781 symbol, we may as well make it a fully relative
6782 relocation. We want to avoid generating relocations to
6783 local symbols because we used to generate them
6784 incorrectly, without adding the original symbol value,
6785 which is mandated by the ABI for section symbols. In
6786 order to give dynamic loaders and applications time to
6787 phase out the incorrect use, we refrain from emitting
6788 section-relative relocations. It's not like they're
6789 useful, after all. This should be a bit more efficient
6791 /* ??? Although this behavior is compatible with glibc's ld.so,
6792 the ABI says that relocations against STN_UNDEF should have
6793 a symbol value of 0. Irix rld honors this, so relocations
6794 against STN_UNDEF have no effect. */
6795 if (!SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd
))
6800 /* If the relocation was previously an absolute relocation and
6801 this symbol will not be referred to by the relocation, we must
6802 adjust it by the value we give it in the dynamic symbol table.
6803 Otherwise leave the job up to the dynamic linker. */
6804 if (defined_p
&& r_type
!= R_MIPS_REL32
)
6807 if (htab
->root
.target_os
== is_vxworks
)
6808 /* VxWorks uses non-relative relocations for this. */
6809 outrel
[0].r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (indx
, R_MIPS_32
);
6811 /* The relocation is always an REL32 relocation because we don't
6812 know where the shared library will wind up at load-time. */
6813 outrel
[0].r_info
= ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd
, (unsigned long) indx
,
6816 /* For strict adherence to the ABI specification, we should
6817 generate a R_MIPS_64 relocation record by itself before the
6818 _REL32/_64 record as well, such that the addend is read in as
6819 a 64-bit value (REL32 is a 32-bit relocation, after all).
6820 However, since none of the existing ELF64 MIPS dynamic
6821 loaders seems to care, we don't waste space with these
6822 artificial relocations. If this turns out to not be true,
6823 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocation() should be tweaked so
6824 as to make room for a pair of dynamic relocations per
6825 invocation if ABI_64_P, and here we should generate an
6826 additional relocation record with R_MIPS_64 by itself for a
6827 NULL symbol before this relocation record. */
6828 outrel
[1].r_info
= ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd
, 0,
6829 ABI_64_P (output_bfd
)
6832 outrel
[2].r_info
= ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd
, 0, R_MIPS_NONE
);
6834 /* Adjust the output offset of the relocation to reference the
6835 correct location in the output file. */
6836 outrel
[0].r_offset
+= (input_section
->output_section
->vma
6837 + input_section
->output_offset
);
6838 outrel
[1].r_offset
+= (input_section
->output_section
->vma
6839 + input_section
->output_offset
);
6840 outrel
[2].r_offset
+= (input_section
->output_section
->vma
6841 + input_section
->output_offset
);
6843 /* Put the relocation back out. We have to use the special
6844 relocation outputter in the 64-bit case since the 64-bit
6845 relocation format is non-standard. */
6846 if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd
))
6848 (*get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
)->s
->swap_reloc_out
)
6849 (output_bfd
, &outrel
[0],
6851 + sreloc
->reloc_count
* sizeof (Elf64_Mips_External_Rel
)));
6853 else if (htab
->root
.target_os
== is_vxworks
)
6855 /* VxWorks uses RELA rather than REL dynamic relocations. */
6856 outrel
[0].r_addend
= *addendp
;
6857 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out
6858 (output_bfd
, &outrel
[0],
6860 + sreloc
->reloc_count
* sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
)));
6863 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out
6864 (output_bfd
, &outrel
[0],
6865 (sreloc
->contents
+ sreloc
->reloc_count
* sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel
)));
6867 /* We've now added another relocation. */
6868 ++sreloc
->reloc_count
;
6870 /* Make sure the output section is writable. The dynamic linker
6871 will be writing to it. */
6872 elf_section_data (input_section
->output_section
)->this_hdr
.sh_flags
6875 /* On IRIX5, make an entry of compact relocation info. */
6876 if (IRIX_COMPAT (output_bfd
) == ict_irix5
)
6878 asection
*scpt
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".compact_rel");
6883 Elf32_crinfo cptrel
;
6885 mips_elf_set_cr_format (cptrel
, CRF_MIPS_LONG
);
6886 cptrel
.vaddr
= (rel
->r_offset
6887 + input_section
->output_section
->vma
6888 + input_section
->output_offset
);
6889 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_REL32
)
6890 mips_elf_set_cr_type (cptrel
, CRT_MIPS_REL32
);
6892 mips_elf_set_cr_type (cptrel
, CRT_MIPS_WORD
);
6893 mips_elf_set_cr_dist2to (cptrel
, 0);
6894 cptrel
.konst
= *addendp
;
6896 cr
= (scpt
->contents
6897 + sizeof (Elf32_External_compact_rel
));
6898 mips_elf_set_cr_relvaddr (cptrel
, 0);
6899 bfd_elf32_swap_crinfo_out (output_bfd
, &cptrel
,
6900 ((Elf32_External_crinfo
*) cr
6901 + scpt
->reloc_count
));
6902 ++scpt
->reloc_count
;
6906 /* If we've written this relocation for a readonly section,
6907 we need to set DF_TEXTREL again, so that we do not delete the
6909 if (MIPS_ELF_READONLY_SECTION (input_section
))
6910 info
->flags
|= DF_TEXTREL
;
6915 /* Return the MACH for a MIPS e_flags value. */
6918 _bfd_elf_mips_mach (flagword flags
)
6920 switch (flags
& EF_MIPS_MACH
)
6922 case E_MIPS_MACH_3900
:
6923 return bfd_mach_mips3900
;
6925 case E_MIPS_MACH_4010
:
6926 return bfd_mach_mips4010
;
6928 case E_MIPS_MACH_4100
:
6929 return bfd_mach_mips4100
;
6931 case E_MIPS_MACH_4111
:
6932 return bfd_mach_mips4111
;
6934 case E_MIPS_MACH_4120
:
6935 return bfd_mach_mips4120
;
6937 case E_MIPS_MACH_4650
:
6938 return bfd_mach_mips4650
;
6940 case E_MIPS_MACH_5400
:
6941 return bfd_mach_mips5400
;
6943 case E_MIPS_MACH_5500
:
6944 return bfd_mach_mips5500
;
6946 case E_MIPS_MACH_5900
:
6947 return bfd_mach_mips5900
;
6949 case E_MIPS_MACH_9000
:
6950 return bfd_mach_mips9000
;
6952 case E_MIPS_MACH_SB1
:
6953 return bfd_mach_mips_sb1
;
6955 case E_MIPS_MACH_LS2E
:
6956 return bfd_mach_mips_loongson_2e
;
6958 case E_MIPS_MACH_LS2F
:
6959 return bfd_mach_mips_loongson_2f
;
6961 case E_MIPS_MACH_GS464
:
6962 return bfd_mach_mips_gs464
;
6964 case E_MIPS_MACH_GS464E
:
6965 return bfd_mach_mips_gs464e
;
6967 case E_MIPS_MACH_GS264E
:
6968 return bfd_mach_mips_gs264e
;
6970 case E_MIPS_MACH_OCTEON3
:
6971 return bfd_mach_mips_octeon3
;
6973 case E_MIPS_MACH_OCTEON2
:
6974 return bfd_mach_mips_octeon2
;
6976 case E_MIPS_MACH_OCTEON
:
6977 return bfd_mach_mips_octeon
;
6979 case E_MIPS_MACH_XLR
:
6980 return bfd_mach_mips_xlr
;
6982 case E_MIPS_MACH_IAMR2
:
6983 return bfd_mach_mips_interaptiv_mr2
;
6986 switch (flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
)
6990 return bfd_mach_mips3000
;
6993 return bfd_mach_mips6000
;
6996 return bfd_mach_mips4000
;
6999 return bfd_mach_mips8000
;
7002 return bfd_mach_mips5
;
7004 case E_MIPS_ARCH_32
:
7005 return bfd_mach_mipsisa32
;
7007 case E_MIPS_ARCH_64
:
7008 return bfd_mach_mipsisa64
;
7010 case E_MIPS_ARCH_32R2
:
7011 return bfd_mach_mipsisa32r2
;
7013 case E_MIPS_ARCH_64R2
:
7014 return bfd_mach_mipsisa64r2
;
7016 case E_MIPS_ARCH_32R6
:
7017 return bfd_mach_mipsisa32r6
;
7019 case E_MIPS_ARCH_64R6
:
7020 return bfd_mach_mipsisa64r6
;
7027 /* Return printable name for ABI. */
7029 static INLINE
char *
7030 elf_mips_abi_name (bfd
*abfd
)
7034 flags
= elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
;
7035 switch (flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
)
7038 if (ABI_N32_P (abfd
))
7040 else if (ABI_64_P (abfd
))
7044 case E_MIPS_ABI_O32
:
7046 case E_MIPS_ABI_O64
:
7048 case E_MIPS_ABI_EABI32
:
7050 case E_MIPS_ABI_EABI64
:
7053 return "unknown abi";
7057 /* MIPS ELF uses two common sections. One is the usual one, and the
7058 other is for small objects. All the small objects are kept
7059 together, and then referenced via the gp pointer, which yields
7060 faster assembler code. This is what we use for the small common
7061 section. This approach is copied from ecoff.c. */
7062 static asection mips_elf_scom_section
;
7063 static asymbol mips_elf_scom_symbol
;
7064 static asymbol
*mips_elf_scom_symbol_ptr
;
7066 /* MIPS ELF also uses an acommon section, which represents an
7067 allocated common symbol which may be overridden by a
7068 definition in a shared library. */
7069 static asection mips_elf_acom_section
;
7070 static asymbol mips_elf_acom_symbol
;
7071 static asymbol
*mips_elf_acom_symbol_ptr
;
7073 /* This is used for both the 32-bit and the 64-bit ABI. */
7076 _bfd_mips_elf_symbol_processing (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
*asym
)
7078 elf_symbol_type
*elfsym
;
7080 /* Handle the special MIPS section numbers that a symbol may use. */
7081 elfsym
= (elf_symbol_type
*) asym
;
7082 switch (elfsym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_shndx
)
7084 case SHN_MIPS_ACOMMON
:
7085 /* This section is used in a dynamically linked executable file.
7086 It is an allocated common section. The dynamic linker can
7087 either resolve these symbols to something in a shared
7088 library, or it can just leave them here. For our purposes,
7089 we can consider these symbols to be in a new section. */
7090 if (mips_elf_acom_section
.name
== NULL
)
7092 /* Initialize the acommon section. */
7093 mips_elf_acom_section
.name
= ".acommon";
7094 mips_elf_acom_section
.flags
= SEC_ALLOC
;
7095 mips_elf_acom_section
.output_section
= &mips_elf_acom_section
;
7096 mips_elf_acom_section
.symbol
= &mips_elf_acom_symbol
;
7097 mips_elf_acom_section
.symbol_ptr_ptr
= &mips_elf_acom_symbol_ptr
;
7098 mips_elf_acom_symbol
.name
= ".acommon";
7099 mips_elf_acom_symbol
.flags
= BSF_SECTION_SYM
;
7100 mips_elf_acom_symbol
.section
= &mips_elf_acom_section
;
7101 mips_elf_acom_symbol_ptr
= &mips_elf_acom_symbol
;
7103 asym
->section
= &mips_elf_acom_section
;
7107 /* Common symbols less than the GP size are automatically
7108 treated as SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON symbols on IRIX5. */
7109 if (asym
->value
> elf_gp_size (abfd
)
7110 || ELF_ST_TYPE (elfsym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_info
) == STT_TLS
7111 || IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_irix6
)
7114 case SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON
:
7115 if (mips_elf_scom_section
.name
== NULL
)
7117 /* Initialize the small common section. */
7118 mips_elf_scom_section
.name
= ".scommon";
7119 mips_elf_scom_section
.flags
= SEC_IS_COMMON
;
7120 mips_elf_scom_section
.output_section
= &mips_elf_scom_section
;
7121 mips_elf_scom_section
.symbol
= &mips_elf_scom_symbol
;
7122 mips_elf_scom_section
.symbol_ptr_ptr
= &mips_elf_scom_symbol_ptr
;
7123 mips_elf_scom_symbol
.name
= ".scommon";
7124 mips_elf_scom_symbol
.flags
= BSF_SECTION_SYM
;
7125 mips_elf_scom_symbol
.section
= &mips_elf_scom_section
;
7126 mips_elf_scom_symbol_ptr
= &mips_elf_scom_symbol
;
7128 asym
->section
= &mips_elf_scom_section
;
7129 asym
->value
= elfsym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_size
;
7132 case SHN_MIPS_SUNDEFINED
:
7133 asym
->section
= bfd_und_section_ptr
;
7138 asection
*section
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".text");
7140 if (section
!= NULL
)
7142 asym
->section
= section
;
7143 /* MIPS_TEXT is a bit special, the address is not an offset
7144 to the base of the .text section. So subtract the section
7145 base address to make it an offset. */
7146 asym
->value
-= section
->vma
;
7153 asection
*section
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".data");
7155 if (section
!= NULL
)
7157 asym
->section
= section
;
7158 /* MIPS_DATA is a bit special, the address is not an offset
7159 to the base of the .data section. So subtract the section
7160 base address to make it an offset. */
7161 asym
->value
-= section
->vma
;
7167 /* If this is an odd-valued function symbol, assume it's a MIPS16
7168 or microMIPS one. */
7169 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (elfsym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_info
) == STT_FUNC
7170 && (asym
->value
& 1) != 0)
7173 if (MICROMIPS_P (abfd
))
7174 elfsym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_other
7175 = ELF_ST_SET_MICROMIPS (elfsym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_other
);
7177 elfsym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_other
7178 = ELF_ST_SET_MIPS16 (elfsym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_other
);
7182 /* Implement elf_backend_eh_frame_address_size. This differs from
7183 the default in the way it handles EABI64.
7185 EABI64 was originally specified as an LP64 ABI, and that is what
7186 -mabi=eabi normally gives on a 64-bit target. However, gcc has
7187 historically accepted the combination of -mabi=eabi and -mlong32,
7188 and this ILP32 variation has become semi-official over time.
7189 Both forms use elf32 and have pointer-sized FDE addresses.
7191 If an EABI object was generated by GCC 4.0 or above, it will have
7192 an empty .gcc_compiled_longXX section, where XX is the size of longs
7193 in bits. Unfortunately, ILP32 objects generated by earlier compilers
7194 have no special marking to distinguish them from LP64 objects.
7196 We don't want users of the official LP64 ABI to be punished for the
7197 existence of the ILP32 variant, but at the same time, we don't want
7198 to mistakenly interpret pre-4.0 ILP32 objects as being LP64 objects.
7199 We therefore take the following approach:
7201 - If ABFD contains a .gcc_compiled_longXX section, use it to
7202 determine the pointer size.
7204 - Otherwise check the type of the first relocation. Assume that
7205 the LP64 ABI is being used if the relocation is of type R_MIPS_64.
7209 The second check is enough to detect LP64 objects generated by pre-4.0
7210 compilers because, in the kind of output generated by those compilers,
7211 the first relocation will be associated with either a CIE personality
7212 routine or an FDE start address. Furthermore, the compilers never
7213 used a special (non-pointer) encoding for this ABI.
7215 Checking the relocation type should also be safe because there is no
7216 reason to use R_MIPS_64 in an ILP32 object. Pre-4.0 compilers never
7220 _bfd_mips_elf_eh_frame_address_size (bfd
*abfd
, const asection
*sec
)
7222 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
] == ELFCLASS64
)
7224 if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) == E_MIPS_ABI_EABI64
)
7226 bfd_boolean long32_p
, long64_p
;
7228 long32_p
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".gcc_compiled_long32") != 0;
7229 long64_p
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".gcc_compiled_long64") != 0;
7230 if (long32_p
&& long64_p
)
7237 if (sec
->reloc_count
> 0
7238 && elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
!= NULL
7239 && (ELF32_R_TYPE (elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
[0].r_info
)
7248 /* There appears to be a bug in the MIPSpro linker that causes GOT_DISP
7249 relocations against two unnamed section symbols to resolve to the
7250 same address. For example, if we have code like:
7252 lw $4,%got_disp(.data)($gp)
7253 lw $25,%got_disp(.text)($gp)
7256 then the linker will resolve both relocations to .data and the program
7257 will jump there rather than to .text.
7259 We can work around this problem by giving names to local section symbols.
7260 This is also what the MIPSpro tools do. */
7263 _bfd_mips_elf_name_local_section_symbols (bfd
*abfd
)
7265 return SGI_COMPAT (abfd
);
7268 /* Work over a section just before writing it out. This routine is
7269 used by both the 32-bit and the 64-bit ABI. FIXME: We recognize
7270 sections that need the SHF_MIPS_GPREL flag by name; there has to be
7274 _bfd_mips_elf_section_processing (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
)
7276 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_MIPS_REGINFO
7277 && hdr
->sh_size
> 0)
7281 BFD_ASSERT (hdr
->contents
== NULL
);
7283 if (hdr
->sh_size
!= sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo
))
7286 (_("%pB: incorrect `.reginfo' section size; "
7287 "expected %" PRIu64
", got %" PRIu64
),
7288 abfd
, (uint64_t) sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo
),
7289 (uint64_t) hdr
->sh_size
);
7290 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
7295 hdr
->sh_offset
+ sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo
) - 4,
7298 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, elf_gp (abfd
), buf
);
7299 if (bfd_bwrite (buf
, 4, abfd
) != 4)
7303 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS
7304 && hdr
->bfd_section
!= NULL
7305 && mips_elf_section_data (hdr
->bfd_section
) != NULL
7306 && mips_elf_section_data (hdr
->bfd_section
)->u
.tdata
!= NULL
)
7308 bfd_byte
*contents
, *l
, *lend
;
7310 /* We stored the section contents in the tdata field in the
7311 set_section_contents routine. We save the section contents
7312 so that we don't have to read them again.
7313 At this point we know that elf_gp is set, so we can look
7314 through the section contents to see if there is an
7315 ODK_REGINFO structure. */
7317 contents
= mips_elf_section_data (hdr
->bfd_section
)->u
.tdata
;
7319 lend
= contents
+ hdr
->sh_size
;
7320 while (l
+ sizeof (Elf_External_Options
) <= lend
)
7322 Elf_Internal_Options intopt
;
7324 bfd_mips_elf_swap_options_in (abfd
, (Elf_External_Options
*) l
,
7326 if (intopt
.size
< sizeof (Elf_External_Options
))
7329 /* xgettext:c-format */
7330 (_("%pB: warning: bad `%s' option size %u smaller than"
7332 abfd
, MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (abfd
), intopt
.size
);
7335 if (ABI_64_P (abfd
) && intopt
.kind
== ODK_REGINFO
)
7342 + sizeof (Elf_External_Options
)
7343 + (sizeof (Elf64_External_RegInfo
) - 8)),
7346 H_PUT_64 (abfd
, elf_gp (abfd
), buf
);
7347 if (bfd_bwrite (buf
, 8, abfd
) != 8)
7350 else if (intopt
.kind
== ODK_REGINFO
)
7357 + sizeof (Elf_External_Options
)
7358 + (sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo
) - 4)),
7361 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, elf_gp (abfd
), buf
);
7362 if (bfd_bwrite (buf
, 4, abfd
) != 4)
7369 if (hdr
->bfd_section
!= NULL
)
7371 const char *name
= bfd_section_name (hdr
->bfd_section
);
7373 /* .sbss is not handled specially here because the GNU/Linux
7374 prelinker can convert .sbss from NOBITS to PROGBITS and
7375 changing it back to NOBITS breaks the binary. The entry in
7376 _bfd_mips_elf_special_sections will ensure the correct flags
7377 are set on .sbss if BFD creates it without reading it from an
7378 input file, and without special handling here the flags set
7379 on it in an input file will be followed. */
7380 if (strcmp (name
, ".sdata") == 0
7381 || strcmp (name
, ".lit8") == 0
7382 || strcmp (name
, ".lit4") == 0)
7383 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_ALLOC
| SHF_WRITE
| SHF_MIPS_GPREL
;
7384 else if (strcmp (name
, ".srdata") == 0)
7385 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_ALLOC
| SHF_MIPS_GPREL
;
7386 else if (strcmp (name
, ".compact_rel") == 0)
7388 else if (strcmp (name
, ".rtproc") == 0)
7390 if (hdr
->sh_addralign
!= 0 && hdr
->sh_entsize
== 0)
7392 unsigned int adjust
;
7394 adjust
= hdr
->sh_size
% hdr
->sh_addralign
;
7396 hdr
->sh_size
+= hdr
->sh_addralign
- adjust
;
7404 /* Handle a MIPS specific section when reading an object file. This
7405 is called when elfcode.h finds a section with an unknown type.
7406 This routine supports both the 32-bit and 64-bit ELF ABI. */
7409 _bfd_mips_elf_section_from_shdr (bfd
*abfd
,
7410 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
,
7416 /* There ought to be a place to keep ELF backend specific flags, but
7417 at the moment there isn't one. We just keep track of the
7418 sections by their name, instead. Fortunately, the ABI gives
7419 suggested names for all the MIPS specific sections, so we will
7420 probably get away with this. */
7421 switch (hdr
->sh_type
)
7423 case SHT_MIPS_LIBLIST
:
7424 if (strcmp (name
, ".liblist") != 0)
7428 if (strcmp (name
, ".msym") != 0)
7431 case SHT_MIPS_CONFLICT
:
7432 if (strcmp (name
, ".conflict") != 0)
7435 case SHT_MIPS_GPTAB
:
7436 if (! CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".gptab."))
7439 case SHT_MIPS_UCODE
:
7440 if (strcmp (name
, ".ucode") != 0)
7443 case SHT_MIPS_DEBUG
:
7444 if (strcmp (name
, ".mdebug") != 0)
7446 flags
= SEC_DEBUGGING
;
7448 case SHT_MIPS_REGINFO
:
7449 if (strcmp (name
, ".reginfo") != 0
7450 || hdr
->sh_size
!= sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo
))
7452 flags
= (SEC_LINK_ONCE
| SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_SAME_SIZE
);
7454 case SHT_MIPS_IFACE
:
7455 if (strcmp (name
, ".MIPS.interfaces") != 0)
7458 case SHT_MIPS_CONTENT
:
7459 if (! CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".MIPS.content"))
7462 case SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS
:
7463 if (!MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME_P (name
))
7466 case SHT_MIPS_ABIFLAGS
:
7467 if (!MIPS_ELF_ABIFLAGS_SECTION_NAME_P (name
))
7469 flags
= (SEC_LINK_ONCE
| SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_SAME_SIZE
);
7471 case SHT_MIPS_DWARF
:
7472 if (! CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".debug_")
7473 && ! CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".zdebug_"))
7476 case SHT_MIPS_SYMBOL_LIB
:
7477 if (strcmp (name
, ".MIPS.symlib") != 0)
7480 case SHT_MIPS_EVENTS
:
7481 if (! CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".MIPS.events")
7482 && ! CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".MIPS.post_rel"))
7485 case SHT_MIPS_XHASH
:
7486 if (strcmp (name
, ".MIPS.xhash") != 0)
7492 if (! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
))
7495 if (hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_MIPS_GPREL
)
7496 flags
|= SEC_SMALL_DATA
;
7500 if (!bfd_set_section_flags (hdr
->bfd_section
,
7501 (bfd_section_flags (hdr
->bfd_section
)
7506 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_MIPS_ABIFLAGS
)
7508 Elf_External_ABIFlags_v0 ext
;
7510 if (! bfd_get_section_contents (abfd
, hdr
->bfd_section
,
7511 &ext
, 0, sizeof ext
))
7513 bfd_mips_elf_swap_abiflags_v0_in (abfd
, &ext
,
7514 &mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->abiflags
);
7515 if (mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->abiflags
.version
!= 0)
7517 mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->abiflags_valid
= TRUE
;
7520 /* FIXME: We should record sh_info for a .gptab section. */
7522 /* For a .reginfo section, set the gp value in the tdata information
7523 from the contents of this section. We need the gp value while
7524 processing relocs, so we just get it now. The .reginfo section
7525 is not used in the 64-bit MIPS ELF ABI. */
7526 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_MIPS_REGINFO
)
7528 Elf32_External_RegInfo ext
;
7531 if (! bfd_get_section_contents (abfd
, hdr
->bfd_section
,
7532 &ext
, 0, sizeof ext
))
7534 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_in (abfd
, &ext
, &s
);
7535 elf_gp (abfd
) = s
.ri_gp_value
;
7538 /* For a SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS section, look for a ODK_REGINFO entry, and
7539 set the gp value based on what we find. We may see both
7540 SHT_MIPS_REGINFO and SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS/ODK_REGINFO; in that case,
7541 they should agree. */
7542 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS
)
7544 bfd_byte
*contents
, *l
, *lend
;
7546 contents
= bfd_malloc (hdr
->sh_size
);
7547 if (contents
== NULL
)
7549 if (! bfd_get_section_contents (abfd
, hdr
->bfd_section
, contents
,
7556 lend
= contents
+ hdr
->sh_size
;
7557 while (l
+ sizeof (Elf_External_Options
) <= lend
)
7559 Elf_Internal_Options intopt
;
7561 bfd_mips_elf_swap_options_in (abfd
, (Elf_External_Options
*) l
,
7563 if (intopt
.size
< sizeof (Elf_External_Options
))
7566 /* xgettext:c-format */
7567 (_("%pB: warning: bad `%s' option size %u smaller than"
7569 abfd
, MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (abfd
), intopt
.size
);
7572 if (ABI_64_P (abfd
) && intopt
.kind
== ODK_REGINFO
)
7574 Elf64_Internal_RegInfo intreg
;
7576 bfd_mips_elf64_swap_reginfo_in
7578 ((Elf64_External_RegInfo
*)
7579 (l
+ sizeof (Elf_External_Options
))),
7581 elf_gp (abfd
) = intreg
.ri_gp_value
;
7583 else if (intopt
.kind
== ODK_REGINFO
)
7585 Elf32_RegInfo intreg
;
7587 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_in
7589 ((Elf32_External_RegInfo
*)
7590 (l
+ sizeof (Elf_External_Options
))),
7592 elf_gp (abfd
) = intreg
.ri_gp_value
;
7602 /* Set the correct type for a MIPS ELF section. We do this by the
7603 section name, which is a hack, but ought to work. This routine is
7604 used by both the 32-bit and the 64-bit ABI. */
7607 _bfd_mips_elf_fake_sections (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
, asection
*sec
)
7609 const char *name
= bfd_section_name (sec
);
7611 if (strcmp (name
, ".liblist") == 0)
7613 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_LIBLIST
;
7614 hdr
->sh_info
= sec
->size
/ sizeof (Elf32_Lib
);
7615 /* The sh_link field is set in final_write_processing. */
7617 else if (strcmp (name
, ".conflict") == 0)
7618 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_CONFLICT
;
7619 else if (CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".gptab."))
7621 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_GPTAB
;
7622 hdr
->sh_entsize
= sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab
);
7623 /* The sh_info field is set in final_write_processing. */
7625 else if (strcmp (name
, ".ucode") == 0)
7626 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_UCODE
;
7627 else if (strcmp (name
, ".mdebug") == 0)
7629 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_DEBUG
;
7630 /* In a shared object on IRIX 5.3, the .mdebug section has an
7631 entsize of 0. FIXME: Does this matter? */
7632 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
) && (abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0)
7633 hdr
->sh_entsize
= 0;
7635 hdr
->sh_entsize
= 1;
7637 else if (strcmp (name
, ".reginfo") == 0)
7639 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_REGINFO
;
7640 /* In a shared object on IRIX 5.3, the .reginfo section has an
7641 entsize of 0x18. FIXME: Does this matter? */
7642 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
))
7644 if ((abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0)
7645 hdr
->sh_entsize
= sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo
);
7647 hdr
->sh_entsize
= 1;
7650 hdr
->sh_entsize
= sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo
);
7652 else if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
)
7653 && (strcmp (name
, ".hash") == 0
7654 || strcmp (name
, ".dynamic") == 0
7655 || strcmp (name
, ".dynstr") == 0))
7657 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
))
7658 hdr
->sh_entsize
= 0;
7660 /* This isn't how the IRIX6 linker behaves. */
7661 hdr
->sh_info
= SIZEOF_MIPS_DYNSYM_SECNAMES
;
7664 else if (strcmp (name
, ".got") == 0
7665 || strcmp (name
, ".srdata") == 0
7666 || strcmp (name
, ".sdata") == 0
7667 || strcmp (name
, ".sbss") == 0
7668 || strcmp (name
, ".lit4") == 0
7669 || strcmp (name
, ".lit8") == 0)
7670 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_MIPS_GPREL
;
7671 else if (strcmp (name
, ".MIPS.interfaces") == 0)
7673 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_IFACE
;
7674 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_MIPS_NOSTRIP
;
7676 else if (CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".MIPS.content"))
7678 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_CONTENT
;
7679 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_MIPS_NOSTRIP
;
7680 /* The sh_info field is set in final_write_processing. */
7682 else if (MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME_P (name
))
7684 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS
;
7685 hdr
->sh_entsize
= 1;
7686 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_MIPS_NOSTRIP
;
7688 else if (CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".MIPS.abiflags"))
7690 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_ABIFLAGS
;
7691 hdr
->sh_entsize
= sizeof (Elf_External_ABIFlags_v0
);
7693 else if (CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".debug_")
7694 || CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".zdebug_"))
7696 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_DWARF
;
7698 /* Irix facilities such as libexc expect a single .debug_frame
7699 per executable, the system ones have NOSTRIP set and the linker
7700 doesn't merge sections with different flags so ... */
7701 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
) && CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".debug_frame"))
7702 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_MIPS_NOSTRIP
;
7704 else if (strcmp (name
, ".MIPS.symlib") == 0)
7706 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_SYMBOL_LIB
;
7707 /* The sh_link and sh_info fields are set in
7708 final_write_processing. */
7710 else if (CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".MIPS.events")
7711 || CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".MIPS.post_rel"))
7713 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_EVENTS
;
7714 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_MIPS_NOSTRIP
;
7715 /* The sh_link field is set in final_write_processing. */
7717 else if (strcmp (name
, ".msym") == 0)
7719 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_MSYM
;
7720 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_ALLOC
;
7721 hdr
->sh_entsize
= 8;
7723 else if (strcmp (name
, ".MIPS.xhash") == 0)
7725 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_XHASH
;
7726 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_ALLOC
;
7727 hdr
->sh_entsize
= get_elf_backend_data(abfd
)->s
->arch_size
== 64 ? 0 : 4;
7730 /* The generic elf_fake_sections will set up REL_HDR using the default
7731 kind of relocations. We used to set up a second header for the
7732 non-default kind of relocations here, but only NewABI would use
7733 these, and the IRIX ld doesn't like resulting empty RELA sections.
7734 Thus we create those header only on demand now. */
7739 /* Given a BFD section, try to locate the corresponding ELF section
7740 index. This is used by both the 32-bit and the 64-bit ABI.
7741 Actually, it's not clear to me that the 64-bit ABI supports these,
7742 but for non-PIC objects we will certainly want support for at least
7743 the .scommon section. */
7746 _bfd_mips_elf_section_from_bfd_section (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
7747 asection
*sec
, int *retval
)
7749 if (strcmp (bfd_section_name (sec
), ".scommon") == 0)
7751 *retval
= SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON
;
7754 if (strcmp (bfd_section_name (sec
), ".acommon") == 0)
7756 *retval
= SHN_MIPS_ACOMMON
;
7762 /* Hook called by the linker routine which adds symbols from an object
7763 file. We must handle the special MIPS section numbers here. */
7766 _bfd_mips_elf_add_symbol_hook (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
7767 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
, const char **namep
,
7768 flagword
*flagsp ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
7769 asection
**secp
, bfd_vma
*valp
)
7771 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
)
7772 && (abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0
7773 && strcmp (*namep
, "_rld_new_interface") == 0)
7775 /* Skip IRIX5 rld entry name. */
7780 /* Shared objects may have a dynamic symbol '_gp_disp' defined as
7781 a SECTION *ABS*. This causes ld to think it can resolve _gp_disp
7782 by setting a DT_NEEDED for the shared object. Since _gp_disp is
7783 a magic symbol resolved by the linker, we ignore this bogus definition
7784 of _gp_disp. New ABI objects do not suffer from this problem so this
7785 is not done for them. */
7787 && (sym
->st_shndx
== SHN_ABS
)
7788 && (strcmp (*namep
, "_gp_disp") == 0))
7794 switch (sym
->st_shndx
)
7797 /* Common symbols less than the GP size are automatically
7798 treated as SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON symbols. */
7799 if (sym
->st_size
> elf_gp_size (abfd
)
7800 || ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_TLS
7801 || IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_irix6
)
7804 case SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON
:
7805 *secp
= bfd_make_section_old_way (abfd
, ".scommon");
7806 (*secp
)->flags
|= SEC_IS_COMMON
;
7807 *valp
= sym
->st_size
;
7811 /* This section is used in a shared object. */
7812 if (mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_text_section
== NULL
)
7814 asymbol
*elf_text_symbol
;
7815 asection
*elf_text_section
;
7816 size_t amt
= sizeof (asection
);
7818 elf_text_section
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
7819 if (elf_text_section
== NULL
)
7822 amt
= sizeof (asymbol
);
7823 elf_text_symbol
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
7824 if (elf_text_symbol
== NULL
)
7827 /* Initialize the section. */
7829 mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_text_section
= elf_text_section
;
7830 mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_text_symbol
= elf_text_symbol
;
7832 elf_text_section
->symbol
= elf_text_symbol
;
7833 elf_text_section
->symbol_ptr_ptr
= &mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_text_symbol
;
7835 elf_text_section
->name
= ".text";
7836 elf_text_section
->flags
= SEC_NO_FLAGS
;
7837 elf_text_section
->output_section
= NULL
;
7838 elf_text_section
->owner
= abfd
;
7839 elf_text_symbol
->name
= ".text";
7840 elf_text_symbol
->flags
= BSF_SECTION_SYM
| BSF_DYNAMIC
;
7841 elf_text_symbol
->section
= elf_text_section
;
7843 /* This code used to do *secp = bfd_und_section_ptr if
7844 bfd_link_pic (info). I don't know why, and that doesn't make sense,
7845 so I took it out. */
7846 *secp
= mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_text_section
;
7849 case SHN_MIPS_ACOMMON
:
7850 /* Fall through. XXX Can we treat this as allocated data? */
7852 /* This section is used in a shared object. */
7853 if (mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_data_section
== NULL
)
7855 asymbol
*elf_data_symbol
;
7856 asection
*elf_data_section
;
7857 size_t amt
= sizeof (asection
);
7859 elf_data_section
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
7860 if (elf_data_section
== NULL
)
7863 amt
= sizeof (asymbol
);
7864 elf_data_symbol
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
7865 if (elf_data_symbol
== NULL
)
7868 /* Initialize the section. */
7870 mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_data_section
= elf_data_section
;
7871 mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_data_symbol
= elf_data_symbol
;
7873 elf_data_section
->symbol
= elf_data_symbol
;
7874 elf_data_section
->symbol_ptr_ptr
= &mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_data_symbol
;
7876 elf_data_section
->name
= ".data";
7877 elf_data_section
->flags
= SEC_NO_FLAGS
;
7878 elf_data_section
->output_section
= NULL
;
7879 elf_data_section
->owner
= abfd
;
7880 elf_data_symbol
->name
= ".data";
7881 elf_data_symbol
->flags
= BSF_SECTION_SYM
| BSF_DYNAMIC
;
7882 elf_data_symbol
->section
= elf_data_section
;
7884 /* This code used to do *secp = bfd_und_section_ptr if
7885 bfd_link_pic (info). I don't know why, and that doesn't make sense,
7886 so I took it out. */
7887 *secp
= mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_data_section
;
7890 case SHN_MIPS_SUNDEFINED
:
7891 *secp
= bfd_und_section_ptr
;
7895 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
)
7896 && ! bfd_link_pic (info
)
7897 && info
->output_bfd
->xvec
== abfd
->xvec
7898 && strcmp (*namep
, "__rld_obj_head") == 0)
7900 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
7901 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*bh
;
7903 /* Mark __rld_obj_head as dynamic. */
7905 if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
7906 (info
, abfd
, *namep
, BSF_GLOBAL
, *secp
, *valp
, NULL
, FALSE
,
7907 get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->collect
, &bh
)))
7910 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
7913 h
->type
= STT_OBJECT
;
7915 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
7918 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->use_rld_obj_head
= TRUE
;
7919 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->rld_symbol
= h
;
7922 /* If this is a mips16 text symbol, add 1 to the value to make it
7923 odd. This will cause something like .word SYM to come up with
7924 the right value when it is loaded into the PC. */
7925 if (ELF_ST_IS_COMPRESSED (sym
->st_other
))
7931 /* This hook function is called before the linker writes out a global
7932 symbol. We mark symbols as small common if appropriate. This is
7933 also where we undo the increment of the value for a mips16 symbol. */
7936 _bfd_mips_elf_link_output_symbol_hook
7937 (struct bfd_link_info
*info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
7938 const char *name ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
,
7939 asection
*input_sec
, struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
7941 /* If we see a common symbol, which implies a relocatable link, then
7942 if a symbol was small common in an input file, mark it as small
7943 common in the output file. */
7944 if (sym
->st_shndx
== SHN_COMMON
7945 && strcmp (input_sec
->name
, ".scommon") == 0)
7946 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON
;
7948 if (ELF_ST_IS_COMPRESSED (sym
->st_other
))
7949 sym
->st_value
&= ~1;
7954 /* Functions for the dynamic linker. */
7956 /* Create dynamic sections when linking against a dynamic object. */
7959 _bfd_mips_elf_create_dynamic_sections (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
7961 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
7962 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*bh
;
7964 register asection
*s
;
7965 const char * const *namep
;
7966 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
7968 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
7969 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
7971 flags
= (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
| SEC_IN_MEMORY
7972 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED
| SEC_READONLY
);
7974 /* The psABI requires a read-only .dynamic section, but the VxWorks
7976 if (htab
->root
.target_os
!= is_vxworks
)
7978 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (abfd
, ".dynamic");
7981 if (!bfd_set_section_flags (s
, flags
))
7986 /* We need to create .got section. */
7987 if (!mips_elf_create_got_section (abfd
, info
))
7990 if (! mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, TRUE
))
7993 /* Create .stub section. */
7994 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
,
7995 MIPS_ELF_STUB_SECTION_NAME (abfd
),
7998 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (s
, MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd
)))
8002 if (!mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->use_rld_obj_head
8003 && bfd_link_executable (info
)
8004 && bfd_get_linker_section (abfd
, ".rld_map") == NULL
)
8006 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".rld_map",
8007 flags
&~ (flagword
) SEC_READONLY
);
8009 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (s
, MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd
)))
8013 /* Create .MIPS.xhash section. */
8014 if (info
->emit_gnu_hash
)
8015 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".MIPS.xhash",
8016 flags
| SEC_READONLY
);
8018 /* On IRIX5, we adjust add some additional symbols and change the
8019 alignments of several sections. There is no ABI documentation
8020 indicating that this is necessary on IRIX6, nor any evidence that
8021 the linker takes such action. */
8022 if (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_irix5
)
8024 for (namep
= mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names
; *namep
!= NULL
; namep
++)
8027 if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
8028 (info
, abfd
, *namep
, BSF_GLOBAL
, bfd_und_section_ptr
, 0,
8029 NULL
, FALSE
, get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->collect
, &bh
)))
8032 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
8036 h
->type
= STT_SECTION
;
8038 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
8042 /* We need to create a .compact_rel section. */
8043 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
))
8045 if (!mips_elf_create_compact_rel_section (abfd
, info
))
8049 /* Change alignments of some sections. */
8050 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (abfd
, ".hash");
8052 bfd_set_section_alignment (s
, MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd
));
8054 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (abfd
, ".dynsym");
8056 bfd_set_section_alignment (s
, MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd
));
8058 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (abfd
, ".dynstr");
8060 bfd_set_section_alignment (s
, MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd
));
8063 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".reginfo");
8065 bfd_set_section_alignment (s
, MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd
));
8067 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (abfd
, ".dynamic");
8069 bfd_set_section_alignment (s
, MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd
));
8072 if (bfd_link_executable (info
))
8076 name
= SGI_COMPAT (abfd
) ? "_DYNAMIC_LINK" : "_DYNAMIC_LINKING";
8078 if (!(_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
8079 (info
, abfd
, name
, BSF_GLOBAL
, bfd_abs_section_ptr
, 0,
8080 NULL
, FALSE
, get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->collect
, &bh
)))
8083 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
8086 h
->type
= STT_SECTION
;
8088 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
8091 if (! mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->use_rld_obj_head
)
8093 /* __rld_map is a four byte word located in the .data section
8094 and is filled in by the rtld to contain a pointer to
8095 the _r_debug structure. Its symbol value will be set in
8096 _bfd_mips_elf_finish_dynamic_symbol. */
8097 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (abfd
, ".rld_map");
8098 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
8100 name
= SGI_COMPAT (abfd
) ? "__rld_map" : "__RLD_MAP";
8102 if (!(_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
8103 (info
, abfd
, name
, BSF_GLOBAL
, s
, 0, NULL
, FALSE
,
8104 get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->collect
, &bh
)))
8107 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
8110 h
->type
= STT_OBJECT
;
8112 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
8114 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->rld_symbol
= h
;
8118 /* Create the .plt, .rel(a).plt, .dynbss and .rel(a).bss sections.
8119 Also, on VxWorks, create the _PROCEDURE_LINKAGE_TABLE_ symbol. */
8120 if (!_bfd_elf_create_dynamic_sections (abfd
, info
))
8123 /* Do the usual VxWorks handling. */
8124 if (htab
->root
.target_os
== is_vxworks
8125 && !elf_vxworks_create_dynamic_sections (abfd
, info
, &htab
->srelplt2
))
8131 /* Return true if relocation REL against section SEC is a REL rather than
8132 RELA relocation. RELOCS is the first relocation in the section and
8133 ABFD is the bfd that contains SEC. */
8136 mips_elf_rel_relocation_p (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
,
8137 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocs
,
8138 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
)
8140 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*rel_hdr
;
8141 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
8143 /* To determine which flavor of relocation this is, we depend on the
8144 fact that the INPUT_SECTION's REL_HDR is read before RELA_HDR. */
8145 rel_hdr
= elf_section_data (sec
)->rel
.hdr
;
8146 if (rel_hdr
== NULL
)
8148 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
8149 return ((size_t) (rel
- relocs
)
8150 < NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (rel_hdr
) * bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
);
8153 /* Read the addend for REL relocation REL, which belongs to bfd ABFD.
8154 HOWTO is the relocation's howto and CONTENTS points to the contents
8155 of the section that REL is against. */
8158 mips_elf_read_rel_addend (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
,
8159 reloc_howto_type
*howto
, bfd_byte
*contents
)
8162 unsigned int r_type
;
8166 r_type
= ELF_R_TYPE (abfd
, rel
->r_info
);
8167 location
= contents
+ rel
->r_offset
;
8169 /* Get the addend, which is stored in the input file. */
8170 _bfd_mips_elf_reloc_unshuffle (abfd
, r_type
, FALSE
, location
);
8171 bytes
= mips_elf_obtain_contents (howto
, rel
, abfd
, contents
);
8172 _bfd_mips_elf_reloc_shuffle (abfd
, r_type
, FALSE
, location
);
8174 addend
= bytes
& howto
->src_mask
;
8176 /* Shift is 2, unusually, for microMIPS JALX. Adjust the addend
8178 if (r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_26_S1
&& (bytes
>> 26) == 0x3c)
8184 /* REL is a relocation in ABFD that needs a partnering LO16 relocation
8185 and *ADDEND is the addend for REL itself. Look for the LO16 relocation
8186 and update *ADDEND with the final addend. Return true on success
8187 or false if the LO16 could not be found. RELEND is the exclusive
8188 upper bound on the relocations for REL's section. */
8191 mips_elf_add_lo16_rel_addend (bfd
*abfd
,
8192 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
,
8193 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relend
,
8194 bfd_byte
*contents
, bfd_vma
*addend
)
8196 unsigned int r_type
, lo16_type
;
8197 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*lo16_relocation
;
8198 reloc_howto_type
*lo16_howto
;
8201 r_type
= ELF_R_TYPE (abfd
, rel
->r_info
);
8202 if (mips16_reloc_p (r_type
))
8203 lo16_type
= R_MIPS16_LO16
;
8204 else if (micromips_reloc_p (r_type
))
8205 lo16_type
= R_MICROMIPS_LO16
;
8206 else if (r_type
== R_MIPS_PCHI16
)
8207 lo16_type
= R_MIPS_PCLO16
;
8209 lo16_type
= R_MIPS_LO16
;
8211 /* The combined value is the sum of the HI16 addend, left-shifted by
8212 sixteen bits, and the LO16 addend, sign extended. (Usually, the
8213 code does a `lui' of the HI16 value, and then an `addiu' of the
8216 Scan ahead to find a matching LO16 relocation.
8218 According to the MIPS ELF ABI, the R_MIPS_LO16 relocation must
8219 be immediately following. However, for the IRIX6 ABI, the next
8220 relocation may be a composed relocation consisting of several
8221 relocations for the same address. In that case, the R_MIPS_LO16
8222 relocation may occur as one of these. We permit a similar
8223 extension in general, as that is useful for GCC.
8225 In some cases GCC dead code elimination removes the LO16 but keeps
8226 the corresponding HI16. This is strictly speaking a violation of
8227 the ABI but not immediately harmful. */
8228 lo16_relocation
= mips_elf_next_relocation (abfd
, lo16_type
, rel
, relend
);
8229 if (lo16_relocation
== NULL
)
8232 /* Obtain the addend kept there. */
8233 lo16_howto
= MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (abfd
, lo16_type
, FALSE
);
8234 l
= mips_elf_read_rel_addend (abfd
, lo16_relocation
, lo16_howto
, contents
);
8236 l
<<= lo16_howto
->rightshift
;
8237 l
= _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (l
, 16);
8244 /* Try to read the contents of section SEC in bfd ABFD. Return true and
8245 store the contents in *CONTENTS on success. Assume that *CONTENTS
8246 already holds the contents if it is nonull on entry. */
8249 mips_elf_get_section_contents (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
, bfd_byte
**contents
)
8254 /* Get cached copy if it exists. */
8255 if (elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
!= NULL
)
8257 *contents
= elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
;
8261 return bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd
, sec
, contents
);
8264 /* Make a new PLT record to keep internal data. */
8266 static struct plt_entry
*
8267 mips_elf_make_plt_record (bfd
*abfd
)
8269 struct plt_entry
*entry
;
8271 entry
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, sizeof (*entry
));
8275 entry
->stub_offset
= MINUS_ONE
;
8276 entry
->mips_offset
= MINUS_ONE
;
8277 entry
->comp_offset
= MINUS_ONE
;
8278 entry
->gotplt_index
= MINUS_ONE
;
8282 /* Define the special `__gnu_absolute_zero' symbol. We only need this
8283 for PIC code, as otherwise there is no load-time relocation involved
8284 and local GOT entries whose value is zero at static link time will
8285 retain their value at load time. */
8288 mips_elf_define_absolute_zero (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
8289 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
,
8290 unsigned int r_type
)
8294 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*eh
;
8295 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*bh
;
8299 BFD_ASSERT (!htab
->use_absolute_zero
);
8300 BFD_ASSERT (bfd_link_pic (info
));
8303 if (!_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol (info
, abfd
, "__gnu_absolute_zero",
8304 BSF_GLOBAL
, bfd_abs_section_ptr
, 0,
8305 NULL
, FALSE
, FALSE
, &hzero
.bh
))
8308 BFD_ASSERT (hzero
.bh
!= NULL
);
8310 hzero
.eh
->type
= STT_NOTYPE
;
8311 hzero
.eh
->other
= STV_PROTECTED
;
8312 hzero
.eh
->def_regular
= 1;
8313 hzero
.eh
->non_elf
= 0;
8315 if (!mips_elf_record_global_got_symbol (hzero
.eh
, abfd
, info
, TRUE
, r_type
))
8318 htab
->use_absolute_zero
= TRUE
;
8323 /* Look through the relocs for a section during the first phase, and
8324 allocate space in the global offset table and record the need for
8325 standard MIPS and compressed procedure linkage table entries. */
8328 _bfd_mips_elf_check_relocs (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
8329 asection
*sec
, const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocs
)
8333 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
8334 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hashes
;
8336 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
;
8337 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel_end
;
8339 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
8340 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
8343 reloc_howto_type
*howto
;
8345 if (bfd_link_relocatable (info
))
8348 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
8349 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
8351 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
8352 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
8353 sym_hashes
= elf_sym_hashes (abfd
);
8354 extsymoff
= (elf_bad_symtab (abfd
)) ? 0 : symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
8356 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
8357 rel_end
= relocs
+ sec
->reloc_count
;
8359 /* Check for the mips16 stub sections. */
8361 name
= bfd_section_name (sec
);
8362 if (FN_STUB_P (name
))
8364 unsigned long r_symndx
;
8366 /* Look at the relocation information to figure out which symbol
8369 r_symndx
= mips16_stub_symndx (bed
, sec
, relocs
, rel_end
);
8373 /* xgettext:c-format */
8374 (_("%pB: warning: cannot determine the target function for"
8375 " stub section `%s'"),
8377 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
8381 if (r_symndx
< extsymoff
8382 || sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- extsymoff
] == NULL
)
8386 /* This stub is for a local symbol. This stub will only be
8387 needed if there is some relocation in this BFD, other
8388 than a 16 bit function call, which refers to this symbol. */
8389 for (o
= abfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
8391 Elf_Internal_Rela
*sec_relocs
;
8392 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*r
, *rend
;
8394 /* We can ignore stub sections when looking for relocs. */
8395 if ((o
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) == 0
8396 || o
->reloc_count
== 0
8397 || section_allows_mips16_refs_p (o
))
8401 = _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (abfd
, o
, NULL
, NULL
,
8403 if (sec_relocs
== NULL
)
8406 rend
= sec_relocs
+ o
->reloc_count
;
8407 for (r
= sec_relocs
; r
< rend
; r
++)
8408 if (ELF_R_SYM (abfd
, r
->r_info
) == r_symndx
8409 && !mips16_call_reloc_p (ELF_R_TYPE (abfd
, r
->r_info
)))
8412 if (elf_section_data (o
)->relocs
!= sec_relocs
)
8421 /* There is no non-call reloc for this stub, so we do
8422 not need it. Since this function is called before
8423 the linker maps input sections to output sections, we
8424 can easily discard it by setting the SEC_EXCLUDE
8426 sec
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
8430 /* Record this stub in an array of local symbol stubs for
8432 if (mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->local_stubs
== NULL
)
8434 unsigned long symcount
;
8438 if (elf_bad_symtab (abfd
))
8439 symcount
= NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (symtab_hdr
);
8441 symcount
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
8442 amt
= symcount
* sizeof (asection
*);
8443 n
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
8446 mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->local_stubs
= n
;
8449 sec
->flags
|= SEC_KEEP
;
8450 mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->local_stubs
[r_symndx
] = sec
;
8452 /* We don't need to set mips16_stubs_seen in this case.
8453 That flag is used to see whether we need to look through
8454 the global symbol table for stubs. We don't need to set
8455 it here, because we just have a local stub. */
8459 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
8461 h
= ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*)
8462 sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- extsymoff
]);
8464 while (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
8465 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
8466 h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.root
.u
.i
.link
;
8468 /* H is the symbol this stub is for. */
8470 /* If we already have an appropriate stub for this function, we
8471 don't need another one, so we can discard this one. Since
8472 this function is called before the linker maps input sections
8473 to output sections, we can easily discard it by setting the
8474 SEC_EXCLUDE flag. */
8475 if (h
->fn_stub
!= NULL
)
8477 sec
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
8481 sec
->flags
|= SEC_KEEP
;
8483 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->mips16_stubs_seen
= TRUE
;
8486 else if (CALL_STUB_P (name
) || CALL_FP_STUB_P (name
))
8488 unsigned long r_symndx
;
8489 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
8492 /* Look at the relocation information to figure out which symbol
8495 r_symndx
= mips16_stub_symndx (bed
, sec
, relocs
, rel_end
);
8499 /* xgettext:c-format */
8500 (_("%pB: warning: cannot determine the target function for"
8501 " stub section `%s'"),
8503 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
8507 if (r_symndx
< extsymoff
8508 || sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- extsymoff
] == NULL
)
8512 /* This stub is for a local symbol. This stub will only be
8513 needed if there is some relocation (R_MIPS16_26) in this BFD
8514 that refers to this symbol. */
8515 for (o
= abfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
8517 Elf_Internal_Rela
*sec_relocs
;
8518 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*r
, *rend
;
8520 /* We can ignore stub sections when looking for relocs. */
8521 if ((o
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) == 0
8522 || o
->reloc_count
== 0
8523 || section_allows_mips16_refs_p (o
))
8527 = _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (abfd
, o
, NULL
, NULL
,
8529 if (sec_relocs
== NULL
)
8532 rend
= sec_relocs
+ o
->reloc_count
;
8533 for (r
= sec_relocs
; r
< rend
; r
++)
8534 if (ELF_R_SYM (abfd
, r
->r_info
) == r_symndx
8535 && ELF_R_TYPE (abfd
, r
->r_info
) == R_MIPS16_26
)
8538 if (elf_section_data (o
)->relocs
!= sec_relocs
)
8547 /* There is no non-call reloc for this stub, so we do
8548 not need it. Since this function is called before
8549 the linker maps input sections to output sections, we
8550 can easily discard it by setting the SEC_EXCLUDE
8552 sec
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
8556 /* Record this stub in an array of local symbol call_stubs for
8558 if (mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->local_call_stubs
== NULL
)
8560 unsigned long symcount
;
8564 if (elf_bad_symtab (abfd
))
8565 symcount
= NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (symtab_hdr
);
8567 symcount
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
8568 amt
= symcount
* sizeof (asection
*);
8569 n
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
8572 mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->local_call_stubs
= n
;
8575 sec
->flags
|= SEC_KEEP
;
8576 mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->local_call_stubs
[r_symndx
] = sec
;
8578 /* We don't need to set mips16_stubs_seen in this case.
8579 That flag is used to see whether we need to look through
8580 the global symbol table for stubs. We don't need to set
8581 it here, because we just have a local stub. */
8585 h
= ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*)
8586 sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- extsymoff
]);
8588 /* H is the symbol this stub is for. */
8590 if (CALL_FP_STUB_P (name
))
8591 loc
= &h
->call_fp_stub
;
8593 loc
= &h
->call_stub
;
8595 /* If we already have an appropriate stub for this function, we
8596 don't need another one, so we can discard this one. Since
8597 this function is called before the linker maps input sections
8598 to output sections, we can easily discard it by setting the
8599 SEC_EXCLUDE flag. */
8602 sec
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
8606 sec
->flags
|= SEC_KEEP
;
8608 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->mips16_stubs_seen
= TRUE
;
8614 for (rel
= relocs
; rel
< rel_end
; ++rel
)
8616 unsigned long r_symndx
;
8617 unsigned int r_type
;
8618 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
8619 bfd_boolean can_make_dynamic_p
;
8620 bfd_boolean call_reloc_p
;
8621 bfd_boolean constrain_symbol_p
;
8623 r_symndx
= ELF_R_SYM (abfd
, rel
->r_info
);
8624 r_type
= ELF_R_TYPE (abfd
, rel
->r_info
);
8626 if (r_symndx
< extsymoff
)
8628 else if (r_symndx
>= extsymoff
+ NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (symtab_hdr
))
8631 /* xgettext:c-format */
8632 (_("%pB: malformed reloc detected for section %s"),
8634 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
8639 h
= sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- extsymoff
];
8642 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
8643 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
8644 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
8648 /* Set CAN_MAKE_DYNAMIC_P to true if we can convert this
8649 relocation into a dynamic one. */
8650 can_make_dynamic_p
= FALSE
;
8652 /* Set CALL_RELOC_P to true if the relocation is for a call,
8653 and if pointer equality therefore doesn't matter. */
8654 call_reloc_p
= FALSE
;
8656 /* Set CONSTRAIN_SYMBOL_P if we need to take the relocation
8657 into account when deciding how to define the symbol. */
8658 constrain_symbol_p
= TRUE
;
8663 case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16
:
8664 case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16
:
8665 case R_MIPS16_CALL16
:
8666 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL16
:
8667 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_HI16
:
8668 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_LO16
:
8669 call_reloc_p
= TRUE
;
8673 case R_MIPS_GOT_LO16
:
8674 case R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE
:
8675 case R_MIPS_GOT_DISP
:
8676 case R_MIPS16_GOT16
:
8677 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT16
:
8678 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_LO16
:
8679 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_PAGE
:
8680 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_DISP
:
8681 /* If we have a symbol that will resolve to zero at static link
8682 time and it is used by a GOT relocation applied to code we
8683 cannot relax to an immediate zero load, then we will be using
8684 the special `__gnu_absolute_zero' symbol whose value is zero
8685 at dynamic load time. We ignore HI16-type GOT relocations at
8686 this stage, because their handling will depend entirely on
8687 the corresponding LO16-type GOT relocation. */
8688 if (!call_hi16_reloc_p (r_type
)
8690 && bfd_link_pic (info
)
8691 && !htab
->use_absolute_zero
8692 && UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info
, h
))
8694 bfd_boolean rel_reloc
;
8696 if (!mips_elf_get_section_contents (abfd
, sec
, &contents
))
8699 rel_reloc
= mips_elf_rel_relocation_p (abfd
, sec
, relocs
, rel
);
8700 howto
= MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (abfd
, r_type
, !rel_reloc
);
8702 if (!mips_elf_nullify_got_load (abfd
, contents
, rel
, howto
,
8704 if (!mips_elf_define_absolute_zero (abfd
, info
, htab
, r_type
))
8709 case R_MIPS_GOT_HI16
:
8710 case R_MIPS_GOT_OFST
:
8711 case R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
8713 case R_MIPS_TLS_LDM
:
8714 case R_MIPS16_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
8715 case R_MIPS16_TLS_GD
:
8716 case R_MIPS16_TLS_LDM
:
8717 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_HI16
:
8718 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_OFST
:
8719 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
8720 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GD
:
8721 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_LDM
:
8723 elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
= dynobj
= abfd
;
8724 if (!mips_elf_create_got_section (dynobj
, info
))
8726 if (htab
->root
.target_os
== is_vxworks
8727 && !bfd_link_pic (info
))
8730 /* xgettext:c-format */
8731 (_("%pB: GOT reloc at %#" PRIx64
" not expected in executables"),
8732 abfd
, (uint64_t) rel
->r_offset
);
8733 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
8736 can_make_dynamic_p
= TRUE
;
8741 case R_MICROMIPS_JALR
:
8742 /* These relocations have empty fields and are purely there to
8743 provide link information. The symbol value doesn't matter. */
8744 constrain_symbol_p
= FALSE
;
8747 case R_MIPS_GPREL16
:
8748 case R_MIPS_GPREL32
:
8749 case R_MIPS16_GPREL
:
8750 case R_MICROMIPS_GPREL16
:
8751 /* GP-relative relocations always resolve to a definition in a
8752 regular input file, ignoring the one-definition rule. This is
8753 important for the GP setup sequence in NewABI code, which
8754 always resolves to a local function even if other relocations
8755 against the symbol wouldn't. */
8756 constrain_symbol_p
= FALSE
;
8762 /* In VxWorks executables, references to external symbols
8763 must be handled using copy relocs or PLT entries; it is not
8764 possible to convert this relocation into a dynamic one.
8766 For executables that use PLTs and copy-relocs, we have a
8767 choice between converting the relocation into a dynamic
8768 one or using copy relocations or PLT entries. It is
8769 usually better to do the former, unless the relocation is
8770 against a read-only section. */
8771 if ((bfd_link_pic (info
)
8773 && htab
->root
.target_os
!= is_vxworks
8774 && strcmp (h
->root
.root
.string
, "__gnu_local_gp") != 0
8775 && !(!info
->nocopyreloc
8776 && !PIC_OBJECT_P (abfd
)
8777 && MIPS_ELF_READONLY_SECTION (sec
))))
8778 && (sec
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
8780 can_make_dynamic_p
= TRUE
;
8782 elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
= dynobj
= abfd
;
8788 case R_MIPS_PC21_S2
:
8789 case R_MIPS_PC26_S2
:
8791 case R_MIPS16_PC16_S1
:
8792 case R_MICROMIPS_26_S1
:
8793 case R_MICROMIPS_PC7_S1
:
8794 case R_MICROMIPS_PC10_S1
:
8795 case R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1
:
8796 case R_MICROMIPS_PC23_S2
:
8797 call_reloc_p
= TRUE
;
8803 if (constrain_symbol_p
)
8805 if (!can_make_dynamic_p
)
8806 ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
)->has_static_relocs
= 1;
8809 h
->pointer_equality_needed
= 1;
8811 /* We must not create a stub for a symbol that has
8812 relocations related to taking the function's address.
8813 This doesn't apply to VxWorks, where CALL relocs refer
8814 to a .got.plt entry instead of a normal .got entry. */
8815 if (htab
->root
.target_os
!= is_vxworks
8816 && (!can_make_dynamic_p
|| !call_reloc_p
))
8817 ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
)->no_fn_stub
= TRUE
;
8820 /* Relocations against the special VxWorks __GOTT_BASE__ and
8821 __GOTT_INDEX__ symbols must be left to the loader. Allocate
8822 room for them in .rela.dyn. */
8823 if (is_gott_symbol (info
, h
))
8827 sreloc
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, TRUE
);
8831 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (dynobj
, info
, 1);
8832 if (MIPS_ELF_READONLY_SECTION (sec
))
8833 /* We tell the dynamic linker that there are
8834 relocations against the text segment. */
8835 info
->flags
|= DF_TEXTREL
;
8838 else if (call_lo16_reloc_p (r_type
)
8839 || got_lo16_reloc_p (r_type
)
8840 || got_disp_reloc_p (r_type
)
8841 || (got16_reloc_p (r_type
)
8842 && htab
->root
.target_os
== is_vxworks
))
8844 /* We may need a local GOT entry for this relocation. We
8845 don't count R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE because we can estimate the
8846 maximum number of pages needed by looking at the size of
8847 the segment. Similar comments apply to R_MIPS*_GOT16 and
8848 R_MIPS*_CALL16, except on VxWorks, where GOT relocations
8849 always evaluate to "G". We don't count R_MIPS_GOT_HI16, or
8850 R_MIPS_CALL_HI16 because these are always followed by an
8851 R_MIPS_GOT_LO16 or R_MIPS_CALL_LO16. */
8852 if (!mips_elf_record_local_got_symbol (abfd
, r_symndx
,
8853 rel
->r_addend
, info
, r_type
))
8858 && mips_elf_relocation_needs_la25_stub (abfd
, r_type
,
8859 ELF_ST_IS_MIPS16 (h
->other
)))
8860 ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
)->has_nonpic_branches
= TRUE
;
8865 case R_MIPS16_CALL16
:
8866 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL16
:
8870 /* xgettext:c-format */
8871 (_("%pB: CALL16 reloc at %#" PRIx64
" not against global symbol"),
8872 abfd
, (uint64_t) rel
->r_offset
);
8873 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
8878 case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16
:
8879 case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16
:
8880 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_HI16
:
8881 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_LO16
:
8884 /* Make sure there is room in the regular GOT to hold the
8885 function's address. We may eliminate it in favour of
8886 a .got.plt entry later; see mips_elf_count_got_symbols. */
8887 if (!mips_elf_record_global_got_symbol (h
, abfd
, info
, TRUE
,
8891 /* We need a stub, not a plt entry for the undefined
8892 function. But we record it as if it needs plt. See
8893 _bfd_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol. */
8899 case R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE
:
8900 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_PAGE
:
8901 case R_MIPS16_GOT16
:
8903 case R_MIPS_GOT_HI16
:
8904 case R_MIPS_GOT_LO16
:
8905 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT16
:
8906 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_HI16
:
8907 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_LO16
:
8908 if (!h
|| got_page_reloc_p (r_type
))
8910 /* This relocation needs (or may need, if h != NULL) a
8911 page entry in the GOT. For R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE we do not
8912 know for sure until we know whether the symbol is
8914 if (mips_elf_rel_relocation_p (abfd
, sec
, relocs
, rel
))
8916 if (!mips_elf_get_section_contents (abfd
, sec
, &contents
))
8918 howto
= MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (abfd
, r_type
, FALSE
);
8919 addend
= mips_elf_read_rel_addend (abfd
, rel
,
8921 if (got16_reloc_p (r_type
))
8922 mips_elf_add_lo16_rel_addend (abfd
, rel
, rel_end
,
8925 addend
<<= howto
->rightshift
;
8928 addend
= rel
->r_addend
;
8929 if (!mips_elf_record_got_page_ref (info
, abfd
, r_symndx
,
8935 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*hmips
=
8936 (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
8938 /* This symbol is definitely not overridable. */
8939 if (hmips
->root
.def_regular
8940 && ! (bfd_link_pic (info
) && ! info
->symbolic
8941 && ! hmips
->root
.forced_local
))
8945 /* If this is a global, overridable symbol, GOT_PAGE will
8946 decay to GOT_DISP, so we'll need a GOT entry for it. */
8949 case R_MIPS_GOT_DISP
:
8950 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_DISP
:
8951 if (h
&& !mips_elf_record_global_got_symbol (h
, abfd
, info
,
8956 case R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
8957 case R_MIPS16_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
8958 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
8959 if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
8960 info
->flags
|= DF_STATIC_TLS
;
8963 case R_MIPS_TLS_LDM
:
8964 case R_MIPS16_TLS_LDM
:
8965 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_LDM
:
8966 if (tls_ldm_reloc_p (r_type
))
8968 r_symndx
= STN_UNDEF
;
8974 case R_MIPS16_TLS_GD
:
8975 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GD
:
8976 /* This symbol requires a global offset table entry, or two
8977 for TLS GD relocations. */
8980 if (!mips_elf_record_global_got_symbol (h
, abfd
, info
,
8986 if (!mips_elf_record_local_got_symbol (abfd
, r_symndx
,
8996 /* In VxWorks executables, references to external symbols
8997 are handled using copy relocs or PLT stubs, so there's
8998 no need to add a .rela.dyn entry for this relocation. */
8999 if (can_make_dynamic_p
)
9003 sreloc
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, TRUE
);
9007 if (bfd_link_pic (info
) && h
== NULL
)
9009 /* When creating a shared object, we must copy these
9010 reloc types into the output file as R_MIPS_REL32
9011 relocs. Make room for this reloc in .rel(a).dyn. */
9012 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (dynobj
, info
, 1);
9013 if (MIPS_ELF_READONLY_SECTION (sec
))
9014 /* We tell the dynamic linker that there are
9015 relocations against the text segment. */
9016 info
->flags
|= DF_TEXTREL
;
9020 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*hmips
;
9022 /* For a shared object, we must copy this relocation
9023 unless the symbol turns out to be undefined and
9024 weak with non-default visibility, in which case
9025 it will be left as zero.
9027 We could elide R_MIPS_REL32 for locally binding symbols
9028 in shared libraries, but do not yet do so.
9030 For an executable, we only need to copy this
9031 reloc if the symbol is defined in a dynamic
9033 hmips
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
9034 ++hmips
->possibly_dynamic_relocs
;
9035 if (MIPS_ELF_READONLY_SECTION (sec
))
9036 /* We need it to tell the dynamic linker if there
9037 are relocations against the text segment. */
9038 hmips
->readonly_reloc
= TRUE
;
9042 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
))
9043 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->compact_rel_size
+=
9044 sizeof (Elf32_External_crinfo
);
9048 case R_MIPS_GPREL16
:
9049 case R_MIPS_LITERAL
:
9050 case R_MIPS_GPREL32
:
9051 case R_MICROMIPS_26_S1
:
9052 case R_MICROMIPS_GPREL16
:
9053 case R_MICROMIPS_LITERAL
:
9054 case R_MICROMIPS_GPREL7_S2
:
9055 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
))
9056 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->compact_rel_size
+=
9057 sizeof (Elf32_External_crinfo
);
9060 /* This relocation describes the C++ object vtable hierarchy.
9061 Reconstruct it for later use during GC. */
9062 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTINHERIT
:
9063 if (!bfd_elf_gc_record_vtinherit (abfd
, sec
, h
, rel
->r_offset
))
9067 /* This relocation describes which C++ vtable entries are actually
9068 used. Record for later use during GC. */
9069 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTENTRY
:
9070 if (!bfd_elf_gc_record_vtentry (abfd
, sec
, h
, rel
->r_offset
))
9078 /* Record the need for a PLT entry. At this point we don't know
9079 yet if we are going to create a PLT in the first place, but
9080 we only record whether the relocation requires a standard MIPS
9081 or a compressed code entry anyway. If we don't make a PLT after
9082 all, then we'll just ignore these arrangements. Likewise if
9083 a PLT entry is not created because the symbol is satisfied
9086 && (branch_reloc_p (r_type
)
9087 || mips16_branch_reloc_p (r_type
)
9088 || micromips_branch_reloc_p (r_type
))
9089 && !SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info
, h
))
9091 if (h
->plt
.plist
== NULL
)
9092 h
->plt
.plist
= mips_elf_make_plt_record (abfd
);
9093 if (h
->plt
.plist
== NULL
)
9096 if (branch_reloc_p (r_type
))
9097 h
->plt
.plist
->need_mips
= TRUE
;
9099 h
->plt
.plist
->need_comp
= TRUE
;
9102 /* See if this reloc would need to refer to a MIPS16 hard-float stub,
9103 if there is one. We only need to handle global symbols here;
9104 we decide whether to keep or delete stubs for local symbols
9105 when processing the stub's relocations. */
9107 && !mips16_call_reloc_p (r_type
)
9108 && !section_allows_mips16_refs_p (sec
))
9110 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*mh
;
9112 mh
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
9113 mh
->need_fn_stub
= TRUE
;
9116 /* Refuse some position-dependent relocations when creating a
9117 shared library. Do not refuse R_MIPS_32 / R_MIPS_64; they're
9118 not PIC, but we can create dynamic relocations and the result
9119 will be fine. Also do not refuse R_MIPS_LO16, which can be
9120 combined with R_MIPS_GOT16. */
9121 if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
9125 case R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL_HI16
:
9126 case R_MIPS16_TLS_TPREL_HI16
:
9127 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_TPREL_HI16
:
9128 case R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL_LO16
:
9129 case R_MIPS16_TLS_TPREL_LO16
:
9130 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_TPREL_LO16
:
9131 /* These are okay in PIE, but not in a shared library. */
9132 if (bfd_link_executable (info
))
9140 case R_MIPS_HIGHEST
:
9141 case R_MICROMIPS_HI16
:
9142 case R_MICROMIPS_HIGHER
:
9143 case R_MICROMIPS_HIGHEST
:
9144 /* Don't refuse a high part relocation if it's against
9145 no symbol (e.g. part of a compound relocation). */
9146 if (r_symndx
== STN_UNDEF
)
9149 /* Likewise an absolute symbol. */
9150 if (h
!= NULL
&& bfd_is_abs_symbol (&h
->root
))
9153 /* R_MIPS_HI16 against _gp_disp is used for $gp setup,
9154 and has a special meaning. */
9155 if (!NEWABI_P (abfd
) && h
!= NULL
9156 && strcmp (h
->root
.root
.string
, "_gp_disp") == 0)
9159 /* Likewise __GOTT_BASE__ and __GOTT_INDEX__ on VxWorks. */
9160 if (is_gott_symbol (info
, h
))
9167 case R_MICROMIPS_26_S1
:
9168 howto
= MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (abfd
, r_type
, NEWABI_P (abfd
));
9169 /* An error for unsupported relocations is raised as part
9170 of the above search, so we can skip the following. */
9172 info
->callbacks
->einfo
9173 /* xgettext:c-format */
9174 (_("%X%H: relocation %s against `%s' cannot be used"
9175 " when making a shared object; recompile with -fPIC\n"),
9176 abfd
, sec
, rel
->r_offset
, howto
->name
,
9177 (h
) ? h
->root
.root
.string
: "a local symbol");
9188 /* Allocate space for global sym dynamic relocs. */
9191 allocate_dynrelocs (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *inf
)
9193 struct bfd_link_info
*info
= inf
;
9195 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*hmips
;
9196 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
9198 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
9199 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
9201 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
9202 hmips
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
9204 /* VxWorks executables are handled elsewhere; we only need to
9205 allocate relocations in shared objects. */
9206 if (htab
->root
.target_os
== is_vxworks
&& !bfd_link_pic (info
))
9209 /* Ignore indirect symbols. All relocations against such symbols
9210 will be redirected to the target symbol. */
9211 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
9214 /* If this symbol is defined in a dynamic object, or we are creating
9215 a shared library, we will need to copy any R_MIPS_32 or
9216 R_MIPS_REL32 relocs against it into the output file. */
9217 if (! bfd_link_relocatable (info
)
9218 && hmips
->possibly_dynamic_relocs
!= 0
9219 && (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
9220 || (!h
->def_regular
&& !ELF_COMMON_DEF_P (h
))
9221 || bfd_link_pic (info
)))
9223 bfd_boolean do_copy
= TRUE
;
9225 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
9227 /* Do not copy relocations for undefined weak symbols that
9228 we are not going to export. */
9229 if (UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info
, h
))
9232 /* Make sure undefined weak symbols are output as a dynamic
9234 else if (h
->dynindx
== -1 && !h
->forced_local
)
9236 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
9243 /* Even though we don't directly need a GOT entry for this symbol,
9244 the SVR4 psABI requires it to have a dynamic symbol table
9245 index greater that DT_MIPS_GOTSYM if there are dynamic
9246 relocations against it.
9248 VxWorks does not enforce the same mapping between the GOT
9249 and the symbol table, so the same requirement does not
9251 if (htab
->root
.target_os
!= is_vxworks
)
9253 if (hmips
->global_got_area
> GGA_RELOC_ONLY
)
9254 hmips
->global_got_area
= GGA_RELOC_ONLY
;
9255 hmips
->got_only_for_calls
= FALSE
;
9258 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations
9259 (dynobj
, info
, hmips
->possibly_dynamic_relocs
);
9260 if (hmips
->readonly_reloc
)
9261 /* We tell the dynamic linker that there are relocations
9262 against the text segment. */
9263 info
->flags
|= DF_TEXTREL
;
9270 /* Adjust a symbol defined by a dynamic object and referenced by a
9271 regular object. The current definition is in some section of the
9272 dynamic object, but we're not including those sections. We have to
9273 change the definition to something the rest of the link can
9277 _bfd_mips_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
9278 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
9281 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*hmips
;
9282 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
9285 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
9286 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
9288 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
9289 hmips
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
9291 /* Make sure we know what is going on here. */
9294 && ! h
->is_weakalias
9295 && (! h
->def_dynamic
9297 || h
->def_regular
)))
9299 if (h
->type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
9300 _bfd_error_handler (_("IFUNC symbol %s in dynamic symbol table - IFUNCS are not supported"),
9301 h
->root
.root
.string
);
9303 _bfd_error_handler (_("non-dynamic symbol %s in dynamic symbol table"),
9304 h
->root
.root
.string
);
9308 hmips
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
9310 /* If there are call relocations against an externally-defined symbol,
9311 see whether we can create a MIPS lazy-binding stub for it. We can
9312 only do this if all references to the function are through call
9313 relocations, and in that case, the traditional lazy-binding stubs
9314 are much more efficient than PLT entries.
9316 Traditional stubs are only available on SVR4 psABI-based systems;
9317 VxWorks always uses PLTs instead. */
9318 if (htab
->root
.target_os
!= is_vxworks
9320 && !hmips
->no_fn_stub
)
9322 if (! elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
9325 /* If this symbol is not defined in a regular file, then set
9326 the symbol to the stub location. This is required to make
9327 function pointers compare as equal between the normal
9328 executable and the shared library. */
9330 && !bfd_is_abs_section (htab
->sstubs
->output_section
))
9332 hmips
->needs_lazy_stub
= TRUE
;
9333 htab
->lazy_stub_count
++;
9337 /* As above, VxWorks requires PLT entries for externally-defined
9338 functions that are only accessed through call relocations.
9340 Both VxWorks and non-VxWorks targets also need PLT entries if there
9341 are static-only relocations against an externally-defined function.
9342 This can technically occur for shared libraries if there are
9343 branches to the symbol, although it is unlikely that this will be
9344 used in practice due to the short ranges involved. It can occur
9345 for any relative or absolute relocation in executables; in that
9346 case, the PLT entry becomes the function's canonical address. */
9347 else if (((h
->needs_plt
&& !hmips
->no_fn_stub
)
9348 || (h
->type
== STT_FUNC
&& hmips
->has_static_relocs
))
9349 && htab
->use_plts_and_copy_relocs
9350 && !SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info
, h
)
9351 && !(ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) != STV_DEFAULT
9352 && h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
))
9354 bfd_boolean micromips_p
= MICROMIPS_P (info
->output_bfd
);
9355 bfd_boolean newabi_p
= NEWABI_P (info
->output_bfd
);
9357 /* If this is the first symbol to need a PLT entry, then make some
9358 basic setup. Also work out PLT entry sizes. We'll need them
9359 for PLT offset calculations. */
9360 if (htab
->plt_mips_offset
+ htab
->plt_comp_offset
== 0)
9362 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->root
.sgotplt
->size
== 0);
9363 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->plt_got_index
== 0);
9365 /* If we're using the PLT additions to the psABI, each PLT
9366 entry is 16 bytes and the PLT0 entry is 32 bytes.
9367 Encourage better cache usage by aligning. We do this
9368 lazily to avoid pessimizing traditional objects. */
9369 if (htab
->root
.target_os
!= is_vxworks
9370 && !bfd_set_section_alignment (htab
->root
.splt
, 5))
9373 /* Make sure that .got.plt is word-aligned. We do this lazily
9374 for the same reason as above. */
9375 if (!bfd_set_section_alignment (htab
->root
.sgotplt
,
9376 MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (dynobj
)))
9379 /* On non-VxWorks targets, the first two entries in .got.plt
9381 if (htab
->root
.target_os
!= is_vxworks
)
9383 += (get_elf_backend_data (dynobj
)->got_header_size
9384 / MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (dynobj
));
9386 /* On VxWorks, also allocate room for the header's
9387 .rela.plt.unloaded entries. */
9388 if (htab
->root
.target_os
== is_vxworks
9389 && !bfd_link_pic (info
))
9390 htab
->srelplt2
->size
+= 2 * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
9392 /* Now work out the sizes of individual PLT entries. */
9393 if (htab
->root
.target_os
== is_vxworks
9394 && bfd_link_pic (info
))
9395 htab
->plt_mips_entry_size
9396 = 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_vxworks_shared_plt_entry
);
9397 else if (htab
->root
.target_os
== is_vxworks
)
9398 htab
->plt_mips_entry_size
9399 = 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_vxworks_exec_plt_entry
);
9401 htab
->plt_mips_entry_size
9402 = 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_exec_plt_entry
);
9403 else if (!micromips_p
)
9405 htab
->plt_mips_entry_size
9406 = 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_exec_plt_entry
);
9407 htab
->plt_comp_entry_size
9408 = 2 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips16_o32_exec_plt_entry
);
9410 else if (htab
->insn32
)
9412 htab
->plt_mips_entry_size
9413 = 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_exec_plt_entry
);
9414 htab
->plt_comp_entry_size
9415 = 2 * ARRAY_SIZE (micromips_insn32_o32_exec_plt_entry
);
9419 htab
->plt_mips_entry_size
9420 = 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_exec_plt_entry
);
9421 htab
->plt_comp_entry_size
9422 = 2 * ARRAY_SIZE (micromips_o32_exec_plt_entry
);
9426 if (h
->plt
.plist
== NULL
)
9427 h
->plt
.plist
= mips_elf_make_plt_record (dynobj
);
9428 if (h
->plt
.plist
== NULL
)
9431 /* There are no defined MIPS16 or microMIPS PLT entries for VxWorks,
9432 n32 or n64, so always use a standard entry there.
9434 If the symbol has a MIPS16 call stub and gets a PLT entry, then
9435 all MIPS16 calls will go via that stub, and there is no benefit
9436 to having a MIPS16 entry. And in the case of call_stub a
9437 standard entry actually has to be used as the stub ends with a J
9440 || htab
->root
.target_os
== is_vxworks
9442 || hmips
->call_fp_stub
)
9444 h
->plt
.plist
->need_mips
= TRUE
;
9445 h
->plt
.plist
->need_comp
= FALSE
;
9448 /* Otherwise, if there are no direct calls to the function, we
9449 have a free choice of whether to use standard or compressed
9450 entries. Prefer microMIPS entries if the object is known to
9451 contain microMIPS code, so that it becomes possible to create
9452 pure microMIPS binaries. Prefer standard entries otherwise,
9453 because MIPS16 ones are no smaller and are usually slower. */
9454 if (!h
->plt
.plist
->need_mips
&& !h
->plt
.plist
->need_comp
)
9457 h
->plt
.plist
->need_comp
= TRUE
;
9459 h
->plt
.plist
->need_mips
= TRUE
;
9462 if (h
->plt
.plist
->need_mips
)
9464 h
->plt
.plist
->mips_offset
= htab
->plt_mips_offset
;
9465 htab
->plt_mips_offset
+= htab
->plt_mips_entry_size
;
9467 if (h
->plt
.plist
->need_comp
)
9469 h
->plt
.plist
->comp_offset
= htab
->plt_comp_offset
;
9470 htab
->plt_comp_offset
+= htab
->plt_comp_entry_size
;
9473 /* Reserve the corresponding .got.plt entry now too. */
9474 h
->plt
.plist
->gotplt_index
= htab
->plt_got_index
++;
9476 /* If the output file has no definition of the symbol, set the
9477 symbol's value to the address of the stub. */
9478 if (!bfd_link_pic (info
) && !h
->def_regular
)
9479 hmips
->use_plt_entry
= TRUE
;
9481 /* Make room for the R_MIPS_JUMP_SLOT relocation. */
9482 htab
->root
.srelplt
->size
+= (htab
->root
.target_os
== is_vxworks
9483 ? MIPS_ELF_RELA_SIZE (dynobj
)
9484 : MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (dynobj
));
9486 /* Make room for the .rela.plt.unloaded relocations. */
9487 if (htab
->root
.target_os
== is_vxworks
&& !bfd_link_pic (info
))
9488 htab
->srelplt2
->size
+= 3 * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
9490 /* All relocations against this symbol that could have been made
9491 dynamic will now refer to the PLT entry instead. */
9492 hmips
->possibly_dynamic_relocs
= 0;
9497 /* If this is a weak symbol, and there is a real definition, the
9498 processor independent code will have arranged for us to see the
9499 real definition first, and we can just use the same value. */
9500 if (h
->is_weakalias
)
9502 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*def
= weakdef (h
);
9503 BFD_ASSERT (def
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
);
9504 h
->root
.u
.def
.section
= def
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
9505 h
->root
.u
.def
.value
= def
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
9509 /* Otherwise, there is nothing further to do for symbols defined
9510 in regular objects. */
9514 /* There's also nothing more to do if we'll convert all relocations
9515 against this symbol into dynamic relocations. */
9516 if (!hmips
->has_static_relocs
)
9519 /* We're now relying on copy relocations. Complain if we have
9520 some that we can't convert. */
9521 if (!htab
->use_plts_and_copy_relocs
|| bfd_link_pic (info
))
9523 _bfd_error_handler (_("non-dynamic relocations refer to "
9524 "dynamic symbol %s"),
9525 h
->root
.root
.string
);
9526 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
9530 /* We must allocate the symbol in our .dynbss section, which will
9531 become part of the .bss section of the executable. There will be
9532 an entry for this symbol in the .dynsym section. The dynamic
9533 object will contain position independent code, so all references
9534 from the dynamic object to this symbol will go through the global
9535 offset table. The dynamic linker will use the .dynsym entry to
9536 determine the address it must put in the global offset table, so
9537 both the dynamic object and the regular object will refer to the
9538 same memory location for the variable. */
9540 if ((h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) != 0)
9542 s
= htab
->root
.sdynrelro
;
9543 srel
= htab
->root
.sreldynrelro
;
9547 s
= htab
->root
.sdynbss
;
9548 srel
= htab
->root
.srelbss
;
9550 if ((h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
9552 if (htab
->root
.target_os
== is_vxworks
)
9553 srel
->size
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
9555 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (dynobj
, info
, 1);
9559 /* All relocations against this symbol that could have been made
9560 dynamic will now refer to the local copy instead. */
9561 hmips
->possibly_dynamic_relocs
= 0;
9563 return _bfd_elf_adjust_dynamic_copy (info
, h
, s
);
9566 /* This function is called after all the input files have been read,
9567 and the input sections have been assigned to output sections. We
9568 check for any mips16 stub sections that we can discard. */
9571 _bfd_mips_elf_always_size_sections (bfd
*output_bfd
,
9572 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
9575 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
9576 struct mips_htab_traverse_info hti
;
9578 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
9579 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
9581 /* The .reginfo section has a fixed size. */
9582 sect
= bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd
, ".reginfo");
9585 bfd_set_section_size (sect
, sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo
));
9586 sect
->flags
|= SEC_FIXED_SIZE
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
9589 /* The .MIPS.abiflags section has a fixed size. */
9590 sect
= bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd
, ".MIPS.abiflags");
9593 bfd_set_section_size (sect
, sizeof (Elf_External_ABIFlags_v0
));
9594 sect
->flags
|= SEC_FIXED_SIZE
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
9598 hti
.output_bfd
= output_bfd
;
9600 mips_elf_link_hash_traverse (mips_elf_hash_table (info
),
9601 mips_elf_check_symbols
, &hti
);
9608 /* If the link uses a GOT, lay it out and work out its size. */
9611 mips_elf_lay_out_got (bfd
*output_bfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
9615 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
9616 bfd_size_type loadable_size
= 0;
9617 bfd_size_type page_gotno
;
9619 struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg tga
;
9620 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
9622 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
9623 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
9625 s
= htab
->root
.sgot
;
9629 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
9632 /* Allocate room for the reserved entries. VxWorks always reserves
9633 3 entries; other objects only reserve 2 entries. */
9634 BFD_ASSERT (g
->assigned_low_gotno
== 0);
9635 if (htab
->root
.target_os
== is_vxworks
)
9636 htab
->reserved_gotno
= 3;
9638 htab
->reserved_gotno
= 2;
9639 g
->local_gotno
+= htab
->reserved_gotno
;
9640 g
->assigned_low_gotno
= htab
->reserved_gotno
;
9642 /* Decide which symbols need to go in the global part of the GOT and
9643 count the number of reloc-only GOT symbols. */
9644 mips_elf_link_hash_traverse (htab
, mips_elf_count_got_symbols
, info
);
9646 if (!mips_elf_resolve_final_got_entries (info
, g
))
9649 /* Calculate the total loadable size of the output. That
9650 will give us the maximum number of GOT_PAGE entries
9652 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
9654 asection
*subsection
;
9656 for (subsection
= ibfd
->sections
;
9658 subsection
= subsection
->next
)
9660 if ((subsection
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) == 0)
9662 loadable_size
+= ((subsection
->size
+ 0xf)
9663 &~ (bfd_size_type
) 0xf);
9667 if (htab
->root
.target_os
== is_vxworks
)
9668 /* There's no need to allocate page entries for VxWorks; R_MIPS*_GOT16
9669 relocations against local symbols evaluate to "G", and the EABI does
9670 not include R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE. */
9673 /* Assume there are two loadable segments consisting of contiguous
9674 sections. Is 5 enough? */
9675 page_gotno
= (loadable_size
>> 16) + 5;
9677 /* Choose the smaller of the two page estimates; both are intended to be
9679 if (page_gotno
> g
->page_gotno
)
9680 page_gotno
= g
->page_gotno
;
9682 g
->local_gotno
+= page_gotno
;
9683 g
->assigned_high_gotno
= g
->local_gotno
- 1;
9685 s
->size
+= g
->local_gotno
* MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
);
9686 s
->size
+= g
->global_gotno
* MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
);
9687 s
->size
+= g
->tls_gotno
* MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
);
9689 /* VxWorks does not support multiple GOTs. It initializes $gp to
9690 __GOTT_BASE__[__GOTT_INDEX__], the value of which is set by the
9692 if (htab
->root
.target_os
!= is_vxworks
9693 && s
->size
> MIPS_ELF_GOT_MAX_SIZE (info
))
9695 if (!mips_elf_multi_got (output_bfd
, info
, s
, page_gotno
))
9700 /* Record that all bfds use G. This also has the effect of freeing
9701 the per-bfd GOTs, which we no longer need. */
9702 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
9703 if (mips_elf_bfd_got (ibfd
, FALSE
))
9704 mips_elf_replace_bfd_got (ibfd
, g
);
9705 mips_elf_replace_bfd_got (output_bfd
, g
);
9707 /* Set up TLS entries. */
9708 g
->tls_assigned_gotno
= g
->global_gotno
+ g
->local_gotno
;
9711 tga
.value
= MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
);
9712 htab_traverse (g
->got_entries
, mips_elf_initialize_tls_index
, &tga
);
9715 BFD_ASSERT (g
->tls_assigned_gotno
9716 == g
->global_gotno
+ g
->local_gotno
+ g
->tls_gotno
);
9718 /* Each VxWorks GOT entry needs an explicit relocation. */
9719 if (htab
->root
.target_os
== is_vxworks
&& bfd_link_pic (info
))
9720 g
->relocs
+= g
->global_gotno
+ g
->local_gotno
- htab
->reserved_gotno
;
9722 /* Allocate room for the TLS relocations. */
9724 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (dynobj
, info
, g
->relocs
);
9730 /* Estimate the size of the .MIPS.stubs section. */
9733 mips_elf_estimate_stub_size (bfd
*output_bfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
9735 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
9736 bfd_size_type dynsymcount
;
9738 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
9739 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
9741 if (htab
->lazy_stub_count
== 0)
9744 /* IRIX rld assumes that a function stub isn't at the end of the .text
9745 section, so add a dummy entry to the end. */
9746 htab
->lazy_stub_count
++;
9748 /* Get a worst-case estimate of the number of dynamic symbols needed.
9749 At this point, dynsymcount does not account for section symbols
9750 and count_section_dynsyms may overestimate the number that will
9752 dynsymcount
= (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynsymcount
9753 + count_section_dynsyms (output_bfd
, info
));
9755 /* Determine the size of one stub entry. There's no disadvantage
9756 from using microMIPS code here, so for the sake of pure-microMIPS
9757 binaries we prefer it whenever there's any microMIPS code in
9758 output produced at all. This has a benefit of stubs being
9759 shorter by 4 bytes each too, unless in the insn32 mode. */
9760 if (!MICROMIPS_P (output_bfd
))
9761 htab
->function_stub_size
= (dynsymcount
> 0x10000
9762 ? MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE
9763 : MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_NORMAL_SIZE
);
9764 else if (htab
->insn32
)
9765 htab
->function_stub_size
= (dynsymcount
> 0x10000
9766 ? MICROMIPS_INSN32_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE
9767 : MICROMIPS_INSN32_FUNCTION_STUB_NORMAL_SIZE
);
9769 htab
->function_stub_size
= (dynsymcount
> 0x10000
9770 ? MICROMIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE
9771 : MICROMIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_NORMAL_SIZE
);
9773 htab
->sstubs
->size
= htab
->lazy_stub_count
* htab
->function_stub_size
;
9776 /* A mips_elf_link_hash_traverse callback for which DATA points to a
9777 mips_htab_traverse_info. If H needs a traditional MIPS lazy-binding
9778 stub, allocate an entry in the stubs section. */
9781 mips_elf_allocate_lazy_stub (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
9783 struct mips_htab_traverse_info
*hti
= data
;
9784 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
9785 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
9789 output_bfd
= hti
->output_bfd
;
9790 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
9791 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
9793 if (h
->needs_lazy_stub
)
9795 bfd_boolean micromips_p
= MICROMIPS_P (output_bfd
);
9796 unsigned int other
= micromips_p
? STO_MICROMIPS
: 0;
9797 bfd_vma isa_bit
= micromips_p
;
9799 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->root
.dynobj
!= NULL
);
9800 if (h
->root
.plt
.plist
== NULL
)
9801 h
->root
.plt
.plist
= mips_elf_make_plt_record (htab
->sstubs
->owner
);
9802 if (h
->root
.plt
.plist
== NULL
)
9807 h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
= htab
->sstubs
;
9808 h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
= htab
->sstubs
->size
+ isa_bit
;
9809 h
->root
.plt
.plist
->stub_offset
= htab
->sstubs
->size
;
9810 h
->root
.other
= other
;
9811 htab
->sstubs
->size
+= htab
->function_stub_size
;
9816 /* Allocate offsets in the stubs section to each symbol that needs one.
9817 Set the final size of the .MIPS.stub section. */
9820 mips_elf_lay_out_lazy_stubs (struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
9822 bfd
*output_bfd
= info
->output_bfd
;
9823 bfd_boolean micromips_p
= MICROMIPS_P (output_bfd
);
9824 unsigned int other
= micromips_p
? STO_MICROMIPS
: 0;
9825 bfd_vma isa_bit
= micromips_p
;
9826 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
9827 struct mips_htab_traverse_info hti
;
9828 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
9831 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
9832 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
9834 if (htab
->lazy_stub_count
== 0)
9837 htab
->sstubs
->size
= 0;
9839 hti
.output_bfd
= output_bfd
;
9841 mips_elf_link_hash_traverse (htab
, mips_elf_allocate_lazy_stub
, &hti
);
9844 htab
->sstubs
->size
+= htab
->function_stub_size
;
9845 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->sstubs
->size
9846 == htab
->lazy_stub_count
* htab
->function_stub_size
);
9848 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
9849 BFD_ASSERT (dynobj
!= NULL
);
9850 h
= _bfd_elf_define_linkage_sym (dynobj
, info
, htab
->sstubs
, "_MIPS_STUBS_");
9853 h
->root
.u
.def
.value
= isa_bit
;
9860 /* A mips_elf_link_hash_traverse callback for which DATA points to a
9861 bfd_link_info. If H uses the address of a PLT entry as the value
9862 of the symbol, then set the entry in the symbol table now. Prefer
9863 a standard MIPS PLT entry. */
9866 mips_elf_set_plt_sym_value (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
9868 struct bfd_link_info
*info
= data
;
9869 bfd_boolean micromips_p
= MICROMIPS_P (info
->output_bfd
);
9870 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
9875 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
9876 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
9878 if (h
->use_plt_entry
)
9880 BFD_ASSERT (h
->root
.plt
.plist
!= NULL
);
9881 BFD_ASSERT (h
->root
.plt
.plist
->mips_offset
!= MINUS_ONE
9882 || h
->root
.plt
.plist
->comp_offset
!= MINUS_ONE
);
9884 val
= htab
->plt_header_size
;
9885 if (h
->root
.plt
.plist
->mips_offset
!= MINUS_ONE
)
9888 val
+= h
->root
.plt
.plist
->mips_offset
;
9894 val
+= htab
->plt_mips_offset
+ h
->root
.plt
.plist
->comp_offset
;
9895 other
= micromips_p
? STO_MICROMIPS
: STO_MIPS16
;
9898 /* For VxWorks, point at the PLT load stub rather than the lazy
9899 resolution stub; this stub will become the canonical function
9901 if (htab
->root
.target_os
== is_vxworks
)
9904 h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
= htab
->root
.splt
;
9905 h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
= val
;
9906 h
->root
.other
= other
;
9912 /* Set the sizes of the dynamic sections. */
9915 _bfd_mips_elf_size_dynamic_sections (bfd
*output_bfd
,
9916 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
9919 asection
*s
, *sreldyn
;
9920 bfd_boolean reltext
;
9921 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
9923 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
9924 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
9925 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
9926 BFD_ASSERT (dynobj
!= NULL
);
9928 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
9930 /* Set the contents of the .interp section to the interpreter. */
9931 if (bfd_link_executable (info
) && !info
->nointerp
)
9933 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".interp");
9934 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
9936 = strlen (ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER (output_bfd
)) + 1;
9938 = (bfd_byte
*) ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER (output_bfd
);
9941 /* Figure out the size of the PLT header if we know that we
9942 are using it. For the sake of cache alignment always use
9943 a standard header whenever any standard entries are present
9944 even if microMIPS entries are present as well. This also
9945 lets the microMIPS header rely on the value of $v0 only set
9946 by microMIPS entries, for a small size reduction.
9948 Set symbol table entry values for symbols that use the
9949 address of their PLT entry now that we can calculate it.
9951 Also create the _PROCEDURE_LINKAGE_TABLE_ symbol if we
9952 haven't already in _bfd_elf_create_dynamic_sections. */
9953 if (htab
->root
.splt
&& htab
->plt_mips_offset
+ htab
->plt_comp_offset
!= 0)
9955 bfd_boolean micromips_p
= (MICROMIPS_P (output_bfd
)
9956 && !htab
->plt_mips_offset
);
9957 unsigned int other
= micromips_p
? STO_MICROMIPS
: 0;
9958 bfd_vma isa_bit
= micromips_p
;
9959 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
9962 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->use_plts_and_copy_relocs
);
9963 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->root
.sgotplt
->size
== 0);
9964 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->root
.splt
->size
== 0);
9966 if (htab
->root
.target_os
== is_vxworks
&& bfd_link_pic (info
))
9967 size
= 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_vxworks_shared_plt0_entry
);
9968 else if (htab
->root
.target_os
== is_vxworks
)
9969 size
= 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_vxworks_exec_plt0_entry
);
9970 else if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd
))
9971 size
= 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_n64_exec_plt0_entry
);
9972 else if (ABI_N32_P (output_bfd
))
9973 size
= 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_n32_exec_plt0_entry
);
9974 else if (!micromips_p
)
9975 size
= 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_o32_exec_plt0_entry
);
9976 else if (htab
->insn32
)
9977 size
= 2 * ARRAY_SIZE (micromips_insn32_o32_exec_plt0_entry
);
9979 size
= 2 * ARRAY_SIZE (micromips_o32_exec_plt0_entry
);
9981 htab
->plt_header_is_comp
= micromips_p
;
9982 htab
->plt_header_size
= size
;
9983 htab
->root
.splt
->size
= (size
9984 + htab
->plt_mips_offset
9985 + htab
->plt_comp_offset
);
9986 htab
->root
.sgotplt
->size
= (htab
->plt_got_index
9987 * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (dynobj
));
9989 mips_elf_link_hash_traverse (htab
, mips_elf_set_plt_sym_value
, info
);
9991 if (htab
->root
.hplt
== NULL
)
9993 h
= _bfd_elf_define_linkage_sym (dynobj
, info
, htab
->root
.splt
,
9994 "_PROCEDURE_LINKAGE_TABLE_");
9995 htab
->root
.hplt
= h
;
10000 h
= htab
->root
.hplt
;
10001 h
->root
.u
.def
.value
= isa_bit
;
10003 h
->type
= STT_FUNC
;
10007 /* Allocate space for global sym dynamic relocs. */
10008 elf_link_hash_traverse (&htab
->root
, allocate_dynrelocs
, info
);
10010 mips_elf_estimate_stub_size (output_bfd
, info
);
10012 if (!mips_elf_lay_out_got (output_bfd
, info
))
10015 mips_elf_lay_out_lazy_stubs (info
);
10017 /* The check_relocs and adjust_dynamic_symbol entry points have
10018 determined the sizes of the various dynamic sections. Allocate
10019 memory for them. */
10021 for (s
= dynobj
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
10025 /* It's OK to base decisions on the section name, because none
10026 of the dynobj section names depend upon the input files. */
10027 name
= bfd_section_name (s
);
10029 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_LINKER_CREATED
) == 0)
10032 if (CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".rel"))
10036 const char *outname
;
10039 /* If this relocation section applies to a read only
10040 section, then we probably need a DT_TEXTREL entry.
10041 If the relocation section is .rel(a).dyn, we always
10042 assert a DT_TEXTREL entry rather than testing whether
10043 there exists a relocation to a read only section or
10045 outname
= bfd_section_name (s
->output_section
);
10046 target
= bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd
, outname
+ 4);
10047 if ((target
!= NULL
10048 && (target
->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) != 0
10049 && (target
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
10050 || strcmp (outname
, MIPS_ELF_REL_DYN_NAME (info
)) == 0)
10053 /* We use the reloc_count field as a counter if we need
10054 to copy relocs into the output file. */
10055 if (strcmp (name
, MIPS_ELF_REL_DYN_NAME (info
)) != 0)
10056 s
->reloc_count
= 0;
10058 /* If combreloc is enabled, elf_link_sort_relocs() will
10059 sort relocations, but in a different way than we do,
10060 and before we're done creating relocations. Also, it
10061 will move them around between input sections'
10062 relocation's contents, so our sorting would be
10063 broken, so don't let it run. */
10064 info
->combreloc
= 0;
10067 else if (bfd_link_executable (info
)
10068 && ! mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->use_rld_obj_head
10069 && CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".rld_map"))
10071 /* We add a room for __rld_map. It will be filled in by the
10072 rtld to contain a pointer to the _r_debug structure. */
10073 s
->size
+= MIPS_ELF_RLD_MAP_SIZE (output_bfd
);
10075 else if (SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd
)
10076 && CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".compact_rel"))
10077 s
->size
+= mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->compact_rel_size
;
10078 else if (s
== htab
->root
.splt
)
10080 /* If the last PLT entry has a branch delay slot, allocate
10081 room for an extra nop to fill the delay slot. This is
10082 for CPUs without load interlocking. */
10083 if (! LOAD_INTERLOCKS_P (output_bfd
)
10084 && htab
->root
.target_os
!= is_vxworks
10088 else if (! CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".init")
10089 && s
!= htab
->root
.sgot
10090 && s
!= htab
->root
.sgotplt
10091 && s
!= htab
->sstubs
10092 && s
!= htab
->root
.sdynbss
10093 && s
!= htab
->root
.sdynrelro
)
10095 /* It's not one of our sections, so don't allocate space. */
10101 s
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
10105 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
) == 0)
10108 /* Allocate memory for the section contents. */
10109 s
->contents
= bfd_zalloc (dynobj
, s
->size
);
10110 if (s
->contents
== NULL
)
10112 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_memory
);
10117 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
10119 /* Add some entries to the .dynamic section. We fill in the
10120 values later, in _bfd_mips_elf_finish_dynamic_sections, but we
10121 must add the entries now so that we get the correct size for
10122 the .dynamic section. */
10124 /* SGI object has the equivalence of DT_DEBUG in the
10125 DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP entry. This must come first because glibc
10126 only fills in DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP (not DT_DEBUG) and some tools
10127 may only look at the first one they see. */
10128 if (!bfd_link_pic (info
)
10129 && !MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP
, 0))
10132 if (bfd_link_executable (info
)
10133 && !MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP_REL
, 0))
10136 /* The DT_DEBUG entry may be filled in by the dynamic linker and
10137 used by the debugger. */
10138 if (bfd_link_executable (info
)
10139 && !SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd
)
10140 && !MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_DEBUG
, 0))
10144 && (SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd
)
10145 || htab
->root
.target_os
== is_vxworks
))
10146 info
->flags
|= DF_TEXTREL
;
10148 if ((info
->flags
& DF_TEXTREL
) != 0)
10150 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_TEXTREL
, 0))
10153 /* Clear the DF_TEXTREL flag. It will be set again if we
10154 write out an actual text relocation; we may not, because
10155 at this point we do not know whether e.g. any .eh_frame
10156 absolute relocations have been converted to PC-relative. */
10157 info
->flags
&= ~DF_TEXTREL
;
10160 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_PLTGOT
, 0))
10163 sreldyn
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, FALSE
);
10164 if (htab
->root
.target_os
== is_vxworks
)
10166 /* VxWorks uses .rela.dyn instead of .rel.dyn. It does not
10167 use any of the DT_MIPS_* tags. */
10168 if (sreldyn
&& sreldyn
->size
> 0)
10170 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_RELA
, 0))
10173 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_RELASZ
, 0))
10176 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_RELAENT
, 0))
10182 if (sreldyn
&& sreldyn
->size
> 0
10183 && !bfd_is_abs_section (sreldyn
->output_section
))
10185 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_REL
, 0))
10188 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_RELSZ
, 0))
10191 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_RELENT
, 0))
10195 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_RLD_VERSION
, 0))
10198 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_FLAGS
, 0))
10201 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_BASE_ADDRESS
, 0))
10204 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_LOCAL_GOTNO
, 0))
10207 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_SYMTABNO
, 0))
10210 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_UNREFEXTNO
, 0))
10213 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_GOTSYM
, 0))
10216 if (info
->emit_gnu_hash
10217 && ! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_XHASH
, 0))
10220 if (IRIX_COMPAT (dynobj
) == ict_irix5
10221 && ! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_HIPAGENO
, 0))
10224 if (IRIX_COMPAT (dynobj
) == ict_irix6
10225 && (bfd_get_section_by_name
10226 (output_bfd
, MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (dynobj
)))
10227 && !MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_OPTIONS
, 0))
10230 if (htab
->root
.splt
->size
> 0)
10232 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_PLTREL
, 0))
10235 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_JMPREL
, 0))
10238 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_PLTRELSZ
, 0))
10241 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_PLTGOT
, 0))
10244 if (htab
->root
.target_os
== is_vxworks
10245 && !elf_vxworks_add_dynamic_entries (output_bfd
, info
))
10252 /* REL is a relocation in INPUT_BFD that is being copied to OUTPUT_BFD.
10253 Adjust its R_ADDEND field so that it is correct for the output file.
10254 LOCAL_SYMS and LOCAL_SECTIONS are arrays of INPUT_BFD's local symbols
10255 and sections respectively; both use symbol indexes. */
10258 mips_elf_adjust_addend (bfd
*output_bfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
10259 bfd
*input_bfd
, Elf_Internal_Sym
*local_syms
,
10260 asection
**local_sections
, Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
)
10262 unsigned int r_type
, r_symndx
;
10263 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
10266 if (mips_elf_local_relocation_p (input_bfd
, rel
, local_sections
))
10268 r_type
= ELF_R_TYPE (output_bfd
, rel
->r_info
);
10269 if (gprel16_reloc_p (r_type
)
10270 || r_type
== R_MIPS_GPREL32
10271 || literal_reloc_p (r_type
))
10273 rel
->r_addend
+= _bfd_get_gp_value (input_bfd
);
10274 rel
->r_addend
-= _bfd_get_gp_value (output_bfd
);
10277 r_symndx
= ELF_R_SYM (output_bfd
, rel
->r_info
);
10278 sym
= local_syms
+ r_symndx
;
10280 /* Adjust REL's addend to account for section merging. */
10281 if (!bfd_link_relocatable (info
))
10283 sec
= local_sections
[r_symndx
];
10284 _bfd_elf_rela_local_sym (output_bfd
, sym
, &sec
, rel
);
10287 /* This would normally be done by the rela_normal code in elflink.c. */
10288 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_SECTION
)
10289 rel
->r_addend
+= local_sections
[r_symndx
]->output_offset
;
10293 /* Handle relocations against symbols from removed linkonce sections,
10294 or sections discarded by a linker script. We use this wrapper around
10295 RELOC_AGAINST_DISCARDED_SECTION to handle triplets of compound relocs
10296 on 64-bit ELF targets. In this case for any relocation handled, which
10297 always be the first in a triplet, the remaining two have to be processed
10298 together with the first, even if they are R_MIPS_NONE. It is the symbol
10299 index referred by the first reloc that applies to all the three and the
10300 remaining two never refer to an object symbol. And it is the final
10301 relocation (the last non-null one) that determines the output field of
10302 the whole relocation so retrieve the corresponding howto structure for
10303 the relocatable field to be cleared by RELOC_AGAINST_DISCARDED_SECTION.
10305 Note that RELOC_AGAINST_DISCARDED_SECTION is a macro that uses "continue"
10306 and therefore requires to be pasted in a loop. It also defines a block
10307 and does not protect any of its arguments, hence the extra brackets. */
10310 mips_reloc_against_discarded_section (bfd
*output_bfd
,
10311 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
10312 bfd
*input_bfd
, asection
*input_section
,
10313 Elf_Internal_Rela
**rel
,
10314 const Elf_Internal_Rela
**relend
,
10315 bfd_boolean rel_reloc
,
10316 reloc_howto_type
*howto
,
10317 bfd_byte
*contents
)
10319 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
);
10320 int count
= bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
;
10321 unsigned int r_type
;
10324 for (i
= count
- 1; i
> 0; i
--)
10326 r_type
= ELF_R_TYPE (output_bfd
, (*rel
)[i
].r_info
);
10327 if (r_type
!= R_MIPS_NONE
)
10329 howto
= MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (input_bfd
, r_type
, !rel_reloc
);
10335 RELOC_AGAINST_DISCARDED_SECTION (info
, input_bfd
, input_section
,
10336 (*rel
), count
, (*relend
),
10337 howto
, i
, contents
);
10342 /* Relocate a MIPS ELF section. */
10345 _bfd_mips_elf_relocate_section (bfd
*output_bfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
10346 bfd
*input_bfd
, asection
*input_section
,
10347 bfd_byte
*contents
, Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocs
,
10348 Elf_Internal_Sym
*local_syms
,
10349 asection
**local_sections
)
10351 Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
;
10352 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relend
;
10353 bfd_vma addend
= 0;
10354 bfd_boolean use_saved_addend_p
= FALSE
;
10356 relend
= relocs
+ input_section
->reloc_count
;
10357 for (rel
= relocs
; rel
< relend
; ++rel
)
10361 reloc_howto_type
*howto
;
10362 bfd_boolean cross_mode_jump_p
= FALSE
;
10363 /* TRUE if the relocation is a RELA relocation, rather than a
10365 bfd_boolean rela_relocation_p
= TRUE
;
10366 unsigned int r_type
= ELF_R_TYPE (output_bfd
, rel
->r_info
);
10368 unsigned long r_symndx
;
10370 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
10371 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
10372 bfd_boolean rel_reloc
;
10374 rel_reloc
= (NEWABI_P (input_bfd
)
10375 && mips_elf_rel_relocation_p (input_bfd
, input_section
,
10377 /* Find the relocation howto for this relocation. */
10378 howto
= MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (input_bfd
, r_type
, !rel_reloc
);
10380 r_symndx
= ELF_R_SYM (input_bfd
, rel
->r_info
);
10381 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
10382 if (mips_elf_local_relocation_p (input_bfd
, rel
, local_sections
))
10384 sec
= local_sections
[r_symndx
];
10389 unsigned long extsymoff
;
10392 if (!elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd
))
10393 extsymoff
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
10394 h
= elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd
) [r_symndx
- extsymoff
];
10395 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
10396 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
10397 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
10400 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
10401 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
10402 sec
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
10405 if (sec
!= NULL
&& discarded_section (sec
))
10407 mips_reloc_against_discarded_section (output_bfd
, info
, input_bfd
,
10408 input_section
, &rel
, &relend
,
10409 rel_reloc
, howto
, contents
);
10413 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_64
&& ! NEWABI_P (input_bfd
))
10415 /* Some 32-bit code uses R_MIPS_64. In particular, people use
10416 64-bit code, but make sure all their addresses are in the
10417 lowermost or uppermost 32-bit section of the 64-bit address
10418 space. Thus, when they use an R_MIPS_64 they mean what is
10419 usually meant by R_MIPS_32, with the exception that the
10420 stored value is sign-extended to 64 bits. */
10421 howto
= MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (input_bfd
, R_MIPS_32
, FALSE
);
10423 /* On big-endian systems, we need to lie about the position
10425 if (bfd_big_endian (input_bfd
))
10426 rel
->r_offset
+= 4;
10429 if (!use_saved_addend_p
)
10431 /* If these relocations were originally of the REL variety,
10432 we must pull the addend out of the field that will be
10433 relocated. Otherwise, we simply use the contents of the
10434 RELA relocation. */
10435 if (mips_elf_rel_relocation_p (input_bfd
, input_section
,
10438 rela_relocation_p
= FALSE
;
10439 addend
= mips_elf_read_rel_addend (input_bfd
, rel
,
10441 if (hi16_reloc_p (r_type
)
10442 || (got16_reloc_p (r_type
)
10443 && mips_elf_local_relocation_p (input_bfd
, rel
,
10446 if (!mips_elf_add_lo16_rel_addend (input_bfd
, rel
, relend
,
10447 contents
, &addend
))
10450 name
= h
->root
.root
.string
;
10452 name
= bfd_elf_sym_name (input_bfd
, symtab_hdr
,
10453 local_syms
+ r_symndx
,
10456 /* xgettext:c-format */
10457 (_("%pB: can't find matching LO16 reloc against `%s'"
10458 " for %s at %#" PRIx64
" in section `%pA'"),
10460 howto
->name
, (uint64_t) rel
->r_offset
, input_section
);
10464 addend
<<= howto
->rightshift
;
10467 addend
= rel
->r_addend
;
10468 mips_elf_adjust_addend (output_bfd
, info
, input_bfd
,
10469 local_syms
, local_sections
, rel
);
10472 if (bfd_link_relocatable (info
))
10474 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_64
&& ! NEWABI_P (output_bfd
)
10475 && bfd_big_endian (input_bfd
))
10476 rel
->r_offset
-= 4;
10478 if (!rela_relocation_p
&& rel
->r_addend
)
10480 addend
+= rel
->r_addend
;
10481 if (hi16_reloc_p (r_type
) || got16_reloc_p (r_type
))
10482 addend
= mips_elf_high (addend
);
10483 else if (r_type
== R_MIPS_HIGHER
)
10484 addend
= mips_elf_higher (addend
);
10485 else if (r_type
== R_MIPS_HIGHEST
)
10486 addend
= mips_elf_highest (addend
);
10488 addend
>>= howto
->rightshift
;
10490 /* We use the source mask, rather than the destination
10491 mask because the place to which we are writing will be
10492 source of the addend in the final link. */
10493 addend
&= howto
->src_mask
;
10495 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_64
&& ! NEWABI_P (output_bfd
))
10496 /* See the comment above about using R_MIPS_64 in the 32-bit
10497 ABI. Here, we need to update the addend. It would be
10498 possible to get away with just using the R_MIPS_32 reloc
10499 but for endianness. */
10505 if (addend
& ((bfd_vma
) 1 << 31))
10507 sign_bits
= ((bfd_vma
) 1 << 32) - 1;
10514 /* If we don't know that we have a 64-bit type,
10515 do two separate stores. */
10516 if (bfd_big_endian (input_bfd
))
10518 /* Store the sign-bits (which are most significant)
10520 low_bits
= sign_bits
;
10521 high_bits
= addend
;
10526 high_bits
= sign_bits
;
10528 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, low_bits
,
10529 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
10530 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, high_bits
,
10531 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
+ 4);
10535 if (! mips_elf_perform_relocation (info
, howto
, rel
, addend
,
10536 input_bfd
, input_section
,
10541 /* Go on to the next relocation. */
10545 /* In the N32 and 64-bit ABIs there may be multiple consecutive
10546 relocations for the same offset. In that case we are
10547 supposed to treat the output of each relocation as the addend
10549 if (rel
+ 1 < relend
10550 && rel
->r_offset
== rel
[1].r_offset
10551 && ELF_R_TYPE (input_bfd
, rel
[1].r_info
) != R_MIPS_NONE
)
10552 use_saved_addend_p
= TRUE
;
10554 use_saved_addend_p
= FALSE
;
10556 /* Figure out what value we are supposed to relocate. */
10557 switch (mips_elf_calculate_relocation (output_bfd
, input_bfd
,
10558 input_section
, contents
,
10559 info
, rel
, addend
, howto
,
10560 local_syms
, local_sections
,
10561 &value
, &name
, &cross_mode_jump_p
,
10562 use_saved_addend_p
))
10564 case bfd_reloc_continue
:
10565 /* There's nothing to do. */
10568 case bfd_reloc_undefined
:
10569 /* mips_elf_calculate_relocation already called the
10570 undefined_symbol callback. There's no real point in
10571 trying to perform the relocation at this point, so we
10572 just skip ahead to the next relocation. */
10575 case bfd_reloc_notsupported
:
10576 msg
= _("internal error: unsupported relocation error");
10577 info
->callbacks
->warning
10578 (info
, msg
, name
, input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
);
10581 case bfd_reloc_overflow
:
10582 if (use_saved_addend_p
)
10583 /* Ignore overflow until we reach the last relocation for
10584 a given location. */
10588 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
10590 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
10591 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
10592 BFD_ASSERT (name
!= NULL
);
10593 if (!htab
->small_data_overflow_reported
10594 && (gprel16_reloc_p (howto
->type
)
10595 || literal_reloc_p (howto
->type
)))
10597 msg
= _("small-data section exceeds 64KB;"
10598 " lower small-data size limit (see option -G)");
10600 htab
->small_data_overflow_reported
= TRUE
;
10601 (*info
->callbacks
->einfo
) ("%P: %s\n", msg
);
10603 (*info
->callbacks
->reloc_overflow
)
10604 (info
, NULL
, name
, howto
->name
, (bfd_vma
) 0,
10605 input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
);
10612 case bfd_reloc_outofrange
:
10614 if (jal_reloc_p (howto
->type
))
10615 msg
= (cross_mode_jump_p
10616 ? _("cannot convert a jump to JALX "
10617 "for a non-word-aligned address")
10618 : (howto
->type
== R_MIPS16_26
10619 ? _("jump to a non-word-aligned address")
10620 : _("jump to a non-instruction-aligned address")));
10621 else if (b_reloc_p (howto
->type
))
10622 msg
= (cross_mode_jump_p
10623 ? _("cannot convert a branch to JALX "
10624 "for a non-word-aligned address")
10625 : _("branch to a non-instruction-aligned address"));
10626 else if (aligned_pcrel_reloc_p (howto
->type
))
10627 msg
= _("PC-relative load from unaligned address");
10630 info
->callbacks
->einfo
10631 ("%X%H: %s\n", input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
, msg
);
10634 /* Fall through. */
10641 /* If we've got another relocation for the address, keep going
10642 until we reach the last one. */
10643 if (use_saved_addend_p
)
10649 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_64
&& ! NEWABI_P (output_bfd
))
10650 /* See the comment above about using R_MIPS_64 in the 32-bit
10651 ABI. Until now, we've been using the HOWTO for R_MIPS_32;
10652 that calculated the right value. Now, however, we
10653 sign-extend the 32-bit result to 64-bits, and store it as a
10654 64-bit value. We are especially generous here in that we
10655 go to extreme lengths to support this usage on systems with
10656 only a 32-bit VMA. */
10662 if (value
& ((bfd_vma
) 1 << 31))
10664 sign_bits
= ((bfd_vma
) 1 << 32) - 1;
10671 /* If we don't know that we have a 64-bit type,
10672 do two separate stores. */
10673 if (bfd_big_endian (input_bfd
))
10675 /* Undo what we did above. */
10676 rel
->r_offset
-= 4;
10677 /* Store the sign-bits (which are most significant)
10679 low_bits
= sign_bits
;
10685 high_bits
= sign_bits
;
10687 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, low_bits
,
10688 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
10689 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, high_bits
,
10690 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
+ 4);
10694 /* Actually perform the relocation. */
10695 if (! mips_elf_perform_relocation (info
, howto
, rel
, value
,
10696 input_bfd
, input_section
,
10697 contents
, cross_mode_jump_p
))
10704 /* A function that iterates over each entry in la25_stubs and fills
10705 in the code for each one. DATA points to a mips_htab_traverse_info. */
10708 mips_elf_create_la25_stub (void **slot
, void *data
)
10710 struct mips_htab_traverse_info
*hti
;
10711 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
10712 struct mips_elf_la25_stub
*stub
;
10715 bfd_vma offset
, target
, target_high
, target_low
;
10717 bfd_signed_vma pcrel_offset
= 0;
10719 stub
= (struct mips_elf_la25_stub
*) *slot
;
10720 hti
= (struct mips_htab_traverse_info
*) data
;
10721 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (hti
->info
);
10722 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
10724 /* Create the section contents, if we haven't already. */
10725 s
= stub
->stub_section
;
10729 loc
= bfd_malloc (s
->size
);
10738 /* Work out where in the section this stub should go. */
10739 offset
= stub
->offset
;
10741 /* We add 8 here to account for the LUI/ADDIU instructions
10742 before the branch instruction. This cannot be moved down to
10743 where pcrel_offset is calculated as 's' is updated in
10744 mips_elf_get_la25_target. */
10745 branch_pc
= s
->output_section
->vma
+ s
->output_offset
+ offset
+ 8;
10747 /* Work out the target address. */
10748 target
= mips_elf_get_la25_target (stub
, &s
);
10749 target
+= s
->output_section
->vma
+ s
->output_offset
;
10751 target_high
= ((target
+ 0x8000) >> 16) & 0xffff;
10752 target_low
= (target
& 0xffff);
10754 /* Calculate the PC of the compact branch instruction (for the case where
10755 compact branches are used for either microMIPSR6 or MIPSR6 with
10756 compact branches. Add 4-bytes to account for BC using the PC of the
10757 next instruction as the base. */
10758 pcrel_offset
= target
- (branch_pc
+ 4);
10760 if (stub
->stub_section
!= htab
->strampoline
)
10762 /* This is a simple LUI/ADDIU stub. Zero out the beginning
10763 of the section and write the two instructions at the end. */
10764 memset (loc
, 0, offset
);
10766 if (ELF_ST_IS_MICROMIPS (stub
->h
->root
.other
))
10768 bfd_put_micromips_32 (hti
->output_bfd
,
10769 LA25_LUI_MICROMIPS (target_high
),
10771 bfd_put_micromips_32 (hti
->output_bfd
,
10772 LA25_ADDIU_MICROMIPS (target_low
),
10777 bfd_put_32 (hti
->output_bfd
, LA25_LUI (target_high
), loc
);
10778 bfd_put_32 (hti
->output_bfd
, LA25_ADDIU (target_low
), loc
+ 4);
10783 /* This is trampoline. */
10785 if (ELF_ST_IS_MICROMIPS (stub
->h
->root
.other
))
10787 bfd_put_micromips_32 (hti
->output_bfd
,
10788 LA25_LUI_MICROMIPS (target_high
), loc
);
10789 bfd_put_micromips_32 (hti
->output_bfd
,
10790 LA25_J_MICROMIPS (target
), loc
+ 4);
10791 bfd_put_micromips_32 (hti
->output_bfd
,
10792 LA25_ADDIU_MICROMIPS (target_low
), loc
+ 8);
10793 bfd_put_32 (hti
->output_bfd
, 0, loc
+ 12);
10797 bfd_put_32 (hti
->output_bfd
, LA25_LUI (target_high
), loc
);
10798 if (MIPSR6_P (hti
->output_bfd
) && htab
->compact_branches
)
10800 bfd_put_32 (hti
->output_bfd
, LA25_ADDIU (target_low
), loc
+ 4);
10801 bfd_put_32 (hti
->output_bfd
, LA25_BC (pcrel_offset
), loc
+ 8);
10805 bfd_put_32 (hti
->output_bfd
, LA25_J (target
), loc
+ 4);
10806 bfd_put_32 (hti
->output_bfd
, LA25_ADDIU (target_low
), loc
+ 8);
10808 bfd_put_32 (hti
->output_bfd
, 0, loc
+ 12);
10814 /* If NAME is one of the special IRIX6 symbols defined by the linker,
10815 adjust it appropriately now. */
10818 mips_elf_irix6_finish_dynamic_symbol (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
10819 const char *name
, Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
)
10821 /* The linker script takes care of providing names and values for
10822 these, but we must place them into the right sections. */
10823 static const char* const text_section_symbols
[] = {
10826 "__dso_displacement",
10828 "__program_header_table",
10832 static const char* const data_section_symbols
[] = {
10840 const char* const *p
;
10843 for (i
= 0; i
< 2; ++i
)
10844 for (p
= (i
== 0) ? text_section_symbols
: data_section_symbols
;
10847 if (strcmp (*p
, name
) == 0)
10849 /* All of these symbols are given type STT_SECTION by the
10851 sym
->st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL
, STT_SECTION
);
10852 sym
->st_other
= STO_PROTECTED
;
10854 /* The IRIX linker puts these symbols in special sections. */
10856 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_MIPS_TEXT
;
10858 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_MIPS_DATA
;
10864 /* Finish up dynamic symbol handling. We set the contents of various
10865 dynamic sections here. */
10868 _bfd_mips_elf_finish_dynamic_symbol (bfd
*output_bfd
,
10869 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
10870 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
10871 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
)
10875 struct mips_got_info
*g
, *gg
;
10878 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
10879 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*hmips
;
10881 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
10882 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
10883 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
10884 hmips
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
10886 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->root
.target_os
!= is_vxworks
);
10888 if (h
->plt
.plist
!= NULL
10889 && (h
->plt
.plist
->mips_offset
!= MINUS_ONE
10890 || h
->plt
.plist
->comp_offset
!= MINUS_ONE
))
10892 /* We've decided to create a PLT entry for this symbol. */
10894 bfd_vma header_address
, got_address
;
10895 bfd_vma got_address_high
, got_address_low
, load
;
10899 got_index
= h
->plt
.plist
->gotplt_index
;
10901 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->use_plts_and_copy_relocs
);
10902 BFD_ASSERT (h
->dynindx
!= -1);
10903 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->root
.splt
!= NULL
);
10904 BFD_ASSERT (got_index
!= MINUS_ONE
);
10905 BFD_ASSERT (!h
->def_regular
);
10907 /* Calculate the address of the PLT header. */
10908 isa_bit
= htab
->plt_header_is_comp
;
10909 header_address
= (htab
->root
.splt
->output_section
->vma
10910 + htab
->root
.splt
->output_offset
+ isa_bit
);
10912 /* Calculate the address of the .got.plt entry. */
10913 got_address
= (htab
->root
.sgotplt
->output_section
->vma
10914 + htab
->root
.sgotplt
->output_offset
10915 + got_index
* MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (dynobj
));
10917 got_address_high
= ((got_address
+ 0x8000) >> 16) & 0xffff;
10918 got_address_low
= got_address
& 0xffff;
10920 /* The PLT sequence is not safe for N64 if .got.plt entry's address
10921 cannot be loaded in two instructions. */
10922 if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd
)
10923 && ((got_address
+ 0x80008000) & ~(bfd_vma
) 0xffffffff) != 0)
10926 /* xgettext:c-format */
10927 (_("%pB: `%pA' entry VMA of %#" PRIx64
" outside the 32-bit range "
10928 "supported; consider using `-Ttext-segment=...'"),
10930 htab
->root
.sgotplt
->output_section
,
10931 (int64_t) got_address
);
10932 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_error
);
10936 /* Initially point the .got.plt entry at the PLT header. */
10937 loc
= (htab
->root
.sgotplt
->contents
10938 + got_index
* MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (dynobj
));
10939 if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd
))
10940 bfd_put_64 (output_bfd
, header_address
, loc
);
10942 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, header_address
, loc
);
10944 /* Now handle the PLT itself. First the standard entry (the order
10945 does not matter, we just have to pick one). */
10946 if (h
->plt
.plist
->mips_offset
!= MINUS_ONE
)
10948 const bfd_vma
*plt_entry
;
10949 bfd_vma plt_offset
;
10951 plt_offset
= htab
->plt_header_size
+ h
->plt
.plist
->mips_offset
;
10953 BFD_ASSERT (plt_offset
<= htab
->root
.splt
->size
);
10955 /* Find out where the .plt entry should go. */
10956 loc
= htab
->root
.splt
->contents
+ plt_offset
;
10958 /* Pick the load opcode. */
10959 load
= MIPS_ELF_LOAD_WORD (output_bfd
);
10961 /* Fill in the PLT entry itself. */
10963 if (MIPSR6_P (output_bfd
))
10964 plt_entry
= htab
->compact_branches
? mipsr6_exec_plt_entry_compact
10965 : mipsr6_exec_plt_entry
;
10967 plt_entry
= mips_exec_plt_entry
;
10968 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[0] | got_address_high
, loc
);
10969 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[1] | got_address_low
| load
,
10972 if (! LOAD_INTERLOCKS_P (output_bfd
)
10973 || (MIPSR6_P (output_bfd
) && htab
->compact_branches
))
10975 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[2] | got_address_low
, loc
+ 8);
10976 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[3], loc
+ 12);
10980 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[3], loc
+ 8);
10981 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[2] | got_address_low
,
10986 /* Now the compressed entry. They come after any standard ones. */
10987 if (h
->plt
.plist
->comp_offset
!= MINUS_ONE
)
10989 bfd_vma plt_offset
;
10991 plt_offset
= (htab
->plt_header_size
+ htab
->plt_mips_offset
10992 + h
->plt
.plist
->comp_offset
);
10994 BFD_ASSERT (plt_offset
<= htab
->root
.splt
->size
);
10996 /* Find out where the .plt entry should go. */
10997 loc
= htab
->root
.splt
->contents
+ plt_offset
;
10999 /* Fill in the PLT entry itself. */
11000 if (!MICROMIPS_P (output_bfd
))
11002 const bfd_vma
*plt_entry
= mips16_o32_exec_plt_entry
;
11004 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[0], loc
);
11005 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[1], loc
+ 2);
11006 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[2], loc
+ 4);
11007 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[3], loc
+ 6);
11008 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[4], loc
+ 8);
11009 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[5], loc
+ 10);
11010 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, got_address
, loc
+ 12);
11012 else if (htab
->insn32
)
11014 const bfd_vma
*plt_entry
= micromips_insn32_o32_exec_plt_entry
;
11016 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[0], loc
);
11017 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, got_address_high
, loc
+ 2);
11018 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[2], loc
+ 4);
11019 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, got_address_low
, loc
+ 6);
11020 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[4], loc
+ 8);
11021 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[5], loc
+ 10);
11022 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[6], loc
+ 12);
11023 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, got_address_low
, loc
+ 14);
11027 const bfd_vma
*plt_entry
= micromips_o32_exec_plt_entry
;
11028 bfd_signed_vma gotpc_offset
;
11029 bfd_vma loc_address
;
11031 BFD_ASSERT (got_address
% 4 == 0);
11033 loc_address
= (htab
->root
.splt
->output_section
->vma
11034 + htab
->root
.splt
->output_offset
+ plt_offset
);
11035 gotpc_offset
= got_address
- ((loc_address
| 3) ^ 3);
11037 /* ADDIUPC has a span of +/-16MB, check we're in range. */
11038 if (gotpc_offset
+ 0x1000000 >= 0x2000000)
11041 /* xgettext:c-format */
11042 (_("%pB: `%pA' offset of %" PRId64
" from `%pA' "
11043 "beyond the range of ADDIUPC"),
11045 htab
->root
.sgotplt
->output_section
,
11046 (int64_t) gotpc_offset
,
11047 htab
->root
.splt
->output_section
);
11048 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_error
);
11051 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
,
11052 plt_entry
[0] | ((gotpc_offset
>> 18) & 0x7f), loc
);
11053 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, (gotpc_offset
>> 2) & 0xffff, loc
+ 2);
11054 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[2], loc
+ 4);
11055 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[3], loc
+ 6);
11056 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[4], loc
+ 8);
11057 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[5], loc
+ 10);
11061 /* Emit an R_MIPS_JUMP_SLOT relocation against the .got.plt entry. */
11062 mips_elf_output_dynamic_relocation (output_bfd
, htab
->root
.srelplt
,
11063 got_index
- 2, h
->dynindx
,
11064 R_MIPS_JUMP_SLOT
, got_address
);
11066 /* We distinguish between PLT entries and lazy-binding stubs by
11067 giving the former an st_other value of STO_MIPS_PLT. Set the
11068 flag and leave the value if there are any relocations in the
11069 binary where pointer equality matters. */
11070 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_UNDEF
;
11071 if (h
->pointer_equality_needed
)
11072 sym
->st_other
= ELF_ST_SET_MIPS_PLT (sym
->st_other
);
11080 if (h
->plt
.plist
!= NULL
&& h
->plt
.plist
->stub_offset
!= MINUS_ONE
)
11082 /* We've decided to create a lazy-binding stub. */
11083 bfd_boolean micromips_p
= MICROMIPS_P (output_bfd
);
11084 unsigned int other
= micromips_p
? STO_MICROMIPS
: 0;
11085 bfd_vma stub_size
= htab
->function_stub_size
;
11086 bfd_byte stub
[MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE
];
11087 bfd_vma isa_bit
= micromips_p
;
11088 bfd_vma stub_big_size
;
11091 stub_big_size
= MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE
;
11092 else if (htab
->insn32
)
11093 stub_big_size
= MICROMIPS_INSN32_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE
;
11095 stub_big_size
= MICROMIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE
;
11097 /* This symbol has a stub. Set it up. */
11099 BFD_ASSERT (h
->dynindx
!= -1);
11101 BFD_ASSERT (stub_size
== stub_big_size
|| h
->dynindx
<= 0xffff);
11103 /* Values up to 2^31 - 1 are allowed. Larger values would cause
11104 sign extension at runtime in the stub, resulting in a negative
11106 if (h
->dynindx
& ~0x7fffffff)
11109 /* Fill the stub. */
11113 bfd_put_micromips_32 (output_bfd
, STUB_LW_MICROMIPS (output_bfd
),
11118 bfd_put_micromips_32 (output_bfd
,
11119 STUB_MOVE32_MICROMIPS
, stub
+ idx
);
11124 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, STUB_MOVE_MICROMIPS
, stub
+ idx
);
11127 if (stub_size
== stub_big_size
)
11129 long dynindx_hi
= (h
->dynindx
>> 16) & 0x7fff;
11131 bfd_put_micromips_32 (output_bfd
,
11132 STUB_LUI_MICROMIPS (dynindx_hi
),
11138 bfd_put_micromips_32 (output_bfd
, STUB_JALR32_MICROMIPS
,
11144 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, STUB_JALR_MICROMIPS
, stub
+ idx
);
11148 /* If a large stub is not required and sign extension is not a
11149 problem, then use legacy code in the stub. */
11150 if (stub_size
== stub_big_size
)
11151 bfd_put_micromips_32 (output_bfd
,
11152 STUB_ORI_MICROMIPS (h
->dynindx
& 0xffff),
11154 else if (h
->dynindx
& ~0x7fff)
11155 bfd_put_micromips_32 (output_bfd
,
11156 STUB_LI16U_MICROMIPS (h
->dynindx
& 0xffff),
11159 bfd_put_micromips_32 (output_bfd
,
11160 STUB_LI16S_MICROMIPS (output_bfd
,
11167 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, STUB_LW (output_bfd
), stub
+ idx
);
11169 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, STUB_MOVE
, stub
+ idx
);
11171 if (stub_size
== stub_big_size
)
11173 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, STUB_LUI ((h
->dynindx
>> 16) & 0x7fff),
11178 if (!(MIPSR6_P (output_bfd
) && htab
->compact_branches
))
11180 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, STUB_JALR
, stub
+ idx
);
11184 /* If a large stub is not required and sign extension is not a
11185 problem, then use legacy code in the stub. */
11186 if (stub_size
== stub_big_size
)
11187 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, STUB_ORI (h
->dynindx
& 0xffff),
11189 else if (h
->dynindx
& ~0x7fff)
11190 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, STUB_LI16U (h
->dynindx
& 0xffff),
11193 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, STUB_LI16S (output_bfd
, h
->dynindx
),
11197 if (MIPSR6_P (output_bfd
) && htab
->compact_branches
)
11198 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, STUB_JALRC
, stub
+ idx
);
11201 BFD_ASSERT (h
->plt
.plist
->stub_offset
<= htab
->sstubs
->size
);
11202 memcpy (htab
->sstubs
->contents
+ h
->plt
.plist
->stub_offset
,
11205 /* Mark the symbol as undefined. stub_offset != -1 occurs
11206 only for the referenced symbol. */
11207 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_UNDEF
;
11209 /* The run-time linker uses the st_value field of the symbol
11210 to reset the global offset table entry for this external
11211 to its stub address when unlinking a shared object. */
11212 sym
->st_value
= (htab
->sstubs
->output_section
->vma
11213 + htab
->sstubs
->output_offset
11214 + h
->plt
.plist
->stub_offset
11216 sym
->st_other
= other
;
11219 /* If we have a MIPS16 function with a stub, the dynamic symbol must
11220 refer to the stub, since only the stub uses the standard calling
11222 if (h
->dynindx
!= -1 && hmips
->fn_stub
!= NULL
)
11224 BFD_ASSERT (hmips
->need_fn_stub
);
11225 sym
->st_value
= (hmips
->fn_stub
->output_section
->vma
11226 + hmips
->fn_stub
->output_offset
);
11227 sym
->st_size
= hmips
->fn_stub
->size
;
11228 sym
->st_other
= ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (sym
->st_other
);
11231 BFD_ASSERT (h
->dynindx
!= -1
11232 || h
->forced_local
);
11234 sgot
= htab
->root
.sgot
;
11235 g
= htab
->got_info
;
11236 BFD_ASSERT (g
!= NULL
);
11238 /* Run through the global symbol table, creating GOT entries for all
11239 the symbols that need them. */
11240 if (hmips
->global_got_area
!= GGA_NONE
)
11245 value
= sym
->st_value
;
11246 offset
= mips_elf_primary_global_got_index (output_bfd
, info
, h
);
11247 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
, value
, sgot
->contents
+ offset
);
11250 if (hmips
->global_got_area
!= GGA_NONE
&& g
->next
)
11252 struct mips_got_entry e
, *p
;
11258 e
.abfd
= output_bfd
;
11261 e
.tls_type
= GOT_TLS_NONE
;
11263 for (g
= g
->next
; g
->next
!= gg
; g
= g
->next
)
11266 && (p
= (struct mips_got_entry
*) htab_find (g
->got_entries
,
11269 offset
= p
->gotidx
;
11270 BFD_ASSERT (offset
> 0 && offset
< htab
->root
.sgot
->size
);
11271 if (bfd_link_pic (info
)
11272 || (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
11274 && p
->d
.h
->root
.def_dynamic
11275 && !p
->d
.h
->root
.def_regular
))
11277 /* Create an R_MIPS_REL32 relocation for this entry. Due to
11278 the various compatibility problems, it's easier to mock
11279 up an R_MIPS_32 or R_MIPS_64 relocation and leave
11280 mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation to calculate the
11281 appropriate addend. */
11282 Elf_Internal_Rela rel
[3];
11284 memset (rel
, 0, sizeof (rel
));
11285 if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd
))
11286 rel
[0].r_info
= ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd
, 0, R_MIPS_64
);
11288 rel
[0].r_info
= ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd
, 0, R_MIPS_32
);
11289 rel
[0].r_offset
= rel
[1].r_offset
= rel
[2].r_offset
= offset
;
11292 if (! (mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation
11293 (output_bfd
, info
, rel
,
11294 e
.d
.h
, NULL
, sym
->st_value
, &entry
, sgot
)))
11298 entry
= sym
->st_value
;
11299 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
, entry
, sgot
->contents
+ offset
);
11304 /* Mark _DYNAMIC and _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ as absolute. */
11305 name
= h
->root
.root
.string
;
11306 if (h
== elf_hash_table (info
)->hdynamic
11307 || h
== elf_hash_table (info
)->hgot
)
11308 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_ABS
;
11309 else if (strcmp (name
, "_DYNAMIC_LINK") == 0
11310 || strcmp (name
, "_DYNAMIC_LINKING") == 0)
11312 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_ABS
;
11313 sym
->st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL
, STT_SECTION
);
11316 else if (SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd
))
11318 if (strcmp (name
, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names
[0]) == 0
11319 || strcmp (name
, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names
[1]) == 0)
11321 sym
->st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL
, STT_SECTION
);
11322 sym
->st_other
= STO_PROTECTED
;
11324 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_MIPS_DATA
;
11326 else if (strcmp (name
, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names
[2]) == 0)
11328 sym
->st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL
, STT_SECTION
);
11329 sym
->st_other
= STO_PROTECTED
;
11330 sym
->st_value
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->procedure_count
;
11331 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_ABS
;
11333 else if (sym
->st_shndx
!= SHN_UNDEF
&& sym
->st_shndx
!= SHN_ABS
)
11335 if (h
->type
== STT_FUNC
)
11336 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_MIPS_TEXT
;
11337 else if (h
->type
== STT_OBJECT
)
11338 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_MIPS_DATA
;
11342 /* Emit a copy reloc, if needed. */
11348 BFD_ASSERT (h
->dynindx
!= -1);
11349 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->use_plts_and_copy_relocs
);
11351 s
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, FALSE
);
11352 symval
= (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_section
->vma
11353 + h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_offset
11354 + h
->root
.u
.def
.value
);
11355 mips_elf_output_dynamic_relocation (output_bfd
, s
, s
->reloc_count
++,
11356 h
->dynindx
, R_MIPS_COPY
, symval
);
11359 /* Handle the IRIX6-specific symbols. */
11360 if (IRIX_COMPAT (output_bfd
) == ict_irix6
)
11361 mips_elf_irix6_finish_dynamic_symbol (output_bfd
, name
, sym
);
11363 /* Keep dynamic compressed symbols odd. This allows the dynamic linker
11364 to treat compressed symbols like any other. */
11365 if (ELF_ST_IS_MIPS16 (sym
->st_other
))
11367 BFD_ASSERT (sym
->st_value
& 1);
11368 sym
->st_other
-= STO_MIPS16
;
11370 else if (ELF_ST_IS_MICROMIPS (sym
->st_other
))
11372 BFD_ASSERT (sym
->st_value
& 1);
11373 sym
->st_other
-= STO_MICROMIPS
;
11379 /* Likewise, for VxWorks. */
11382 _bfd_mips_vxworks_finish_dynamic_symbol (bfd
*output_bfd
,
11383 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
11384 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
11385 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
)
11389 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
11390 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
11391 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*hmips
;
11393 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
11394 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
11395 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
11396 hmips
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
11398 if (h
->plt
.plist
!= NULL
&& h
->plt
.plist
->mips_offset
!= MINUS_ONE
)
11401 bfd_vma plt_address
, got_address
, got_offset
, branch_offset
;
11402 Elf_Internal_Rela rel
;
11403 static const bfd_vma
*plt_entry
;
11404 bfd_vma gotplt_index
;
11405 bfd_vma plt_offset
;
11407 plt_offset
= htab
->plt_header_size
+ h
->plt
.plist
->mips_offset
;
11408 gotplt_index
= h
->plt
.plist
->gotplt_index
;
11410 BFD_ASSERT (h
->dynindx
!= -1);
11411 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->root
.splt
!= NULL
);
11412 BFD_ASSERT (gotplt_index
!= MINUS_ONE
);
11413 BFD_ASSERT (plt_offset
<= htab
->root
.splt
->size
);
11415 /* Calculate the address of the .plt entry. */
11416 plt_address
= (htab
->root
.splt
->output_section
->vma
11417 + htab
->root
.splt
->output_offset
11420 /* Calculate the address of the .got.plt entry. */
11421 got_address
= (htab
->root
.sgotplt
->output_section
->vma
11422 + htab
->root
.sgotplt
->output_offset
11423 + gotplt_index
* MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
));
11425 /* Calculate the offset of the .got.plt entry from
11426 _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_. */
11427 got_offset
= mips_elf_gotplt_index (info
, h
);
11429 /* Calculate the offset for the branch at the start of the PLT
11430 entry. The branch jumps to the beginning of .plt. */
11431 branch_offset
= -(plt_offset
/ 4 + 1) & 0xffff;
11433 /* Fill in the initial value of the .got.plt entry. */
11434 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_address
,
11435 (htab
->root
.sgotplt
->contents
11436 + gotplt_index
* MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
)));
11438 /* Find out where the .plt entry should go. */
11439 loc
= htab
->root
.splt
->contents
+ plt_offset
;
11441 if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
11443 plt_entry
= mips_vxworks_shared_plt_entry
;
11444 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[0] | branch_offset
, loc
);
11445 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[1] | gotplt_index
, loc
+ 4);
11449 bfd_vma got_address_high
, got_address_low
;
11451 plt_entry
= mips_vxworks_exec_plt_entry
;
11452 got_address_high
= ((got_address
+ 0x8000) >> 16) & 0xffff;
11453 got_address_low
= got_address
& 0xffff;
11455 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[0] | branch_offset
, loc
);
11456 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[1] | gotplt_index
, loc
+ 4);
11457 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[2] | got_address_high
, loc
+ 8);
11458 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[3] | got_address_low
, loc
+ 12);
11459 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[4], loc
+ 16);
11460 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[5], loc
+ 20);
11461 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[6], loc
+ 24);
11462 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[7], loc
+ 28);
11464 loc
= (htab
->srelplt2
->contents
11465 + (gotplt_index
* 3 + 2) * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
));
11467 /* Emit a relocation for the .got.plt entry. */
11468 rel
.r_offset
= got_address
;
11469 rel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (htab
->root
.hplt
->indx
, R_MIPS_32
);
11470 rel
.r_addend
= plt_offset
;
11471 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &rel
, loc
);
11473 /* Emit a relocation for the lui of %hi(<.got.plt slot>). */
11474 loc
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
11475 rel
.r_offset
= plt_address
+ 8;
11476 rel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (htab
->root
.hgot
->indx
, R_MIPS_HI16
);
11477 rel
.r_addend
= got_offset
;
11478 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &rel
, loc
);
11480 /* Emit a relocation for the addiu of %lo(<.got.plt slot>). */
11481 loc
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
11483 rel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (htab
->root
.hgot
->indx
, R_MIPS_LO16
);
11484 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &rel
, loc
);
11487 /* Emit an R_MIPS_JUMP_SLOT relocation against the .got.plt entry. */
11488 loc
= (htab
->root
.srelplt
->contents
11489 + gotplt_index
* sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
));
11490 rel
.r_offset
= got_address
;
11491 rel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (h
->dynindx
, R_MIPS_JUMP_SLOT
);
11493 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &rel
, loc
);
11495 if (!h
->def_regular
)
11496 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_UNDEF
;
11499 BFD_ASSERT (h
->dynindx
!= -1 || h
->forced_local
);
11501 sgot
= htab
->root
.sgot
;
11502 g
= htab
->got_info
;
11503 BFD_ASSERT (g
!= NULL
);
11505 /* See if this symbol has an entry in the GOT. */
11506 if (hmips
->global_got_area
!= GGA_NONE
)
11509 Elf_Internal_Rela outrel
;
11513 /* Install the symbol value in the GOT. */
11514 offset
= mips_elf_primary_global_got_index (output_bfd
, info
, h
);
11515 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
, sym
->st_value
, sgot
->contents
+ offset
);
11517 /* Add a dynamic relocation for it. */
11518 s
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, FALSE
);
11519 loc
= s
->contents
+ (s
->reloc_count
++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
));
11520 outrel
.r_offset
= (sgot
->output_section
->vma
11521 + sgot
->output_offset
11523 outrel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (h
->dynindx
, R_MIPS_32
);
11524 outrel
.r_addend
= 0;
11525 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (dynobj
, &outrel
, loc
);
11528 /* Emit a copy reloc, if needed. */
11531 Elf_Internal_Rela rel
;
11535 BFD_ASSERT (h
->dynindx
!= -1);
11537 rel
.r_offset
= (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_section
->vma
11538 + h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_offset
11539 + h
->root
.u
.def
.value
);
11540 rel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (h
->dynindx
, R_MIPS_COPY
);
11542 if (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
== htab
->root
.sdynrelro
)
11543 srel
= htab
->root
.sreldynrelro
;
11545 srel
= htab
->root
.srelbss
;
11546 loc
= srel
->contents
+ srel
->reloc_count
* sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
11547 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &rel
, loc
);
11548 ++srel
->reloc_count
;
11551 /* If this is a mips16/microMIPS symbol, force the value to be even. */
11552 if (ELF_ST_IS_COMPRESSED (sym
->st_other
))
11553 sym
->st_value
&= ~1;
11558 /* Write out a plt0 entry to the beginning of .plt. */
11561 mips_finish_exec_plt (bfd
*output_bfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
11564 bfd_vma gotplt_value
, gotplt_value_high
, gotplt_value_low
;
11565 static const bfd_vma
*plt_entry
;
11566 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
11568 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
11569 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
11571 if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd
))
11572 plt_entry
= (htab
->compact_branches
11573 ? mipsr6_n64_exec_plt0_entry_compact
11574 : mips_n64_exec_plt0_entry
);
11575 else if (ABI_N32_P (output_bfd
))
11576 plt_entry
= (htab
->compact_branches
11577 ? mipsr6_n32_exec_plt0_entry_compact
11578 : mips_n32_exec_plt0_entry
);
11579 else if (!htab
->plt_header_is_comp
)
11580 plt_entry
= (htab
->compact_branches
11581 ? mipsr6_o32_exec_plt0_entry_compact
11582 : mips_o32_exec_plt0_entry
);
11583 else if (htab
->insn32
)
11584 plt_entry
= micromips_insn32_o32_exec_plt0_entry
;
11586 plt_entry
= micromips_o32_exec_plt0_entry
;
11588 /* Calculate the value of .got.plt. */
11589 gotplt_value
= (htab
->root
.sgotplt
->output_section
->vma
11590 + htab
->root
.sgotplt
->output_offset
);
11591 gotplt_value_high
= ((gotplt_value
+ 0x8000) >> 16) & 0xffff;
11592 gotplt_value_low
= gotplt_value
& 0xffff;
11594 /* The PLT sequence is not safe for N64 if .got.plt's address can
11595 not be loaded in two instructions. */
11596 if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd
)
11597 && ((gotplt_value
+ 0x80008000) & ~(bfd_vma
) 0xffffffff) != 0)
11600 /* xgettext:c-format */
11601 (_("%pB: `%pA' start VMA of %#" PRIx64
" outside the 32-bit range "
11602 "supported; consider using `-Ttext-segment=...'"),
11604 htab
->root
.sgotplt
->output_section
,
11605 (int64_t) gotplt_value
);
11606 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_error
);
11610 /* Install the PLT header. */
11611 loc
= htab
->root
.splt
->contents
;
11612 if (plt_entry
== micromips_o32_exec_plt0_entry
)
11614 bfd_vma gotpc_offset
;
11615 bfd_vma loc_address
;
11618 BFD_ASSERT (gotplt_value
% 4 == 0);
11620 loc_address
= (htab
->root
.splt
->output_section
->vma
11621 + htab
->root
.splt
->output_offset
);
11622 gotpc_offset
= gotplt_value
- ((loc_address
| 3) ^ 3);
11624 /* ADDIUPC has a span of +/-16MB, check we're in range. */
11625 if (gotpc_offset
+ 0x1000000 >= 0x2000000)
11628 /* xgettext:c-format */
11629 (_("%pB: `%pA' offset of %" PRId64
" from `%pA' "
11630 "beyond the range of ADDIUPC"),
11632 htab
->root
.sgotplt
->output_section
,
11633 (int64_t) gotpc_offset
,
11634 htab
->root
.splt
->output_section
);
11635 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_error
);
11638 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
,
11639 plt_entry
[0] | ((gotpc_offset
>> 18) & 0x7f), loc
);
11640 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, (gotpc_offset
>> 2) & 0xffff, loc
+ 2);
11641 for (i
= 2; i
< ARRAY_SIZE (micromips_o32_exec_plt0_entry
); i
++)
11642 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[i
], loc
+ (i
* 2));
11644 else if (plt_entry
== micromips_insn32_o32_exec_plt0_entry
)
11648 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[0], loc
);
11649 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, gotplt_value_high
, loc
+ 2);
11650 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[2], loc
+ 4);
11651 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, gotplt_value_low
, loc
+ 6);
11652 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[4], loc
+ 8);
11653 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, gotplt_value_low
, loc
+ 10);
11654 for (i
= 6; i
< ARRAY_SIZE (micromips_insn32_o32_exec_plt0_entry
); i
++)
11655 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[i
], loc
+ (i
* 2));
11659 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[0] | gotplt_value_high
, loc
);
11660 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[1] | gotplt_value_low
, loc
+ 4);
11661 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[2] | gotplt_value_low
, loc
+ 8);
11662 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[3], loc
+ 12);
11663 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[4], loc
+ 16);
11664 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[5], loc
+ 20);
11665 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[6], loc
+ 24);
11666 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[7], loc
+ 28);
11672 /* Install the PLT header for a VxWorks executable and finalize the
11673 contents of .rela.plt.unloaded. */
11676 mips_vxworks_finish_exec_plt (bfd
*output_bfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
11678 Elf_Internal_Rela rela
;
11680 bfd_vma got_value
, got_value_high
, got_value_low
, plt_address
;
11681 static const bfd_vma
*plt_entry
;
11682 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
11684 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
11685 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
11687 plt_entry
= mips_vxworks_exec_plt0_entry
;
11689 /* Calculate the value of _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_. */
11690 got_value
= (htab
->root
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_section
->vma
11691 + htab
->root
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_offset
11692 + htab
->root
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.value
);
11694 got_value_high
= ((got_value
+ 0x8000) >> 16) & 0xffff;
11695 got_value_low
= got_value
& 0xffff;
11697 /* Calculate the address of the PLT header. */
11698 plt_address
= (htab
->root
.splt
->output_section
->vma
11699 + htab
->root
.splt
->output_offset
);
11701 /* Install the PLT header. */
11702 loc
= htab
->root
.splt
->contents
;
11703 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[0] | got_value_high
, loc
);
11704 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[1] | got_value_low
, loc
+ 4);
11705 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[2], loc
+ 8);
11706 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[3], loc
+ 12);
11707 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[4], loc
+ 16);
11708 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[5], loc
+ 20);
11710 /* Output the relocation for the lui of %hi(_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_). */
11711 loc
= htab
->srelplt2
->contents
;
11712 rela
.r_offset
= plt_address
;
11713 rela
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (htab
->root
.hgot
->indx
, R_MIPS_HI16
);
11715 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &rela
, loc
);
11716 loc
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
11718 /* Output the relocation for the following addiu of
11719 %lo(_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_). */
11720 rela
.r_offset
+= 4;
11721 rela
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (htab
->root
.hgot
->indx
, R_MIPS_LO16
);
11722 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &rela
, loc
);
11723 loc
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
11725 /* Fix up the remaining relocations. They may have the wrong
11726 symbol index for _G_O_T_ or _P_L_T_ depending on the order
11727 in which symbols were output. */
11728 while (loc
< htab
->srelplt2
->contents
+ htab
->srelplt2
->size
)
11730 Elf_Internal_Rela rel
;
11732 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_in (output_bfd
, loc
, &rel
);
11733 rel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (htab
->root
.hplt
->indx
, R_MIPS_32
);
11734 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &rel
, loc
);
11735 loc
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
11737 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_in (output_bfd
, loc
, &rel
);
11738 rel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (htab
->root
.hgot
->indx
, R_MIPS_HI16
);
11739 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &rel
, loc
);
11740 loc
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
11742 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_in (output_bfd
, loc
, &rel
);
11743 rel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (htab
->root
.hgot
->indx
, R_MIPS_LO16
);
11744 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &rel
, loc
);
11745 loc
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
11749 /* Install the PLT header for a VxWorks shared library. */
11752 mips_vxworks_finish_shared_plt (bfd
*output_bfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
11755 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
11757 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
11758 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
11760 /* We just need to copy the entry byte-by-byte. */
11761 for (i
= 0; i
< ARRAY_SIZE (mips_vxworks_shared_plt0_entry
); i
++)
11762 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, mips_vxworks_shared_plt0_entry
[i
],
11763 htab
->root
.splt
->contents
+ i
* 4);
11766 /* Finish up the dynamic sections. */
11769 _bfd_mips_elf_finish_dynamic_sections (bfd
*output_bfd
,
11770 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
11775 struct mips_got_info
*gg
, *g
;
11776 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
11778 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
11779 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
11781 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
11783 sdyn
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".dynamic");
11785 sgot
= htab
->root
.sgot
;
11786 gg
= htab
->got_info
;
11788 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
11791 int dyn_to_skip
= 0, dyn_skipped
= 0;
11793 BFD_ASSERT (sdyn
!= NULL
);
11794 BFD_ASSERT (gg
!= NULL
);
11796 g
= mips_elf_bfd_got (output_bfd
, FALSE
);
11797 BFD_ASSERT (g
!= NULL
);
11799 for (b
= sdyn
->contents
;
11800 b
< sdyn
->contents
+ sdyn
->size
;
11801 b
+= MIPS_ELF_DYN_SIZE (dynobj
))
11803 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn
;
11807 bfd_boolean swap_out_p
;
11809 /* Read in the current dynamic entry. */
11810 (*get_elf_backend_data (dynobj
)->s
->swap_dyn_in
) (dynobj
, b
, &dyn
);
11812 /* Assume that we're going to modify it and write it out. */
11818 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (dynobj
);
11822 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->root
.target_os
== is_vxworks
);
11823 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= MIPS_ELF_RELA_SIZE (dynobj
);
11827 /* Rewrite DT_STRSZ. */
11829 _bfd_elf_strtab_size (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
);
11833 s
= htab
->root
.sgot
;
11834 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= s
->output_section
->vma
+ s
->output_offset
;
11837 case DT_MIPS_PLTGOT
:
11838 s
= htab
->root
.sgotplt
;
11839 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= s
->output_section
->vma
+ s
->output_offset
;
11842 case DT_MIPS_RLD_VERSION
:
11843 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= 1; /* XXX */
11846 case DT_MIPS_FLAGS
:
11847 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= RHF_NOTPOT
; /* XXX */
11850 case DT_MIPS_TIME_STAMP
:
11854 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= t
;
11858 case DT_MIPS_ICHECKSUM
:
11860 swap_out_p
= FALSE
;
11863 case DT_MIPS_IVERSION
:
11865 swap_out_p
= FALSE
;
11868 case DT_MIPS_BASE_ADDRESS
:
11869 s
= output_bfd
->sections
;
11870 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
11871 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= s
->vma
& ~(bfd_vma
) 0xffff;
11874 case DT_MIPS_LOCAL_GOTNO
:
11875 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= g
->local_gotno
;
11878 case DT_MIPS_UNREFEXTNO
:
11879 /* The index into the dynamic symbol table which is the
11880 entry of the first external symbol that is not
11881 referenced within the same object. */
11882 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= bfd_count_sections (output_bfd
) + 1;
11885 case DT_MIPS_GOTSYM
:
11886 if (htab
->global_gotsym
)
11888 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= htab
->global_gotsym
->dynindx
;
11891 /* In case if we don't have global got symbols we default
11892 to setting DT_MIPS_GOTSYM to the same value as
11893 DT_MIPS_SYMTABNO. */
11894 /* Fall through. */
11896 case DT_MIPS_SYMTABNO
:
11898 elemsize
= MIPS_ELF_SYM_SIZE (output_bfd
);
11899 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, name
);
11902 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= s
->size
/ elemsize
;
11904 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= 0;
11907 case DT_MIPS_HIPAGENO
:
11908 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= g
->local_gotno
- htab
->reserved_gotno
;
11911 case DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP
:
11913 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
11914 h
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->rld_symbol
;
11917 dyn_to_skip
= MIPS_ELF_DYN_SIZE (dynobj
);
11918 swap_out_p
= FALSE
;
11921 s
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
11923 /* The MIPS_RLD_MAP tag stores the absolute address of the
11925 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= (s
->output_section
->vma
+ s
->output_offset
11926 + h
->root
.u
.def
.value
);
11930 case DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP_REL
:
11932 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
11933 bfd_vma dt_addr
, rld_addr
;
11934 h
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->rld_symbol
;
11937 dyn_to_skip
= MIPS_ELF_DYN_SIZE (dynobj
);
11938 swap_out_p
= FALSE
;
11941 s
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
11943 /* The MIPS_RLD_MAP_REL tag stores the offset to the debug
11944 pointer, relative to the address of the tag. */
11945 dt_addr
= (sdyn
->output_section
->vma
+ sdyn
->output_offset
11946 + (b
- sdyn
->contents
));
11947 rld_addr
= (s
->output_section
->vma
+ s
->output_offset
11948 + h
->root
.u
.def
.value
);
11949 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= rld_addr
- dt_addr
;
11953 case DT_MIPS_OPTIONS
:
11954 s
= (bfd_get_section_by_name
11955 (output_bfd
, MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (output_bfd
)));
11956 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= s
->vma
;
11960 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->use_plts_and_copy_relocs
);
11961 if (htab
->root
.target_os
== is_vxworks
)
11962 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= DT_RELA
;
11964 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= DT_REL
;
11968 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->use_plts_and_copy_relocs
);
11969 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= htab
->root
.srelplt
->size
;
11973 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->use_plts_and_copy_relocs
);
11974 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= (htab
->root
.srelplt
->output_section
->vma
11975 + htab
->root
.srelplt
->output_offset
);
11979 /* If we didn't need any text relocations after all, delete
11980 the dynamic tag. */
11981 if (!(info
->flags
& DF_TEXTREL
))
11983 dyn_to_skip
= MIPS_ELF_DYN_SIZE (dynobj
);
11984 swap_out_p
= FALSE
;
11989 /* If we didn't need any text relocations after all, clear
11990 DF_TEXTREL from DT_FLAGS. */
11991 if (!(info
->flags
& DF_TEXTREL
))
11992 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
&= ~DF_TEXTREL
;
11994 swap_out_p
= FALSE
;
11997 case DT_MIPS_XHASH
:
11998 name
= ".MIPS.xhash";
11999 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, name
);
12000 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= s
->output_section
->vma
+ s
->output_offset
;
12004 swap_out_p
= FALSE
;
12005 if (htab
->root
.target_os
== is_vxworks
12006 && elf_vxworks_finish_dynamic_entry (output_bfd
, &dyn
))
12011 if (swap_out_p
|| dyn_skipped
)
12012 (*get_elf_backend_data (dynobj
)->s
->swap_dyn_out
)
12013 (dynobj
, &dyn
, b
- dyn_skipped
);
12017 dyn_skipped
+= dyn_to_skip
;
12022 /* Wipe out any trailing entries if we shifted down a dynamic tag. */
12023 if (dyn_skipped
> 0)
12024 memset (b
- dyn_skipped
, 0, dyn_skipped
);
12027 if (sgot
!= NULL
&& sgot
->size
> 0
12028 && !bfd_is_abs_section (sgot
->output_section
))
12030 if (htab
->root
.target_os
== is_vxworks
)
12032 /* The first entry of the global offset table points to the
12033 ".dynamic" section. The second is initialized by the
12034 loader and contains the shared library identifier.
12035 The third is also initialized by the loader and points
12036 to the lazy resolution stub. */
12037 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
,
12038 sdyn
->output_offset
+ sdyn
->output_section
->vma
,
12040 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
, 0,
12041 sgot
->contents
+ MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
));
12042 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
, 0,
12044 + 2 * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
));
12048 /* The first entry of the global offset table will be filled at
12049 runtime. The second entry will be used by some runtime loaders.
12050 This isn't the case of IRIX rld. */
12051 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
, (bfd_vma
) 0, sgot
->contents
);
12052 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
, MIPS_ELF_GNU_GOT1_MASK (output_bfd
),
12053 sgot
->contents
+ MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
));
12056 elf_section_data (sgot
->output_section
)->this_hdr
.sh_entsize
12057 = MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
);
12060 /* Generate dynamic relocations for the non-primary gots. */
12061 if (gg
!= NULL
&& gg
->next
)
12063 Elf_Internal_Rela rel
[3];
12064 bfd_vma addend
= 0;
12066 memset (rel
, 0, sizeof (rel
));
12067 rel
[0].r_info
= ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd
, 0, R_MIPS_REL32
);
12069 for (g
= gg
->next
; g
->next
!= gg
; g
= g
->next
)
12071 bfd_vma got_index
= g
->next
->local_gotno
+ g
->next
->global_gotno
12072 + g
->next
->tls_gotno
;
12074 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
, 0, sgot
->contents
12075 + got_index
++ * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
));
12076 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
, MIPS_ELF_GNU_GOT1_MASK (output_bfd
),
12078 + got_index
++ * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
));
12080 if (! bfd_link_pic (info
))
12083 for (; got_index
< g
->local_gotno
; got_index
++)
12085 if (got_index
>= g
->assigned_low_gotno
12086 && got_index
<= g
->assigned_high_gotno
)
12089 rel
[0].r_offset
= rel
[1].r_offset
= rel
[2].r_offset
12090 = got_index
* MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
);
12091 if (!(mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation
12092 (output_bfd
, info
, rel
, NULL
,
12093 bfd_abs_section_ptr
,
12094 0, &addend
, sgot
)))
12096 BFD_ASSERT (addend
== 0);
12101 /* The generation of dynamic relocations for the non-primary gots
12102 adds more dynamic relocations. We cannot count them until
12105 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
12108 bfd_boolean swap_out_p
;
12110 BFD_ASSERT (sdyn
!= NULL
);
12112 for (b
= sdyn
->contents
;
12113 b
< sdyn
->contents
+ sdyn
->size
;
12114 b
+= MIPS_ELF_DYN_SIZE (dynobj
))
12116 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn
;
12119 /* Read in the current dynamic entry. */
12120 (*get_elf_backend_data (dynobj
)->s
->swap_dyn_in
) (dynobj
, b
, &dyn
);
12122 /* Assume that we're going to modify it and write it out. */
12128 /* Reduce DT_RELSZ to account for any relocations we
12129 decided not to make. This is for the n64 irix rld,
12130 which doesn't seem to apply any relocations if there
12131 are trailing null entries. */
12132 s
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, FALSE
);
12133 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= (s
->reloc_count
12134 * (ABI_64_P (output_bfd
)
12135 ? sizeof (Elf64_Mips_External_Rel
)
12136 : sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel
)));
12137 /* Adjust the section size too. Tools like the prelinker
12138 can reasonably expect the values to the same. */
12139 BFD_ASSERT (!bfd_is_abs_section (s
->output_section
));
12140 elf_section_data (s
->output_section
)->this_hdr
.sh_size
12145 swap_out_p
= FALSE
;
12150 (*get_elf_backend_data (dynobj
)->s
->swap_dyn_out
)
12157 Elf32_compact_rel cpt
;
12159 if (SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd
))
12161 /* Write .compact_rel section out. */
12162 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".compact_rel");
12166 cpt
.num
= s
->reloc_count
;
12168 cpt
.offset
= (s
->output_section
->filepos
12169 + sizeof (Elf32_External_compact_rel
));
12172 bfd_elf32_swap_compact_rel_out (output_bfd
, &cpt
,
12173 ((Elf32_External_compact_rel
*)
12176 /* Clean up a dummy stub function entry in .text. */
12177 if (htab
->sstubs
!= NULL
)
12179 file_ptr dummy_offset
;
12181 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->sstubs
->size
>= htab
->function_stub_size
);
12182 dummy_offset
= htab
->sstubs
->size
- htab
->function_stub_size
;
12183 memset (htab
->sstubs
->contents
+ dummy_offset
, 0,
12184 htab
->function_stub_size
);
12189 /* The psABI says that the dynamic relocations must be sorted in
12190 increasing order of r_symndx. The VxWorks EABI doesn't require
12191 this, and because the code below handles REL rather than RELA
12192 relocations, using it for VxWorks would be outright harmful. */
12193 if (htab
->root
.target_os
!= is_vxworks
)
12195 s
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, FALSE
);
12197 && s
->size
> (bfd_vma
)2 * MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (output_bfd
))
12199 reldyn_sorting_bfd
= output_bfd
;
12201 if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd
))
12202 qsort ((Elf64_External_Rel
*) s
->contents
+ 1,
12203 s
->reloc_count
- 1, sizeof (Elf64_Mips_External_Rel
),
12204 sort_dynamic_relocs_64
);
12206 qsort ((Elf32_External_Rel
*) s
->contents
+ 1,
12207 s
->reloc_count
- 1, sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel
),
12208 sort_dynamic_relocs
);
12213 if (htab
->root
.splt
&& htab
->root
.splt
->size
> 0)
12215 if (htab
->root
.target_os
== is_vxworks
)
12217 if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
12218 mips_vxworks_finish_shared_plt (output_bfd
, info
);
12220 mips_vxworks_finish_exec_plt (output_bfd
, info
);
12224 BFD_ASSERT (!bfd_link_pic (info
));
12225 if (!mips_finish_exec_plt (output_bfd
, info
))
12233 /* Set ABFD's EF_MIPS_ARCH and EF_MIPS_MACH flags. */
12236 mips_set_isa_flags (bfd
*abfd
)
12240 switch (bfd_get_mach (abfd
))
12243 if (ABI_N32_P (abfd
) || ABI_64_P (abfd
))
12244 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_3
;
12246 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_1
;
12249 case bfd_mach_mips3000
:
12250 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_1
;
12253 case bfd_mach_mips3900
:
12254 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_1
| E_MIPS_MACH_3900
;
12257 case bfd_mach_mips6000
:
12258 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_2
;
12261 case bfd_mach_mips4010
:
12262 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_2
| E_MIPS_MACH_4010
;
12265 case bfd_mach_mips4000
:
12266 case bfd_mach_mips4300
:
12267 case bfd_mach_mips4400
:
12268 case bfd_mach_mips4600
:
12269 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_3
;
12272 case bfd_mach_mips4100
:
12273 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_3
| E_MIPS_MACH_4100
;
12276 case bfd_mach_mips4111
:
12277 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_3
| E_MIPS_MACH_4111
;
12280 case bfd_mach_mips4120
:
12281 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_3
| E_MIPS_MACH_4120
;
12284 case bfd_mach_mips4650
:
12285 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_3
| E_MIPS_MACH_4650
;
12288 case bfd_mach_mips5400
:
12289 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_4
| E_MIPS_MACH_5400
;
12292 case bfd_mach_mips5500
:
12293 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_4
| E_MIPS_MACH_5500
;
12296 case bfd_mach_mips5900
:
12297 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_3
| E_MIPS_MACH_5900
;
12300 case bfd_mach_mips9000
:
12301 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_4
| E_MIPS_MACH_9000
;
12304 case bfd_mach_mips5000
:
12305 case bfd_mach_mips7000
:
12306 case bfd_mach_mips8000
:
12307 case bfd_mach_mips10000
:
12308 case bfd_mach_mips12000
:
12309 case bfd_mach_mips14000
:
12310 case bfd_mach_mips16000
:
12311 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_4
;
12314 case bfd_mach_mips5
:
12315 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_5
;
12318 case bfd_mach_mips_loongson_2e
:
12319 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_3
| E_MIPS_MACH_LS2E
;
12322 case bfd_mach_mips_loongson_2f
:
12323 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_3
| E_MIPS_MACH_LS2F
;
12326 case bfd_mach_mips_sb1
:
12327 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_64
| E_MIPS_MACH_SB1
;
12330 case bfd_mach_mips_gs464
:
12331 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_64R2
| E_MIPS_MACH_GS464
;
12334 case bfd_mach_mips_gs464e
:
12335 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_64R2
| E_MIPS_MACH_GS464E
;
12338 case bfd_mach_mips_gs264e
:
12339 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_64R2
| E_MIPS_MACH_GS264E
;
12342 case bfd_mach_mips_octeon
:
12343 case bfd_mach_mips_octeonp
:
12344 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_64R2
| E_MIPS_MACH_OCTEON
;
12347 case bfd_mach_mips_octeon3
:
12348 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_64R2
| E_MIPS_MACH_OCTEON3
;
12351 case bfd_mach_mips_xlr
:
12352 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_64
| E_MIPS_MACH_XLR
;
12355 case bfd_mach_mips_octeon2
:
12356 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_64R2
| E_MIPS_MACH_OCTEON2
;
12359 case bfd_mach_mipsisa32
:
12360 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_32
;
12363 case bfd_mach_mipsisa64
:
12364 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_64
;
12367 case bfd_mach_mipsisa32r2
:
12368 case bfd_mach_mipsisa32r3
:
12369 case bfd_mach_mipsisa32r5
:
12370 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_32R2
;
12373 case bfd_mach_mips_interaptiv_mr2
:
12374 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_32R2
| E_MIPS_MACH_IAMR2
;
12377 case bfd_mach_mipsisa64r2
:
12378 case bfd_mach_mipsisa64r3
:
12379 case bfd_mach_mipsisa64r5
:
12380 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_64R2
;
12383 case bfd_mach_mipsisa32r6
:
12384 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_32R6
;
12387 case bfd_mach_mipsisa64r6
:
12388 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_64R6
;
12391 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
&= ~(EF_MIPS_ARCH
| EF_MIPS_MACH
);
12392 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
|= val
;
12397 /* Whether to sort relocs output by ld -r or ld --emit-relocs, by r_offset.
12398 Don't do so for code sections. We want to keep ordering of HI16/LO16
12399 as is. On the other hand, elf-eh-frame.c processing requires .eh_frame
12400 relocs to be sorted. */
12403 _bfd_mips_elf_sort_relocs_p (asection
*sec
)
12405 return (sec
->flags
& SEC_CODE
) == 0;
12409 /* The final processing done just before writing out a MIPS ELF object
12410 file. This gets the MIPS architecture right based on the machine
12411 number. This is used by both the 32-bit and the 64-bit ABI. */
12414 _bfd_mips_final_write_processing (bfd
*abfd
)
12417 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**hdrpp
;
12421 /* Keep the existing EF_MIPS_MACH and EF_MIPS_ARCH flags if the former
12422 is nonzero. This is for compatibility with old objects, which used
12423 a combination of a 32-bit EF_MIPS_ARCH and a 64-bit EF_MIPS_MACH. */
12424 if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_MACH
) == 0)
12425 mips_set_isa_flags (abfd
);
12427 /* Set the sh_info field for .gptab sections and other appropriate
12428 info for each special section. */
12429 for (i
= 1, hdrpp
= elf_elfsections (abfd
) + 1;
12430 i
< elf_numsections (abfd
);
12433 switch ((*hdrpp
)->sh_type
)
12435 case SHT_MIPS_MSYM
:
12436 case SHT_MIPS_LIBLIST
:
12437 sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynstr");
12439 (*hdrpp
)->sh_link
= elf_section_data (sec
)->this_idx
;
12442 case SHT_MIPS_GPTAB
:
12443 BFD_ASSERT ((*hdrpp
)->bfd_section
!= NULL
);
12444 name
= bfd_section_name ((*hdrpp
)->bfd_section
);
12445 BFD_ASSERT (name
!= NULL
12446 && CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".gptab."));
12447 sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, name
+ sizeof ".gptab" - 1);
12448 BFD_ASSERT (sec
!= NULL
);
12449 (*hdrpp
)->sh_info
= elf_section_data (sec
)->this_idx
;
12452 case SHT_MIPS_CONTENT
:
12453 BFD_ASSERT ((*hdrpp
)->bfd_section
!= NULL
);
12454 name
= bfd_section_name ((*hdrpp
)->bfd_section
);
12455 BFD_ASSERT (name
!= NULL
12456 && CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".MIPS.content"));
12457 sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
,
12458 name
+ sizeof ".MIPS.content" - 1);
12459 BFD_ASSERT (sec
!= NULL
);
12460 (*hdrpp
)->sh_link
= elf_section_data (sec
)->this_idx
;
12463 case SHT_MIPS_SYMBOL_LIB
:
12464 sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynsym");
12466 (*hdrpp
)->sh_link
= elf_section_data (sec
)->this_idx
;
12467 sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".liblist");
12469 (*hdrpp
)->sh_info
= elf_section_data (sec
)->this_idx
;
12472 case SHT_MIPS_EVENTS
:
12473 BFD_ASSERT ((*hdrpp
)->bfd_section
!= NULL
);
12474 name
= bfd_section_name ((*hdrpp
)->bfd_section
);
12475 BFD_ASSERT (name
!= NULL
);
12476 if (CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".MIPS.events"))
12477 sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
,
12478 name
+ sizeof ".MIPS.events" - 1);
12481 BFD_ASSERT (CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".MIPS.post_rel"));
12482 sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
,
12484 + sizeof ".MIPS.post_rel" - 1));
12486 BFD_ASSERT (sec
!= NULL
);
12487 (*hdrpp
)->sh_link
= elf_section_data (sec
)->this_idx
;
12490 case SHT_MIPS_XHASH
:
12491 sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynsym");
12493 (*hdrpp
)->sh_link
= elf_section_data (sec
)->this_idx
;
12499 _bfd_mips_elf_final_write_processing (bfd
*abfd
)
12501 _bfd_mips_final_write_processing (abfd
);
12502 return _bfd_elf_final_write_processing (abfd
);
12505 /* When creating an IRIX5 executable, we need REGINFO and RTPROC
12509 _bfd_mips_elf_additional_program_headers (bfd
*abfd
,
12510 struct bfd_link_info
*info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
12515 /* See if we need a PT_MIPS_REGINFO segment. */
12516 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".reginfo");
12517 if (s
&& (s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
))
12520 /* See if we need a PT_MIPS_ABIFLAGS segment. */
12521 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".MIPS.abiflags"))
12524 /* See if we need a PT_MIPS_OPTIONS segment. */
12525 if (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_irix6
12526 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
,
12527 MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (abfd
)))
12530 /* See if we need a PT_MIPS_RTPROC segment. */
12531 if (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_irix5
12532 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic")
12533 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".mdebug"))
12536 /* Allocate a PT_NULL header in dynamic objects. See
12537 _bfd_mips_elf_modify_segment_map for details. */
12538 if (!SGI_COMPAT (abfd
)
12539 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic"))
12545 /* Modify the segment map for an IRIX5 executable. */
12548 _bfd_mips_elf_modify_segment_map (bfd
*abfd
,
12549 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
12552 struct elf_segment_map
*m
, **pm
;
12555 /* If there is a .reginfo section, we need a PT_MIPS_REGINFO
12557 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".reginfo");
12558 if (s
!= NULL
&& (s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0)
12560 for (m
= elf_seg_map (abfd
); m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
)
12561 if (m
->p_type
== PT_MIPS_REGINFO
)
12566 m
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
12570 m
->p_type
= PT_MIPS_REGINFO
;
12572 m
->sections
[0] = s
;
12574 /* We want to put it after the PHDR and INTERP segments. */
12575 pm
= &elf_seg_map (abfd
);
12577 && ((*pm
)->p_type
== PT_PHDR
12578 || (*pm
)->p_type
== PT_INTERP
))
12586 /* If there is a .MIPS.abiflags section, we need a PT_MIPS_ABIFLAGS
12588 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".MIPS.abiflags");
12589 if (s
!= NULL
&& (s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0)
12591 for (m
= elf_seg_map (abfd
); m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
)
12592 if (m
->p_type
== PT_MIPS_ABIFLAGS
)
12597 m
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
12601 m
->p_type
= PT_MIPS_ABIFLAGS
;
12603 m
->sections
[0] = s
;
12605 /* We want to put it after the PHDR and INTERP segments. */
12606 pm
= &elf_seg_map (abfd
);
12608 && ((*pm
)->p_type
== PT_PHDR
12609 || (*pm
)->p_type
== PT_INTERP
))
12617 /* For IRIX 6, we don't have .mdebug sections, nor does anything but
12618 .dynamic end up in PT_DYNAMIC. However, we do have to insert a
12619 PT_MIPS_OPTIONS segment immediately following the program header
12621 if (NEWABI_P (abfd
)
12622 /* On non-IRIX6 new abi, we'll have already created a segment
12623 for this section, so don't create another. I'm not sure this
12624 is not also the case for IRIX 6, but I can't test it right
12626 && IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_irix6
)
12628 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
; s
= s
->next
)
12629 if (elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS
)
12634 struct elf_segment_map
*options_segment
;
12636 pm
= &elf_seg_map (abfd
);
12638 && ((*pm
)->p_type
== PT_PHDR
12639 || (*pm
)->p_type
== PT_INTERP
))
12642 if (*pm
== NULL
|| (*pm
)->p_type
!= PT_MIPS_OPTIONS
)
12644 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
12645 options_segment
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
12646 options_segment
->next
= *pm
;
12647 options_segment
->p_type
= PT_MIPS_OPTIONS
;
12648 options_segment
->p_flags
= PF_R
;
12649 options_segment
->p_flags_valid
= TRUE
;
12650 options_segment
->count
= 1;
12651 options_segment
->sections
[0] = s
;
12652 *pm
= options_segment
;
12658 if (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_irix5
)
12660 /* If there are .dynamic and .mdebug sections, we make a room
12661 for the RTPROC header. FIXME: Rewrite without section names. */
12662 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".interp") == NULL
12663 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic") != NULL
12664 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".mdebug") != NULL
)
12666 for (m
= elf_seg_map (abfd
); m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
)
12667 if (m
->p_type
== PT_MIPS_RTPROC
)
12672 m
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
12676 m
->p_type
= PT_MIPS_RTPROC
;
12678 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".rtproc");
12683 m
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
12688 m
->sections
[0] = s
;
12691 /* We want to put it after the DYNAMIC segment. */
12692 pm
= &elf_seg_map (abfd
);
12693 while (*pm
!= NULL
&& (*pm
)->p_type
!= PT_DYNAMIC
)
12703 /* On IRIX5, the PT_DYNAMIC segment includes the .dynamic,
12704 .dynstr, .dynsym, and .hash sections, and everything in
12706 for (pm
= &elf_seg_map (abfd
); *pm
!= NULL
;
12708 if ((*pm
)->p_type
== PT_DYNAMIC
)
12711 /* GNU/Linux binaries do not need the extended PT_DYNAMIC section.
12712 glibc's dynamic linker has traditionally derived the number of
12713 tags from the p_filesz field, and sometimes allocates stack
12714 arrays of that size. An overly-big PT_DYNAMIC segment can
12715 be actively harmful in such cases. Making PT_DYNAMIC contain
12716 other sections can also make life hard for the prelinker,
12717 which might move one of the other sections to a different
12718 PT_LOAD segment. */
12719 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
)
12722 && strcmp (m
->sections
[0]->name
, ".dynamic") == 0)
12724 static const char *sec_names
[] =
12726 ".dynamic", ".dynstr", ".dynsym", ".hash"
12730 struct elf_segment_map
*n
;
12732 low
= ~(bfd_vma
) 0;
12734 for (i
= 0; i
< sizeof sec_names
/ sizeof sec_names
[0]; i
++)
12736 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, sec_names
[i
]);
12737 if (s
!= NULL
&& (s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0)
12744 if (high
< s
->vma
+ sz
)
12745 high
= s
->vma
+ sz
;
12750 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
12751 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0
12753 && s
->vma
+ s
->size
<= high
)
12756 amt
= sizeof *n
- sizeof (asection
*) + c
* sizeof (asection
*);
12757 n
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
12764 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
12766 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0
12768 && s
->vma
+ s
->size
<= high
)
12770 n
->sections
[i
] = s
;
12779 /* Allocate a spare program header in dynamic objects so that tools
12780 like the prelinker can add an extra PT_LOAD entry.
12782 If the prelinker needs to make room for a new PT_LOAD entry, its
12783 standard procedure is to move the first (read-only) sections into
12784 the new (writable) segment. However, the MIPS ABI requires
12785 .dynamic to be in a read-only segment, and the section will often
12786 start within sizeof (ElfNN_Phdr) bytes of the last program header.
12788 Although the prelinker could in principle move .dynamic to a
12789 writable segment, it seems better to allocate a spare program
12790 header instead, and avoid the need to move any sections.
12791 There is a long tradition of allocating spare dynamic tags,
12792 so allocating a spare program header seems like a natural
12795 If INFO is NULL, we may be copying an already prelinked binary
12796 with objcopy or strip, so do not add this header. */
12798 && !SGI_COMPAT (abfd
)
12799 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic"))
12801 for (pm
= &elf_seg_map (abfd
); *pm
!= NULL
; pm
= &(*pm
)->next
)
12802 if ((*pm
)->p_type
== PT_NULL
)
12806 m
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, sizeof (*m
));
12810 m
->p_type
= PT_NULL
;
12818 /* Return the section that should be marked against GC for a given
12822 _bfd_mips_elf_gc_mark_hook (asection
*sec
,
12823 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
12824 Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
,
12825 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
12826 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
)
12828 /* ??? Do mips16 stub sections need to be handled special? */
12831 switch (ELF_R_TYPE (sec
->owner
, rel
->r_info
))
12833 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTINHERIT
:
12834 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTENTRY
:
12838 return _bfd_elf_gc_mark_hook (sec
, info
, rel
, h
, sym
);
12841 /* Prevent .MIPS.abiflags from being discarded with --gc-sections. */
12844 _bfd_mips_elf_gc_mark_extra_sections (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
12845 elf_gc_mark_hook_fn gc_mark_hook
)
12849 _bfd_elf_gc_mark_extra_sections (info
, gc_mark_hook
);
12851 for (sub
= info
->input_bfds
; sub
!= NULL
; sub
= sub
->link
.next
)
12855 if (! is_mips_elf (sub
))
12858 for (o
= sub
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
12860 && MIPS_ELF_ABIFLAGS_SECTION_NAME_P (bfd_section_name (o
)))
12862 if (!_bfd_elf_gc_mark (info
, o
, gc_mark_hook
))
12870 /* Copy data from a MIPS ELF indirect symbol to its direct symbol,
12871 hiding the old indirect symbol. Process additional relocation
12872 information. Also called for weakdefs, in which case we just let
12873 _bfd_elf_link_hash_copy_indirect copy the flags for us. */
12876 _bfd_mips_elf_copy_indirect_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
12877 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*dir
,
12878 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*ind
)
12880 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*dirmips
, *indmips
;
12882 _bfd_elf_link_hash_copy_indirect (info
, dir
, ind
);
12884 dirmips
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) dir
;
12885 indmips
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) ind
;
12886 /* Any absolute non-dynamic relocations against an indirect or weak
12887 definition will be against the target symbol. */
12888 if (indmips
->has_static_relocs
)
12889 dirmips
->has_static_relocs
= TRUE
;
12891 if (ind
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
12894 dirmips
->possibly_dynamic_relocs
+= indmips
->possibly_dynamic_relocs
;
12895 if (indmips
->readonly_reloc
)
12896 dirmips
->readonly_reloc
= TRUE
;
12897 if (indmips
->no_fn_stub
)
12898 dirmips
->no_fn_stub
= TRUE
;
12899 if (indmips
->fn_stub
)
12901 dirmips
->fn_stub
= indmips
->fn_stub
;
12902 indmips
->fn_stub
= NULL
;
12904 if (indmips
->need_fn_stub
)
12906 dirmips
->need_fn_stub
= TRUE
;
12907 indmips
->need_fn_stub
= FALSE
;
12909 if (indmips
->call_stub
)
12911 dirmips
->call_stub
= indmips
->call_stub
;
12912 indmips
->call_stub
= NULL
;
12914 if (indmips
->call_fp_stub
)
12916 dirmips
->call_fp_stub
= indmips
->call_fp_stub
;
12917 indmips
->call_fp_stub
= NULL
;
12919 if (indmips
->global_got_area
< dirmips
->global_got_area
)
12920 dirmips
->global_got_area
= indmips
->global_got_area
;
12921 if (indmips
->global_got_area
< GGA_NONE
)
12922 indmips
->global_got_area
= GGA_NONE
;
12923 if (indmips
->has_nonpic_branches
)
12924 dirmips
->has_nonpic_branches
= TRUE
;
12927 /* Take care of the special `__gnu_absolute_zero' symbol and ignore attempts
12928 to hide it. It has to remain global (it will also be protected) so as to
12929 be assigned a global GOT entry, which will then remain unchanged at load
12933 _bfd_mips_elf_hide_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
12934 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*entry
,
12935 bfd_boolean force_local
)
12937 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
12939 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
12940 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
12941 if (htab
->use_absolute_zero
12942 && strcmp (entry
->root
.root
.string
, "__gnu_absolute_zero") == 0)
12945 _bfd_elf_link_hash_hide_symbol (info
, entry
, force_local
);
12948 #define PDR_SIZE 32
12951 _bfd_mips_elf_discard_info (bfd
*abfd
, struct elf_reloc_cookie
*cookie
,
12952 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
12955 bfd_boolean ret
= FALSE
;
12956 unsigned char *tdata
;
12959 o
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".pdr");
12964 if (o
->size
% PDR_SIZE
!= 0)
12966 if (o
->output_section
!= NULL
12967 && bfd_is_abs_section (o
->output_section
))
12970 tdata
= bfd_zmalloc (o
->size
/ PDR_SIZE
);
12974 cookie
->rels
= _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (abfd
, o
, NULL
, NULL
,
12975 info
->keep_memory
);
12982 cookie
->rel
= cookie
->rels
;
12983 cookie
->relend
= cookie
->rels
+ o
->reloc_count
;
12985 for (i
= 0, skip
= 0; i
< o
->size
/ PDR_SIZE
; i
++)
12987 if (bfd_elf_reloc_symbol_deleted_p (i
* PDR_SIZE
, cookie
))
12996 mips_elf_section_data (o
)->u
.tdata
= tdata
;
12997 if (o
->rawsize
== 0)
12998 o
->rawsize
= o
->size
;
12999 o
->size
-= skip
* PDR_SIZE
;
13005 if (! info
->keep_memory
)
13006 free (cookie
->rels
);
13012 _bfd_mips_elf_ignore_discarded_relocs (asection
*sec
)
13014 if (strcmp (sec
->name
, ".pdr") == 0)
13020 _bfd_mips_elf_write_section (bfd
*output_bfd
,
13021 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
13022 asection
*sec
, bfd_byte
*contents
)
13024 bfd_byte
*to
, *from
, *end
;
13027 if (strcmp (sec
->name
, ".pdr") != 0)
13030 if (mips_elf_section_data (sec
)->u
.tdata
== NULL
)
13034 end
= contents
+ sec
->size
;
13035 for (from
= contents
, i
= 0;
13037 from
+= PDR_SIZE
, i
++)
13039 if ((mips_elf_section_data (sec
)->u
.tdata
)[i
] == 1)
13042 memcpy (to
, from
, PDR_SIZE
);
13045 bfd_set_section_contents (output_bfd
, sec
->output_section
, contents
,
13046 sec
->output_offset
, sec
->size
);
13050 /* microMIPS code retains local labels for linker relaxation. Omit them
13051 from output by default for clarity. */
13054 _bfd_mips_elf_is_target_special_symbol (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
*sym
)
13056 return _bfd_elf_is_local_label_name (abfd
, sym
->name
);
13059 /* MIPS ELF uses a special find_nearest_line routine in order the
13060 handle the ECOFF debugging information. */
13062 struct mips_elf_find_line
13064 struct ecoff_debug_info d
;
13065 struct ecoff_find_line i
;
13069 _bfd_mips_elf_find_nearest_line (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
**symbols
,
13070 asection
*section
, bfd_vma offset
,
13071 const char **filename_ptr
,
13072 const char **functionname_ptr
,
13073 unsigned int *line_ptr
,
13074 unsigned int *discriminator_ptr
)
13078 if (_bfd_dwarf2_find_nearest_line (abfd
, symbols
, NULL
, section
, offset
,
13079 filename_ptr
, functionname_ptr
,
13080 line_ptr
, discriminator_ptr
,
13081 dwarf_debug_sections
,
13082 &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dwarf2_find_line_info
)
13086 if (_bfd_dwarf1_find_nearest_line (abfd
, symbols
, section
, offset
,
13087 filename_ptr
, functionname_ptr
,
13090 if (!*functionname_ptr
)
13091 _bfd_elf_find_function (abfd
, symbols
, section
, offset
,
13092 *filename_ptr
? NULL
: filename_ptr
,
13097 msec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".mdebug");
13100 flagword origflags
;
13101 struct mips_elf_find_line
*fi
;
13102 const struct ecoff_debug_swap
* const swap
=
13103 get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap
;
13105 /* If we are called during a link, mips_elf_final_link may have
13106 cleared the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS field. We force it back on here
13107 if appropriate (which it normally will be). */
13108 origflags
= msec
->flags
;
13109 if (elf_section_data (msec
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
)
13110 msec
->flags
|= SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
13112 fi
= mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->find_line_info
;
13115 bfd_size_type external_fdr_size
;
13118 struct fdr
*fdr_ptr
;
13119 bfd_size_type amt
= sizeof (struct mips_elf_find_line
);
13121 fi
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
13124 msec
->flags
= origflags
;
13128 if (! _bfd_mips_elf_read_ecoff_info (abfd
, msec
, &fi
->d
))
13130 msec
->flags
= origflags
;
13134 /* Swap in the FDR information. */
13135 amt
= fi
->d
.symbolic_header
.ifdMax
* sizeof (struct fdr
);
13136 fi
->d
.fdr
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
13137 if (fi
->d
.fdr
== NULL
)
13139 msec
->flags
= origflags
;
13142 external_fdr_size
= swap
->external_fdr_size
;
13143 fdr_ptr
= fi
->d
.fdr
;
13144 fraw_src
= (char *) fi
->d
.external_fdr
;
13145 fraw_end
= (fraw_src
13146 + fi
->d
.symbolic_header
.ifdMax
* external_fdr_size
);
13147 for (; fraw_src
< fraw_end
; fraw_src
+= external_fdr_size
, fdr_ptr
++)
13148 (*swap
->swap_fdr_in
) (abfd
, fraw_src
, fdr_ptr
);
13150 mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->find_line_info
= fi
;
13152 /* Note that we don't bother to ever free this information.
13153 find_nearest_line is either called all the time, as in
13154 objdump -l, so the information should be saved, or it is
13155 rarely called, as in ld error messages, so the memory
13156 wasted is unimportant. Still, it would probably be a
13157 good idea for free_cached_info to throw it away. */
13160 if (_bfd_ecoff_locate_line (abfd
, section
, offset
, &fi
->d
, swap
,
13161 &fi
->i
, filename_ptr
, functionname_ptr
,
13164 msec
->flags
= origflags
;
13168 msec
->flags
= origflags
;
13171 /* Fall back on the generic ELF find_nearest_line routine. */
13173 return _bfd_elf_find_nearest_line (abfd
, symbols
, section
, offset
,
13174 filename_ptr
, functionname_ptr
,
13175 line_ptr
, discriminator_ptr
);
13179 _bfd_mips_elf_find_inliner_info (bfd
*abfd
,
13180 const char **filename_ptr
,
13181 const char **functionname_ptr
,
13182 unsigned int *line_ptr
)
13185 found
= _bfd_dwarf2_find_inliner_info (abfd
, filename_ptr
,
13186 functionname_ptr
, line_ptr
,
13187 & elf_tdata (abfd
)->dwarf2_find_line_info
);
13192 /* When are writing out the .options or .MIPS.options section,
13193 remember the bytes we are writing out, so that we can install the
13194 GP value in the section_processing routine. */
13197 _bfd_mips_elf_set_section_contents (bfd
*abfd
, sec_ptr section
,
13198 const void *location
,
13199 file_ptr offset
, bfd_size_type count
)
13201 if (MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME_P (section
->name
))
13205 if (elf_section_data (section
) == NULL
)
13207 size_t amt
= sizeof (struct bfd_elf_section_data
);
13208 section
->used_by_bfd
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
13209 if (elf_section_data (section
) == NULL
)
13212 c
= mips_elf_section_data (section
)->u
.tdata
;
13215 c
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, section
->size
);
13218 mips_elf_section_data (section
)->u
.tdata
= c
;
13221 memcpy (c
+ offset
, location
, count
);
13224 return _bfd_elf_set_section_contents (abfd
, section
, location
, offset
,
13228 /* This is almost identical to bfd_generic_get_... except that some
13229 MIPS relocations need to be handled specially. Sigh. */
13232 _bfd_elf_mips_get_relocated_section_contents
13234 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
,
13235 struct bfd_link_order
*link_order
,
13237 bfd_boolean relocatable
,
13240 /* Get enough memory to hold the stuff */
13241 bfd
*input_bfd
= link_order
->u
.indirect
.section
->owner
;
13242 asection
*input_section
= link_order
->u
.indirect
.section
;
13245 long reloc_size
= bfd_get_reloc_upper_bound (input_bfd
, input_section
);
13246 arelent
**reloc_vector
= NULL
;
13249 if (reloc_size
< 0)
13252 reloc_vector
= bfd_malloc (reloc_size
);
13253 if (reloc_vector
== NULL
&& reloc_size
!= 0)
13256 /* read in the section */
13257 sz
= input_section
->rawsize
? input_section
->rawsize
: input_section
->size
;
13258 if (!bfd_get_section_contents (input_bfd
, input_section
, data
, 0, sz
))
13261 reloc_count
= bfd_canonicalize_reloc (input_bfd
,
13265 if (reloc_count
< 0)
13268 if (reloc_count
> 0)
13273 bfd_vma gp
= 0x12345678; /* initialize just to shut gcc up */
13276 struct bfd_hash_entry
*h
;
13277 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*lh
;
13278 /* Skip all this stuff if we aren't mixing formats. */
13279 if (abfd
&& input_bfd
13280 && abfd
->xvec
== input_bfd
->xvec
)
13284 h
= bfd_hash_lookup (&link_info
->hash
->table
, "_gp", FALSE
, FALSE
);
13285 lh
= (struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
13292 case bfd_link_hash_undefined
:
13293 case bfd_link_hash_undefweak
:
13294 case bfd_link_hash_common
:
13297 case bfd_link_hash_defined
:
13298 case bfd_link_hash_defweak
:
13300 gp
= lh
->u
.def
.value
;
13302 case bfd_link_hash_indirect
:
13303 case bfd_link_hash_warning
:
13305 /* @@FIXME ignoring warning for now */
13307 case bfd_link_hash_new
:
13316 for (parent
= reloc_vector
; *parent
!= NULL
; parent
++)
13318 char *error_message
= NULL
;
13319 bfd_reloc_status_type r
;
13321 /* Specific to MIPS: Deal with relocation types that require
13322 knowing the gp of the output bfd. */
13323 asymbol
*sym
= *(*parent
)->sym_ptr_ptr
;
13325 /* If we've managed to find the gp and have a special
13326 function for the relocation then go ahead, else default
13327 to the generic handling. */
13329 && (*parent
)->howto
->special_function
13330 == _bfd_mips_elf32_gprel16_reloc
)
13331 r
= _bfd_mips_elf_gprel16_with_gp (input_bfd
, sym
, *parent
,
13332 input_section
, relocatable
,
13335 r
= bfd_perform_relocation (input_bfd
, *parent
, data
,
13337 relocatable
? abfd
: NULL
,
13342 asection
*os
= input_section
->output_section
;
13344 /* A partial link, so keep the relocs */
13345 os
->orelocation
[os
->reloc_count
] = *parent
;
13349 if (r
!= bfd_reloc_ok
)
13353 case bfd_reloc_undefined
:
13354 (*link_info
->callbacks
->undefined_symbol
)
13355 (link_info
, bfd_asymbol_name (*(*parent
)->sym_ptr_ptr
),
13356 input_bfd
, input_section
, (*parent
)->address
, TRUE
);
13358 case bfd_reloc_dangerous
:
13359 BFD_ASSERT (error_message
!= NULL
);
13360 (*link_info
->callbacks
->reloc_dangerous
)
13361 (link_info
, error_message
,
13362 input_bfd
, input_section
, (*parent
)->address
);
13364 case bfd_reloc_overflow
:
13365 (*link_info
->callbacks
->reloc_overflow
)
13367 bfd_asymbol_name (*(*parent
)->sym_ptr_ptr
),
13368 (*parent
)->howto
->name
, (*parent
)->addend
,
13369 input_bfd
, input_section
, (*parent
)->address
);
13371 case bfd_reloc_outofrange
:
13380 free (reloc_vector
);
13384 free (reloc_vector
);
13389 mips_elf_relax_delete_bytes (bfd
*abfd
,
13390 asection
*sec
, bfd_vma addr
, int count
)
13392 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
13393 unsigned int sec_shndx
;
13394 bfd_byte
*contents
;
13395 Elf_Internal_Rela
*irel
, *irelend
;
13396 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
13397 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymend
;
13398 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hashes
;
13399 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**end_hashes
;
13400 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**start_hashes
;
13401 unsigned int symcount
;
13403 sec_shndx
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd
, sec
);
13404 contents
= elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
;
13406 irel
= elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
;
13407 irelend
= irel
+ sec
->reloc_count
;
13409 /* Actually delete the bytes. */
13410 memmove (contents
+ addr
, contents
+ addr
+ count
,
13411 (size_t) (sec
->size
- addr
- count
));
13412 sec
->size
-= count
;
13414 /* Adjust all the relocs. */
13415 for (irel
= elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
; irel
< irelend
; irel
++)
13417 /* Get the new reloc address. */
13418 if (irel
->r_offset
> addr
)
13419 irel
->r_offset
-= count
;
13422 BFD_ASSERT (addr
% 2 == 0);
13423 BFD_ASSERT (count
% 2 == 0);
13425 /* Adjust the local symbols defined in this section. */
13426 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
13427 isym
= (Elf_Internal_Sym
*) symtab_hdr
->contents
;
13428 for (isymend
= isym
+ symtab_hdr
->sh_info
; isym
< isymend
; isym
++)
13429 if (isym
->st_shndx
== sec_shndx
&& isym
->st_value
> addr
)
13430 isym
->st_value
-= count
;
13432 /* Now adjust the global symbols defined in this section. */
13433 symcount
= (symtab_hdr
->sh_size
/ sizeof (Elf32_External_Sym
)
13434 - symtab_hdr
->sh_info
);
13435 sym_hashes
= start_hashes
= elf_sym_hashes (abfd
);
13436 end_hashes
= sym_hashes
+ symcount
;
13438 for (; sym_hashes
< end_hashes
; sym_hashes
++)
13440 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*sym_hash
= *sym_hashes
;
13442 if ((sym_hash
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
13443 || sym_hash
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
13444 && sym_hash
->root
.u
.def
.section
== sec
)
13446 bfd_vma value
= sym_hash
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
13448 if (ELF_ST_IS_MICROMIPS (sym_hash
->other
))
13449 value
&= MINUS_TWO
;
13451 sym_hash
->root
.u
.def
.value
-= count
;
13459 /* Opcodes needed for microMIPS relaxation as found in
13460 opcodes/micromips-opc.c. */
13462 struct opcode_descriptor
{
13463 unsigned long match
;
13464 unsigned long mask
;
13467 /* The $ra register aka $31. */
13471 /* 32-bit instruction format register fields. */
13473 #define OP32_SREG(opcode) (((opcode) >> 16) & 0x1f)
13474 #define OP32_TREG(opcode) (((opcode) >> 21) & 0x1f)
13476 /* Check if a 5-bit register index can be abbreviated to 3 bits. */
13478 #define OP16_VALID_REG(r) \
13479 ((2 <= (r) && (r) <= 7) || (16 <= (r) && (r) <= 17))
13482 /* 32-bit and 16-bit branches. */
13484 static const struct opcode_descriptor b_insns_32
[] = {
13485 { /* "b", "p", */ 0x40400000, 0xffff0000 }, /* bgez 0 */
13486 { /* "b", "p", */ 0x94000000, 0xffff0000 }, /* beq 0, 0 */
13487 { 0, 0 } /* End marker for find_match(). */
13490 static const struct opcode_descriptor bc_insn_32
=
13491 { /* "bc(1|2)(ft)", "N,p", */ 0x42800000, 0xfec30000 };
13493 static const struct opcode_descriptor bz_insn_32
=
13494 { /* "b(g|l)(e|t)z", "s,p", */ 0x40000000, 0xff200000 };
13496 static const struct opcode_descriptor bzal_insn_32
=
13497 { /* "b(ge|lt)zal", "s,p", */ 0x40200000, 0xffa00000 };
13499 static const struct opcode_descriptor beq_insn_32
=
13500 { /* "b(eq|ne)", "s,t,p", */ 0x94000000, 0xdc000000 };
13502 static const struct opcode_descriptor b_insn_16
=
13503 { /* "b", "mD", */ 0xcc00, 0xfc00 };
13505 static const struct opcode_descriptor bz_insn_16
=
13506 { /* "b(eq|ne)z", "md,mE", */ 0x8c00, 0xdc00 };
13509 /* 32-bit and 16-bit branch EQ and NE zero. */
13511 /* NOTE: All opcode tables have BEQ/BNE in the same order: first the
13512 eq and second the ne. This convention is used when replacing a
13513 32-bit BEQ/BNE with the 16-bit version. */
13515 #define BZC32_REG_FIELD(r) (((r) & 0x1f) << 16)
13517 static const struct opcode_descriptor bz_rs_insns_32
[] = {
13518 { /* "beqz", "s,p", */ 0x94000000, 0xffe00000 },
13519 { /* "bnez", "s,p", */ 0xb4000000, 0xffe00000 },
13520 { 0, 0 } /* End marker for find_match(). */
13523 static const struct opcode_descriptor bz_rt_insns_32
[] = {
13524 { /* "beqz", "t,p", */ 0x94000000, 0xfc01f000 },
13525 { /* "bnez", "t,p", */ 0xb4000000, 0xfc01f000 },
13526 { 0, 0 } /* End marker for find_match(). */
13529 static const struct opcode_descriptor bzc_insns_32
[] = {
13530 { /* "beqzc", "s,p", */ 0x40e00000, 0xffe00000 },
13531 { /* "bnezc", "s,p", */ 0x40a00000, 0xffe00000 },
13532 { 0, 0 } /* End marker for find_match(). */
13535 static const struct opcode_descriptor bz_insns_16
[] = {
13536 { /* "beqz", "md,mE", */ 0x8c00, 0xfc00 },
13537 { /* "bnez", "md,mE", */ 0xac00, 0xfc00 },
13538 { 0, 0 } /* End marker for find_match(). */
13541 /* Switch between a 5-bit register index and its 3-bit shorthand. */
13543 #define BZ16_REG(opcode) ((((((opcode) >> 7) & 7) + 0x1e) & 0xf) + 2)
13544 #define BZ16_REG_FIELD(r) (((r) & 7) << 7)
13547 /* 32-bit instructions with a delay slot. */
13549 static const struct opcode_descriptor jal_insn_32_bd16
=
13550 { /* "jals", "a", */ 0x74000000, 0xfc000000 };
13552 static const struct opcode_descriptor jal_insn_32_bd32
=
13553 { /* "jal", "a", */ 0xf4000000, 0xfc000000 };
13555 static const struct opcode_descriptor jal_x_insn_32_bd32
=
13556 { /* "jal[x]", "a", */ 0xf0000000, 0xf8000000 };
13558 static const struct opcode_descriptor j_insn_32
=
13559 { /* "j", "a", */ 0xd4000000, 0xfc000000 };
13561 static const struct opcode_descriptor jalr_insn_32
=
13562 { /* "jalr[.hb]", "t,s", */ 0x00000f3c, 0xfc00efff };
13564 /* This table can be compacted, because no opcode replacement is made. */
13566 static const struct opcode_descriptor ds_insns_32_bd16
[] = {
13567 { /* "jals", "a", */ 0x74000000, 0xfc000000 },
13569 { /* "jalrs[.hb]", "t,s", */ 0x00004f3c, 0xfc00efff },
13570 { /* "b(ge|lt)zals", "s,p", */ 0x42200000, 0xffa00000 },
13572 { /* "b(g|l)(e|t)z", "s,p", */ 0x40000000, 0xff200000 },
13573 { /* "b(eq|ne)", "s,t,p", */ 0x94000000, 0xdc000000 },
13574 { /* "j", "a", */ 0xd4000000, 0xfc000000 },
13575 { 0, 0 } /* End marker for find_match(). */
13578 /* This table can be compacted, because no opcode replacement is made. */
13580 static const struct opcode_descriptor ds_insns_32_bd32
[] = {
13581 { /* "jal[x]", "a", */ 0xf0000000, 0xf8000000 },
13583 { /* "jalr[.hb]", "t,s", */ 0x00000f3c, 0xfc00efff },
13584 { /* "b(ge|lt)zal", "s,p", */ 0x40200000, 0xffa00000 },
13585 { 0, 0 } /* End marker for find_match(). */
13589 /* 16-bit instructions with a delay slot. */
13591 static const struct opcode_descriptor jalr_insn_16_bd16
=
13592 { /* "jalrs", "my,mj", */ 0x45e0, 0xffe0 };
13594 static const struct opcode_descriptor jalr_insn_16_bd32
=
13595 { /* "jalr", "my,mj", */ 0x45c0, 0xffe0 };
13597 static const struct opcode_descriptor jr_insn_16
=
13598 { /* "jr", "mj", */ 0x4580, 0xffe0 };
13600 #define JR16_REG(opcode) ((opcode) & 0x1f)
13602 /* This table can be compacted, because no opcode replacement is made. */
13604 static const struct opcode_descriptor ds_insns_16_bd16
[] = {
13605 { /* "jalrs", "my,mj", */ 0x45e0, 0xffe0 },
13607 { /* "b", "mD", */ 0xcc00, 0xfc00 },
13608 { /* "b(eq|ne)z", "md,mE", */ 0x8c00, 0xdc00 },
13609 { /* "jr", "mj", */ 0x4580, 0xffe0 },
13610 { 0, 0 } /* End marker for find_match(). */
13614 /* LUI instruction. */
13616 static const struct opcode_descriptor lui_insn
=
13617 { /* "lui", "s,u", */ 0x41a00000, 0xffe00000 };
13620 /* ADDIU instruction. */
13622 static const struct opcode_descriptor addiu_insn
=
13623 { /* "addiu", "t,r,j", */ 0x30000000, 0xfc000000 };
13625 static const struct opcode_descriptor addiupc_insn
=
13626 { /* "addiu", "mb,$pc,mQ", */ 0x78000000, 0xfc000000 };
13628 #define ADDIUPC_REG_FIELD(r) \
13629 (((2 <= (r) && (r) <= 7) ? (r) : ((r) - 16)) << 23)
13632 /* Relaxable instructions in a JAL delay slot: MOVE. */
13634 /* The 16-bit move has rd in 9:5 and rs in 4:0. The 32-bit moves
13635 (ADDU, OR) have rd in 15:11 and rs in 10:16. */
13636 #define MOVE32_RD(opcode) (((opcode) >> 11) & 0x1f)
13637 #define MOVE32_RS(opcode) (((opcode) >> 16) & 0x1f)
13639 #define MOVE16_RD_FIELD(r) (((r) & 0x1f) << 5)
13640 #define MOVE16_RS_FIELD(r) (((r) & 0x1f) )
13642 static const struct opcode_descriptor move_insns_32
[] = {
13643 { /* "move", "d,s", */ 0x00000290, 0xffe007ff }, /* or d,s,$0 */
13644 { /* "move", "d,s", */ 0x00000150, 0xffe007ff }, /* addu d,s,$0 */
13645 { 0, 0 } /* End marker for find_match(). */
13648 static const struct opcode_descriptor move_insn_16
=
13649 { /* "move", "mp,mj", */ 0x0c00, 0xfc00 };
13652 /* NOP instructions. */
13654 static const struct opcode_descriptor nop_insn_32
=
13655 { /* "nop", "", */ 0x00000000, 0xffffffff };
13657 static const struct opcode_descriptor nop_insn_16
=
13658 { /* "nop", "", */ 0x0c00, 0xffff };
13661 /* Instruction match support. */
13663 #define MATCH(opcode, insn) ((opcode & insn.mask) == insn.match)
13666 find_match (unsigned long opcode
, const struct opcode_descriptor insn
[])
13668 unsigned long indx
;
13670 for (indx
= 0; insn
[indx
].mask
!= 0; indx
++)
13671 if (MATCH (opcode
, insn
[indx
]))
13678 /* Branch and delay slot decoding support. */
13680 /* If PTR points to what *might* be a 16-bit branch or jump, then
13681 return the minimum length of its delay slot, otherwise return 0.
13682 Non-zero results are not definitive as we might be checking against
13683 the second half of another instruction. */
13686 check_br16_dslot (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_byte
*ptr
)
13688 unsigned long opcode
;
13691 opcode
= bfd_get_16 (abfd
, ptr
);
13692 if (MATCH (opcode
, jalr_insn_16_bd32
) != 0)
13693 /* 16-bit branch/jump with a 32-bit delay slot. */
13695 else if (MATCH (opcode
, jalr_insn_16_bd16
) != 0
13696 || find_match (opcode
, ds_insns_16_bd16
) >= 0)
13697 /* 16-bit branch/jump with a 16-bit delay slot. */
13700 /* No delay slot. */
13706 /* If PTR points to what *might* be a 32-bit branch or jump, then
13707 return the minimum length of its delay slot, otherwise return 0.
13708 Non-zero results are not definitive as we might be checking against
13709 the second half of another instruction. */
13712 check_br32_dslot (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_byte
*ptr
)
13714 unsigned long opcode
;
13717 opcode
= bfd_get_micromips_32 (abfd
, ptr
);
13718 if (find_match (opcode
, ds_insns_32_bd32
) >= 0)
13719 /* 32-bit branch/jump with a 32-bit delay slot. */
13721 else if (find_match (opcode
, ds_insns_32_bd16
) >= 0)
13722 /* 32-bit branch/jump with a 16-bit delay slot. */
13725 /* No delay slot. */
13731 /* If PTR points to a 16-bit branch or jump with a 32-bit delay slot
13732 that doesn't fiddle with REG, then return TRUE, otherwise FALSE. */
13735 check_br16 (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_byte
*ptr
, unsigned long reg
)
13737 unsigned long opcode
;
13739 opcode
= bfd_get_16 (abfd
, ptr
);
13740 if (MATCH (opcode
, b_insn_16
)
13742 || (MATCH (opcode
, jr_insn_16
) && reg
!= JR16_REG (opcode
))
13744 || (MATCH (opcode
, bz_insn_16
) && reg
!= BZ16_REG (opcode
))
13745 /* BEQZ16, BNEZ16 */
13746 || (MATCH (opcode
, jalr_insn_16_bd32
)
13748 && reg
!= JR16_REG (opcode
) && reg
!= RA
))
13754 /* If PTR points to a 32-bit branch or jump that doesn't fiddle with REG,
13755 then return TRUE, otherwise FALSE. */
13758 check_br32 (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_byte
*ptr
, unsigned long reg
)
13760 unsigned long opcode
;
13762 opcode
= bfd_get_micromips_32 (abfd
, ptr
);
13763 if (MATCH (opcode
, j_insn_32
)
13765 || MATCH (opcode
, bc_insn_32
)
13766 /* BC1F, BC1T, BC2F, BC2T */
13767 || (MATCH (opcode
, jal_x_insn_32_bd32
) && reg
!= RA
)
13769 || (MATCH (opcode
, bz_insn_32
) && reg
!= OP32_SREG (opcode
))
13770 /* BGEZ, BGTZ, BLEZ, BLTZ */
13771 || (MATCH (opcode
, bzal_insn_32
)
13772 /* BGEZAL, BLTZAL */
13773 && reg
!= OP32_SREG (opcode
) && reg
!= RA
)
13774 || ((MATCH (opcode
, jalr_insn_32
) || MATCH (opcode
, beq_insn_32
))
13775 /* JALR, JALR.HB, BEQ, BNE */
13776 && reg
!= OP32_SREG (opcode
) && reg
!= OP32_TREG (opcode
)))
13782 /* If the instruction encoding at PTR and relocations [INTERNAL_RELOCS,
13783 IRELEND) at OFFSET indicate that there must be a compact branch there,
13784 then return TRUE, otherwise FALSE. */
13787 check_relocated_bzc (bfd
*abfd
, const bfd_byte
*ptr
, bfd_vma offset
,
13788 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*internal_relocs
,
13789 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*irelend
)
13791 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*irel
;
13792 unsigned long opcode
;
13794 opcode
= bfd_get_micromips_32 (abfd
, ptr
);
13795 if (find_match (opcode
, bzc_insns_32
) < 0)
13798 for (irel
= internal_relocs
; irel
< irelend
; irel
++)
13799 if (irel
->r_offset
== offset
13800 && ELF32_R_TYPE (irel
->r_info
) == R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1
)
13806 /* Bitsize checking. */
13807 #define IS_BITSIZE(val, N) \
13808 (((((val) & ((1ULL << (N)) - 1)) ^ (1ULL << ((N) - 1))) \
13809 - (1ULL << ((N) - 1))) == (val))
13813 _bfd_mips_elf_relax_section (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
,
13814 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
,
13815 bfd_boolean
*again
)
13817 bfd_boolean insn32
= mips_elf_hash_table (link_info
)->insn32
;
13818 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
13819 Elf_Internal_Rela
*internal_relocs
;
13820 Elf_Internal_Rela
*irel
, *irelend
;
13821 bfd_byte
*contents
= NULL
;
13822 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymbuf
= NULL
;
13824 /* Assume nothing changes. */
13827 /* We don't have to do anything for a relocatable link, if
13828 this section does not have relocs, or if this is not a
13831 if (bfd_link_relocatable (link_info
)
13832 || (sec
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) == 0
13833 || sec
->reloc_count
== 0
13834 || (sec
->flags
& SEC_CODE
) == 0)
13837 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
13839 /* Get a copy of the native relocations. */
13840 internal_relocs
= (_bfd_elf_link_read_relocs
13841 (abfd
, sec
, NULL
, (Elf_Internal_Rela
*) NULL
,
13842 link_info
->keep_memory
));
13843 if (internal_relocs
== NULL
)
13846 /* Walk through them looking for relaxing opportunities. */
13847 irelend
= internal_relocs
+ sec
->reloc_count
;
13848 for (irel
= internal_relocs
; irel
< irelend
; irel
++)
13850 unsigned long r_symndx
= ELF32_R_SYM (irel
->r_info
);
13851 unsigned int r_type
= ELF32_R_TYPE (irel
->r_info
);
13852 bfd_boolean target_is_micromips_code_p
;
13853 unsigned long opcode
;
13859 /* The number of bytes to delete for relaxation and from where
13860 to delete these bytes starting at irel->r_offset. */
13864 /* If this isn't something that can be relaxed, then ignore
13866 if (r_type
!= R_MICROMIPS_HI16
13867 && r_type
!= R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1
13868 && r_type
!= R_MICROMIPS_26_S1
)
13871 /* Get the section contents if we haven't done so already. */
13872 if (contents
== NULL
)
13874 /* Get cached copy if it exists. */
13875 if (elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
!= NULL
)
13876 contents
= elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
;
13877 /* Go get them off disk. */
13878 else if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd
, sec
, &contents
))
13881 ptr
= contents
+ irel
->r_offset
;
13883 /* Read this BFD's local symbols if we haven't done so already. */
13884 if (isymbuf
== NULL
&& symtab_hdr
->sh_info
!= 0)
13886 isymbuf
= (Elf_Internal_Sym
*) symtab_hdr
->contents
;
13887 if (isymbuf
== NULL
)
13888 isymbuf
= bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd
, symtab_hdr
,
13889 symtab_hdr
->sh_info
, 0,
13891 if (isymbuf
== NULL
)
13895 /* Get the value of the symbol referred to by the reloc. */
13896 if (r_symndx
< symtab_hdr
->sh_info
)
13898 /* A local symbol. */
13899 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
13902 isym
= isymbuf
+ r_symndx
;
13903 if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_UNDEF
)
13904 sym_sec
= bfd_und_section_ptr
;
13905 else if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_ABS
)
13906 sym_sec
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
13907 else if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_COMMON
)
13908 sym_sec
= bfd_com_section_ptr
;
13910 sym_sec
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd
, isym
->st_shndx
);
13911 symval
= (isym
->st_value
13912 + sym_sec
->output_section
->vma
13913 + sym_sec
->output_offset
);
13914 target_is_micromips_code_p
= ELF_ST_IS_MICROMIPS (isym
->st_other
);
13918 unsigned long indx
;
13919 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
13921 /* An external symbol. */
13922 indx
= r_symndx
- symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
13923 h
= elf_sym_hashes (abfd
)[indx
];
13924 BFD_ASSERT (h
!= NULL
);
13926 if (h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defined
13927 && h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
13928 /* This appears to be a reference to an undefined
13929 symbol. Just ignore it -- it will be caught by the
13930 regular reloc processing. */
13933 symval
= (h
->root
.u
.def
.value
13934 + h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_section
->vma
13935 + h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_offset
);
13936 target_is_micromips_code_p
= (!h
->needs_plt
13937 && ELF_ST_IS_MICROMIPS (h
->other
));
13941 /* For simplicity of coding, we are going to modify the
13942 section contents, the section relocs, and the BFD symbol
13943 table. We must tell the rest of the code not to free up this
13944 information. It would be possible to instead create a table
13945 of changes which have to be made, as is done in coff-mips.c;
13946 that would be more work, but would require less memory when
13947 the linker is run. */
13949 /* Only 32-bit instructions relaxed. */
13950 if (irel
->r_offset
+ 4 > sec
->size
)
13953 opcode
= bfd_get_micromips_32 (abfd
, ptr
);
13955 /* This is the pc-relative distance from the instruction the
13956 relocation is applied to, to the symbol referred. */
13958 - (sec
->output_section
->vma
+ sec
->output_offset
)
13961 /* R_MICROMIPS_HI16 / LUI relaxation to nil, performing relaxation
13962 of corresponding R_MICROMIPS_LO16 to R_MICROMIPS_HI0_LO16 or
13963 R_MICROMIPS_PC23_S2. The R_MICROMIPS_PC23_S2 condition is
13965 (symval % 4 == 0 && IS_BITSIZE (pcrval, 25))
13967 where pcrval has first to be adjusted to apply against the LO16
13968 location (we make the adjustment later on, when we have figured
13969 out the offset). */
13970 if (r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_HI16
&& MATCH (opcode
, lui_insn
))
13972 bfd_boolean bzc
= FALSE
;
13973 unsigned long nextopc
;
13977 /* Give up if the previous reloc was a HI16 against this symbol
13979 if (irel
> internal_relocs
13980 && ELF32_R_TYPE (irel
[-1].r_info
) == R_MICROMIPS_HI16
13981 && ELF32_R_SYM (irel
[-1].r_info
) == r_symndx
)
13984 /* Or if the next reloc is not a LO16 against this symbol. */
13985 if (irel
+ 1 >= irelend
13986 || ELF32_R_TYPE (irel
[1].r_info
) != R_MICROMIPS_LO16
13987 || ELF32_R_SYM (irel
[1].r_info
) != r_symndx
)
13990 /* Or if the second next reloc is a LO16 against this symbol too. */
13991 if (irel
+ 2 >= irelend
13992 && ELF32_R_TYPE (irel
[2].r_info
) == R_MICROMIPS_LO16
13993 && ELF32_R_SYM (irel
[2].r_info
) == r_symndx
)
13996 /* See if the LUI instruction *might* be in a branch delay slot.
13997 We check whether what looks like a 16-bit branch or jump is
13998 actually an immediate argument to a compact branch, and let
13999 it through if so. */
14000 if (irel
->r_offset
>= 2
14001 && check_br16_dslot (abfd
, ptr
- 2)
14002 && !(irel
->r_offset
>= 4
14003 && (bzc
= check_relocated_bzc (abfd
,
14004 ptr
- 4, irel
->r_offset
- 4,
14005 internal_relocs
, irelend
))))
14007 if (irel
->r_offset
>= 4
14009 && check_br32_dslot (abfd
, ptr
- 4))
14012 reg
= OP32_SREG (opcode
);
14014 /* We only relax adjacent instructions or ones separated with
14015 a branch or jump that has a delay slot. The branch or jump
14016 must not fiddle with the register used to hold the address.
14017 Subtract 4 for the LUI itself. */
14018 offset
= irel
[1].r_offset
- irel
[0].r_offset
;
14019 switch (offset
- 4)
14024 if (check_br16 (abfd
, ptr
+ 4, reg
))
14028 if (check_br32 (abfd
, ptr
+ 4, reg
))
14035 nextopc
= bfd_get_micromips_32 (abfd
, contents
+ irel
[1].r_offset
);
14037 /* Give up unless the same register is used with both
14039 if (OP32_SREG (nextopc
) != reg
)
14042 /* Now adjust pcrval, subtracting the offset to the LO16 reloc
14043 and rounding up to take masking of the two LSBs into account. */
14044 pcrval
= ((pcrval
- offset
+ 3) | 3) ^ 3;
14046 /* R_MICROMIPS_LO16 relaxation to R_MICROMIPS_HI0_LO16. */
14047 if (IS_BITSIZE (symval
, 16))
14049 /* Fix the relocation's type. */
14050 irel
[1].r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx
, R_MICROMIPS_HI0_LO16
);
14052 /* Instructions using R_MICROMIPS_LO16 have the base or
14053 source register in bits 20:16. This register becomes $0
14054 (zero) as the result of the R_MICROMIPS_HI16 being 0. */
14055 nextopc
&= ~0x001f0000;
14056 bfd_put_16 (abfd
, (nextopc
>> 16) & 0xffff,
14057 contents
+ irel
[1].r_offset
);
14060 /* R_MICROMIPS_LO16 / ADDIU relaxation to R_MICROMIPS_PC23_S2.
14061 We add 4 to take LUI deletion into account while checking
14062 the PC-relative distance. */
14063 else if (symval
% 4 == 0
14064 && IS_BITSIZE (pcrval
+ 4, 25)
14065 && MATCH (nextopc
, addiu_insn
)
14066 && OP32_TREG (nextopc
) == OP32_SREG (nextopc
)
14067 && OP16_VALID_REG (OP32_TREG (nextopc
)))
14069 /* Fix the relocation's type. */
14070 irel
[1].r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx
, R_MICROMIPS_PC23_S2
);
14072 /* Replace ADDIU with the ADDIUPC version. */
14073 nextopc
= (addiupc_insn
.match
14074 | ADDIUPC_REG_FIELD (OP32_TREG (nextopc
)));
14076 bfd_put_micromips_32 (abfd
, nextopc
,
14077 contents
+ irel
[1].r_offset
);
14080 /* Can't do anything, give up, sigh... */
14084 /* Fix the relocation's type. */
14085 irel
->r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx
, R_MIPS_NONE
);
14087 /* Delete the LUI instruction: 4 bytes at irel->r_offset. */
14092 /* Compact branch relaxation -- due to the multitude of macros
14093 employed by the compiler/assembler, compact branches are not
14094 always generated. Obviously, this can/will be fixed elsewhere,
14095 but there is no drawback in double checking it here. */
14096 else if (r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1
14097 && irel
->r_offset
+ 5 < sec
->size
14098 && ((fndopc
= find_match (opcode
, bz_rs_insns_32
)) >= 0
14099 || (fndopc
= find_match (opcode
, bz_rt_insns_32
)) >= 0)
14101 && (delcnt
= MATCH (bfd_get_16 (abfd
, ptr
+ 4),
14102 nop_insn_16
) ? 2 : 0))
14103 || (irel
->r_offset
+ 7 < sec
->size
14104 && (delcnt
= MATCH (bfd_get_micromips_32 (abfd
,
14106 nop_insn_32
) ? 4 : 0))))
14110 reg
= OP32_SREG (opcode
) ? OP32_SREG (opcode
) : OP32_TREG (opcode
);
14112 /* Replace BEQZ/BNEZ with the compact version. */
14113 opcode
= (bzc_insns_32
[fndopc
].match
14114 | BZC32_REG_FIELD (reg
)
14115 | (opcode
& 0xffff)); /* Addend value. */
14117 bfd_put_micromips_32 (abfd
, opcode
, ptr
);
14119 /* Delete the delay slot NOP: two or four bytes from
14120 irel->offset + 4; delcnt has already been set above. */
14124 /* R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1 relaxation to R_MICROMIPS_PC10_S1. We need
14125 to check the distance from the next instruction, so subtract 2. */
14127 && r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1
14128 && IS_BITSIZE (pcrval
- 2, 11)
14129 && find_match (opcode
, b_insns_32
) >= 0)
14131 /* Fix the relocation's type. */
14132 irel
->r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx
, R_MICROMIPS_PC10_S1
);
14134 /* Replace the 32-bit opcode with a 16-bit opcode. */
14137 | (opcode
& 0x3ff)), /* Addend value. */
14140 /* Delete 2 bytes from irel->r_offset + 2. */
14145 /* R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1 relaxation to R_MICROMIPS_PC7_S1. We need
14146 to check the distance from the next instruction, so subtract 2. */
14148 && r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1
14149 && IS_BITSIZE (pcrval
- 2, 8)
14150 && (((fndopc
= find_match (opcode
, bz_rs_insns_32
)) >= 0
14151 && OP16_VALID_REG (OP32_SREG (opcode
)))
14152 || ((fndopc
= find_match (opcode
, bz_rt_insns_32
)) >= 0
14153 && OP16_VALID_REG (OP32_TREG (opcode
)))))
14157 reg
= OP32_SREG (opcode
) ? OP32_SREG (opcode
) : OP32_TREG (opcode
);
14159 /* Fix the relocation's type. */
14160 irel
->r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx
, R_MICROMIPS_PC7_S1
);
14162 /* Replace the 32-bit opcode with a 16-bit opcode. */
14164 (bz_insns_16
[fndopc
].match
14165 | BZ16_REG_FIELD (reg
)
14166 | (opcode
& 0x7f)), /* Addend value. */
14169 /* Delete 2 bytes from irel->r_offset + 2. */
14174 /* R_MICROMIPS_26_S1 -- JAL to JALS relaxation for microMIPS targets. */
14176 && r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_26_S1
14177 && target_is_micromips_code_p
14178 && irel
->r_offset
+ 7 < sec
->size
14179 && MATCH (opcode
, jal_insn_32_bd32
))
14181 unsigned long n32opc
;
14182 bfd_boolean relaxed
= FALSE
;
14184 n32opc
= bfd_get_micromips_32 (abfd
, ptr
+ 4);
14186 if (MATCH (n32opc
, nop_insn_32
))
14188 /* Replace delay slot 32-bit NOP with a 16-bit NOP. */
14189 bfd_put_16 (abfd
, nop_insn_16
.match
, ptr
+ 4);
14193 else if (find_match (n32opc
, move_insns_32
) >= 0)
14195 /* Replace delay slot 32-bit MOVE with 16-bit MOVE. */
14197 (move_insn_16
.match
14198 | MOVE16_RD_FIELD (MOVE32_RD (n32opc
))
14199 | MOVE16_RS_FIELD (MOVE32_RS (n32opc
))),
14204 /* Other 32-bit instructions relaxable to 16-bit
14205 instructions will be handled here later. */
14209 /* JAL with 32-bit delay slot that is changed to a JALS
14210 with 16-bit delay slot. */
14211 bfd_put_micromips_32 (abfd
, jal_insn_32_bd16
.match
, ptr
);
14213 /* Delete 2 bytes from irel->r_offset + 6. */
14221 /* Note that we've changed the relocs, section contents, etc. */
14222 elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
= internal_relocs
;
14223 elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
= contents
;
14224 symtab_hdr
->contents
= (unsigned char *) isymbuf
;
14226 /* Delete bytes depending on the delcnt and deloff. */
14227 if (!mips_elf_relax_delete_bytes (abfd
, sec
,
14228 irel
->r_offset
+ deloff
, delcnt
))
14231 /* That will change things, so we should relax again.
14232 Note that this is not required, and it may be slow. */
14237 if (isymbuf
!= NULL
14238 && symtab_hdr
->contents
!= (unsigned char *) isymbuf
)
14240 if (! link_info
->keep_memory
)
14244 /* Cache the symbols for elf_link_input_bfd. */
14245 symtab_hdr
->contents
= (unsigned char *) isymbuf
;
14249 if (contents
!= NULL
14250 && elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
!= contents
)
14252 if (! link_info
->keep_memory
)
14256 /* Cache the section contents for elf_link_input_bfd. */
14257 elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
= contents
;
14261 if (elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
!= internal_relocs
)
14262 free (internal_relocs
);
14267 if (symtab_hdr
->contents
!= (unsigned char *) isymbuf
)
14269 if (elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
!= contents
)
14271 if (elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
!= internal_relocs
)
14272 free (internal_relocs
);
14277 /* Create a MIPS ELF linker hash table. */
14279 struct bfd_link_hash_table
*
14280 _bfd_mips_elf_link_hash_table_create (bfd
*abfd
)
14282 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*ret
;
14283 size_t amt
= sizeof (struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
);
14285 ret
= bfd_zmalloc (amt
);
14289 if (!_bfd_elf_link_hash_table_init (&ret
->root
, abfd
,
14290 mips_elf_link_hash_newfunc
,
14291 sizeof (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
),
14297 ret
->root
.init_plt_refcount
.plist
= NULL
;
14298 ret
->root
.init_plt_offset
.plist
= NULL
;
14300 return &ret
->root
.root
;
14303 /* Likewise, but indicate that the target is VxWorks. */
14305 struct bfd_link_hash_table
*
14306 _bfd_mips_vxworks_link_hash_table_create (bfd
*abfd
)
14308 struct bfd_link_hash_table
*ret
;
14310 ret
= _bfd_mips_elf_link_hash_table_create (abfd
);
14313 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
14315 htab
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*) ret
;
14316 htab
->use_plts_and_copy_relocs
= TRUE
;
14321 /* A function that the linker calls if we are allowed to use PLTs
14322 and copy relocs. */
14325 _bfd_mips_elf_use_plts_and_copy_relocs (struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
14327 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->use_plts_and_copy_relocs
= TRUE
;
14330 /* A function that the linker calls to select between all or only
14331 32-bit microMIPS instructions, and between making or ignoring
14332 branch relocation checks for invalid transitions between ISA modes.
14333 Also record whether we have been configured for a GNU target. */
14336 _bfd_mips_elf_linker_flags (struct bfd_link_info
*info
, bfd_boolean insn32
,
14337 bfd_boolean ignore_branch_isa
,
14338 bfd_boolean gnu_target
)
14340 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->insn32
= insn32
;
14341 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->ignore_branch_isa
= ignore_branch_isa
;
14342 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->gnu_target
= gnu_target
;
14345 /* A function that the linker calls to enable use of compact branches in
14346 linker generated code for MIPSR6. */
14349 _bfd_mips_elf_compact_branches (struct bfd_link_info
*info
, bfd_boolean on
)
14351 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->compact_branches
= on
;
14355 /* Structure for saying that BFD machine EXTENSION extends BASE. */
14357 struct mips_mach_extension
14359 unsigned long extension
, base
;
14363 /* An array describing how BFD machines relate to one another. The entries
14364 are ordered topologically with MIPS I extensions listed last. */
14366 static const struct mips_mach_extension mips_mach_extensions
[] =
14368 /* MIPS64r2 extensions. */
14369 { bfd_mach_mips_octeon3
, bfd_mach_mips_octeon2
},
14370 { bfd_mach_mips_octeon2
, bfd_mach_mips_octeonp
},
14371 { bfd_mach_mips_octeonp
, bfd_mach_mips_octeon
},
14372 { bfd_mach_mips_octeon
, bfd_mach_mipsisa64r2
},
14373 { bfd_mach_mips_gs264e
, bfd_mach_mips_gs464e
},
14374 { bfd_mach_mips_gs464e
, bfd_mach_mips_gs464
},
14375 { bfd_mach_mips_gs464
, bfd_mach_mipsisa64r2
},
14377 /* MIPS64 extensions. */
14378 { bfd_mach_mipsisa64r2
, bfd_mach_mipsisa64
},
14379 { bfd_mach_mips_sb1
, bfd_mach_mipsisa64
},
14380 { bfd_mach_mips_xlr
, bfd_mach_mipsisa64
},
14382 /* MIPS V extensions. */
14383 { bfd_mach_mipsisa64
, bfd_mach_mips5
},
14385 /* R10000 extensions. */
14386 { bfd_mach_mips12000
, bfd_mach_mips10000
},
14387 { bfd_mach_mips14000
, bfd_mach_mips10000
},
14388 { bfd_mach_mips16000
, bfd_mach_mips10000
},
14390 /* R5000 extensions. Note: the vr5500 ISA is an extension of the core
14391 vr5400 ISA, but doesn't include the multimedia stuff. It seems
14392 better to allow vr5400 and vr5500 code to be merged anyway, since
14393 many libraries will just use the core ISA. Perhaps we could add
14394 some sort of ASE flag if this ever proves a problem. */
14395 { bfd_mach_mips5500
, bfd_mach_mips5400
},
14396 { bfd_mach_mips5400
, bfd_mach_mips5000
},
14398 /* MIPS IV extensions. */
14399 { bfd_mach_mips5
, bfd_mach_mips8000
},
14400 { bfd_mach_mips10000
, bfd_mach_mips8000
},
14401 { bfd_mach_mips5000
, bfd_mach_mips8000
},
14402 { bfd_mach_mips7000
, bfd_mach_mips8000
},
14403 { bfd_mach_mips9000
, bfd_mach_mips8000
},
14405 /* VR4100 extensions. */
14406 { bfd_mach_mips4120
, bfd_mach_mips4100
},
14407 { bfd_mach_mips4111
, bfd_mach_mips4100
},
14409 /* MIPS III extensions. */
14410 { bfd_mach_mips_loongson_2e
, bfd_mach_mips4000
},
14411 { bfd_mach_mips_loongson_2f
, bfd_mach_mips4000
},
14412 { bfd_mach_mips8000
, bfd_mach_mips4000
},
14413 { bfd_mach_mips4650
, bfd_mach_mips4000
},
14414 { bfd_mach_mips4600
, bfd_mach_mips4000
},
14415 { bfd_mach_mips4400
, bfd_mach_mips4000
},
14416 { bfd_mach_mips4300
, bfd_mach_mips4000
},
14417 { bfd_mach_mips4100
, bfd_mach_mips4000
},
14418 { bfd_mach_mips5900
, bfd_mach_mips4000
},
14420 /* MIPS32r3 extensions. */
14421 { bfd_mach_mips_interaptiv_mr2
, bfd_mach_mipsisa32r3
},
14423 /* MIPS32r2 extensions. */
14424 { bfd_mach_mipsisa32r3
, bfd_mach_mipsisa32r2
},
14426 /* MIPS32 extensions. */
14427 { bfd_mach_mipsisa32r2
, bfd_mach_mipsisa32
},
14429 /* MIPS II extensions. */
14430 { bfd_mach_mips4000
, bfd_mach_mips6000
},
14431 { bfd_mach_mipsisa32
, bfd_mach_mips6000
},
14432 { bfd_mach_mips4010
, bfd_mach_mips6000
},
14434 /* MIPS I extensions. */
14435 { bfd_mach_mips6000
, bfd_mach_mips3000
},
14436 { bfd_mach_mips3900
, bfd_mach_mips3000
}
14439 /* Return true if bfd machine EXTENSION is an extension of machine BASE. */
14442 mips_mach_extends_p (unsigned long base
, unsigned long extension
)
14446 if (extension
== base
)
14449 if (base
== bfd_mach_mipsisa32
14450 && mips_mach_extends_p (bfd_mach_mipsisa64
, extension
))
14453 if (base
== bfd_mach_mipsisa32r2
14454 && mips_mach_extends_p (bfd_mach_mipsisa64r2
, extension
))
14457 for (i
= 0; i
< ARRAY_SIZE (mips_mach_extensions
); i
++)
14458 if (extension
== mips_mach_extensions
[i
].extension
)
14460 extension
= mips_mach_extensions
[i
].base
;
14461 if (extension
== base
)
14468 /* Return the BFD mach for each .MIPS.abiflags ISA Extension. */
14470 static unsigned long
14471 bfd_mips_isa_ext_mach (unsigned int isa_ext
)
14475 case AFL_EXT_3900
: return bfd_mach_mips3900
;
14476 case AFL_EXT_4010
: return bfd_mach_mips4010
;
14477 case AFL_EXT_4100
: return bfd_mach_mips4100
;
14478 case AFL_EXT_4111
: return bfd_mach_mips4111
;
14479 case AFL_EXT_4120
: return bfd_mach_mips4120
;
14480 case AFL_EXT_4650
: return bfd_mach_mips4650
;
14481 case AFL_EXT_5400
: return bfd_mach_mips5400
;
14482 case AFL_EXT_5500
: return bfd_mach_mips5500
;
14483 case AFL_EXT_5900
: return bfd_mach_mips5900
;
14484 case AFL_EXT_10000
: return bfd_mach_mips10000
;
14485 case AFL_EXT_LOONGSON_2E
: return bfd_mach_mips_loongson_2e
;
14486 case AFL_EXT_LOONGSON_2F
: return bfd_mach_mips_loongson_2f
;
14487 case AFL_EXT_SB1
: return bfd_mach_mips_sb1
;
14488 case AFL_EXT_OCTEON
: return bfd_mach_mips_octeon
;
14489 case AFL_EXT_OCTEONP
: return bfd_mach_mips_octeonp
;
14490 case AFL_EXT_OCTEON2
: return bfd_mach_mips_octeon2
;
14491 case AFL_EXT_XLR
: return bfd_mach_mips_xlr
;
14492 default: return bfd_mach_mips3000
;
14496 /* Return the .MIPS.abiflags value representing each ISA Extension. */
14499 bfd_mips_isa_ext (bfd
*abfd
)
14501 switch (bfd_get_mach (abfd
))
14503 case bfd_mach_mips3900
: return AFL_EXT_3900
;
14504 case bfd_mach_mips4010
: return AFL_EXT_4010
;
14505 case bfd_mach_mips4100
: return AFL_EXT_4100
;
14506 case bfd_mach_mips4111
: return AFL_EXT_4111
;
14507 case bfd_mach_mips4120
: return AFL_EXT_4120
;
14508 case bfd_mach_mips4650
: return AFL_EXT_4650
;
14509 case bfd_mach_mips5400
: return AFL_EXT_5400
;
14510 case bfd_mach_mips5500
: return AFL_EXT_5500
;
14511 case bfd_mach_mips5900
: return AFL_EXT_5900
;
14512 case bfd_mach_mips10000
: return AFL_EXT_10000
;
14513 case bfd_mach_mips_loongson_2e
: return AFL_EXT_LOONGSON_2E
;
14514 case bfd_mach_mips_loongson_2f
: return AFL_EXT_LOONGSON_2F
;
14515 case bfd_mach_mips_sb1
: return AFL_EXT_SB1
;
14516 case bfd_mach_mips_octeon
: return AFL_EXT_OCTEON
;
14517 case bfd_mach_mips_octeonp
: return AFL_EXT_OCTEONP
;
14518 case bfd_mach_mips_octeon3
: return AFL_EXT_OCTEON3
;
14519 case bfd_mach_mips_octeon2
: return AFL_EXT_OCTEON2
;
14520 case bfd_mach_mips_xlr
: return AFL_EXT_XLR
;
14521 case bfd_mach_mips_interaptiv_mr2
:
14522 return AFL_EXT_INTERAPTIV_MR2
;
14527 /* Encode ISA level and revision as a single value. */
14528 #define LEVEL_REV(LEV,REV) ((LEV) << 3 | (REV))
14530 /* Decode a single value into level and revision. */
14531 #define ISA_LEVEL(LEVREV) ((LEVREV) >> 3)
14532 #define ISA_REV(LEVREV) ((LEVREV) & 0x7)
14534 /* Update the isa_level, isa_rev, isa_ext fields of abiflags. */
14537 update_mips_abiflags_isa (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_ABIFlags_v0
*abiflags
)
14540 switch (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
)
14542 case E_MIPS_ARCH_1
: new_isa
= LEVEL_REV (1, 0); break;
14543 case E_MIPS_ARCH_2
: new_isa
= LEVEL_REV (2, 0); break;
14544 case E_MIPS_ARCH_3
: new_isa
= LEVEL_REV (3, 0); break;
14545 case E_MIPS_ARCH_4
: new_isa
= LEVEL_REV (4, 0); break;
14546 case E_MIPS_ARCH_5
: new_isa
= LEVEL_REV (5, 0); break;
14547 case E_MIPS_ARCH_32
: new_isa
= LEVEL_REV (32, 1); break;
14548 case E_MIPS_ARCH_32R2
: new_isa
= LEVEL_REV (32, 2); break;
14549 case E_MIPS_ARCH_32R6
: new_isa
= LEVEL_REV (32, 6); break;
14550 case E_MIPS_ARCH_64
: new_isa
= LEVEL_REV (64, 1); break;
14551 case E_MIPS_ARCH_64R2
: new_isa
= LEVEL_REV (64, 2); break;
14552 case E_MIPS_ARCH_64R6
: new_isa
= LEVEL_REV (64, 6); break;
14555 /* xgettext:c-format */
14556 (_("%pB: unknown architecture %s"),
14557 abfd
, bfd_printable_name (abfd
));
14560 if (new_isa
> LEVEL_REV (abiflags
->isa_level
, abiflags
->isa_rev
))
14562 abiflags
->isa_level
= ISA_LEVEL (new_isa
);
14563 abiflags
->isa_rev
= ISA_REV (new_isa
);
14566 /* Update the isa_ext if ABFD describes a further extension. */
14567 if (mips_mach_extends_p (bfd_mips_isa_ext_mach (abiflags
->isa_ext
),
14568 bfd_get_mach (abfd
)))
14569 abiflags
->isa_ext
= bfd_mips_isa_ext (abfd
);
14572 /* Return true if the given ELF header flags describe a 32-bit binary. */
14575 mips_32bit_flags_p (flagword flags
)
14577 return ((flags
& EF_MIPS_32BITMODE
) != 0
14578 || (flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) == E_MIPS_ABI_O32
14579 || (flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) == E_MIPS_ABI_EABI32
14580 || (flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_1
14581 || (flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_2
14582 || (flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_32
14583 || (flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_32R2
14584 || (flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_32R6
);
14587 /* Infer the content of the ABI flags based on the elf header. */
14590 infer_mips_abiflags (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_ABIFlags_v0
* abiflags
)
14592 obj_attribute
*in_attr
;
14594 memset (abiflags
, 0, sizeof (Elf_Internal_ABIFlags_v0
));
14595 update_mips_abiflags_isa (abfd
, abiflags
);
14597 if (mips_32bit_flags_p (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
))
14598 abiflags
->gpr_size
= AFL_REG_32
;
14600 abiflags
->gpr_size
= AFL_REG_64
;
14602 abiflags
->cpr1_size
= AFL_REG_NONE
;
14604 in_attr
= elf_known_obj_attributes (abfd
)[OBJ_ATTR_GNU
];
14605 abiflags
->fp_abi
= in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
;
14607 if (abiflags
->fp_abi
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_SINGLE
14608 || abiflags
->fp_abi
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_XX
14609 || (abiflags
->fp_abi
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_DOUBLE
14610 && abiflags
->gpr_size
== AFL_REG_32
))
14611 abiflags
->cpr1_size
= AFL_REG_32
;
14612 else if (abiflags
->fp_abi
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_DOUBLE
14613 || abiflags
->fp_abi
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64
14614 || abiflags
->fp_abi
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64A
)
14615 abiflags
->cpr1_size
= AFL_REG_64
;
14617 abiflags
->cpr2_size
= AFL_REG_NONE
;
14619 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_MDMX
)
14620 abiflags
->ases
|= AFL_ASE_MDMX
;
14621 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_M16
)
14622 abiflags
->ases
|= AFL_ASE_MIPS16
;
14623 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_MICROMIPS
)
14624 abiflags
->ases
|= AFL_ASE_MICROMIPS
;
14626 if (abiflags
->fp_abi
!= Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_ANY
14627 && abiflags
->fp_abi
!= Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_SOFT
14628 && abiflags
->fp_abi
!= Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64A
14629 && abiflags
->isa_level
>= 32
14630 && abiflags
->ases
!= AFL_ASE_LOONGSON_EXT
)
14631 abiflags
->flags1
|= AFL_FLAGS1_ODDSPREG
;
14634 /* We need to use a special link routine to handle the .reginfo and
14635 the .mdebug sections. We need to merge all instances of these
14636 sections together, not write them all out sequentially. */
14639 _bfd_mips_elf_final_link (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
14642 struct bfd_link_order
*p
;
14643 asection
*reginfo_sec
, *mdebug_sec
, *gptab_data_sec
, *gptab_bss_sec
;
14644 asection
*rtproc_sec
, *abiflags_sec
;
14645 Elf32_RegInfo reginfo
;
14646 struct ecoff_debug_info debug
;
14647 struct mips_htab_traverse_info hti
;
14648 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
14649 const struct ecoff_debug_swap
*swap
= bed
->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap
;
14650 HDRR
*symhdr
= &debug
.symbolic_header
;
14651 void *mdebug_handle
= NULL
;
14656 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
14658 static const char * const secname
[] =
14660 ".text", ".init", ".fini", ".data",
14661 ".rodata", ".sdata", ".sbss", ".bss"
14663 static const int sc
[] =
14665 scText
, scInit
, scFini
, scData
,
14666 scRData
, scSData
, scSBss
, scBss
14669 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
14670 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
14672 /* Sort the dynamic symbols so that those with GOT entries come after
14674 if (!mips_elf_sort_hash_table (abfd
, info
))
14677 /* Create any scheduled LA25 stubs. */
14679 hti
.output_bfd
= abfd
;
14681 htab_traverse (htab
->la25_stubs
, mips_elf_create_la25_stub
, &hti
);
14685 /* Get a value for the GP register. */
14686 if (elf_gp (abfd
) == 0)
14688 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*h
;
14690 h
= bfd_link_hash_lookup (info
->hash
, "_gp", FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
14691 if (h
!= NULL
&& h
->type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
)
14692 elf_gp (abfd
) = (h
->u
.def
.value
14693 + h
->u
.def
.section
->output_section
->vma
14694 + h
->u
.def
.section
->output_offset
);
14695 else if (htab
->root
.target_os
== is_vxworks
14696 && (h
= bfd_link_hash_lookup (info
->hash
,
14697 "_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_",
14698 FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
))
14699 && h
->type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
)
14700 elf_gp (abfd
) = (h
->u
.def
.section
->output_section
->vma
14701 + h
->u
.def
.section
->output_offset
14703 else if (bfd_link_relocatable (info
))
14705 bfd_vma lo
= MINUS_ONE
;
14707 /* Find the GP-relative section with the lowest offset. */
14708 for (o
= abfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
14710 && (elf_section_data (o
)->this_hdr
.sh_flags
& SHF_MIPS_GPREL
))
14713 /* And calculate GP relative to that. */
14714 elf_gp (abfd
) = lo
+ ELF_MIPS_GP_OFFSET (info
);
14718 /* If the relocate_section function needs to do a reloc
14719 involving the GP value, it should make a reloc_dangerous
14720 callback to warn that GP is not defined. */
14724 /* Go through the sections and collect the .reginfo and .mdebug
14726 abiflags_sec
= NULL
;
14727 reginfo_sec
= NULL
;
14729 gptab_data_sec
= NULL
;
14730 gptab_bss_sec
= NULL
;
14731 for (o
= abfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
14733 if (strcmp (o
->name
, ".MIPS.abiflags") == 0)
14735 /* We have found the .MIPS.abiflags section in the output file.
14736 Look through all the link_orders comprising it and remove them.
14737 The data is merged in _bfd_mips_elf_merge_private_bfd_data. */
14738 for (p
= o
->map_head
.link_order
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
14740 asection
*input_section
;
14742 if (p
->type
!= bfd_indirect_link_order
)
14744 if (p
->type
== bfd_data_link_order
)
14749 input_section
= p
->u
.indirect
.section
;
14751 /* Hack: reset the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS flag so that
14752 elf_link_input_bfd ignores this section. */
14753 input_section
->flags
&= ~SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
14756 /* Size has been set in _bfd_mips_elf_always_size_sections. */
14757 BFD_ASSERT(o
->size
== sizeof (Elf_External_ABIFlags_v0
));
14759 /* Skip this section later on (I don't think this currently
14760 matters, but someday it might). */
14761 o
->map_head
.link_order
= NULL
;
14766 if (strcmp (o
->name
, ".reginfo") == 0)
14768 memset (®info
, 0, sizeof reginfo
);
14770 /* We have found the .reginfo section in the output file.
14771 Look through all the link_orders comprising it and merge
14772 the information together. */
14773 for (p
= o
->map_head
.link_order
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
14775 asection
*input_section
;
14777 Elf32_External_RegInfo ext
;
14781 if (p
->type
!= bfd_indirect_link_order
)
14783 if (p
->type
== bfd_data_link_order
)
14788 input_section
= p
->u
.indirect
.section
;
14789 input_bfd
= input_section
->owner
;
14791 sz
= (input_section
->size
< sizeof (ext
)
14792 ? input_section
->size
: sizeof (ext
));
14793 memset (&ext
, 0, sizeof (ext
));
14794 if (! bfd_get_section_contents (input_bfd
, input_section
,
14798 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_in (input_bfd
, &ext
, &sub
);
14800 reginfo
.ri_gprmask
|= sub
.ri_gprmask
;
14801 reginfo
.ri_cprmask
[0] |= sub
.ri_cprmask
[0];
14802 reginfo
.ri_cprmask
[1] |= sub
.ri_cprmask
[1];
14803 reginfo
.ri_cprmask
[2] |= sub
.ri_cprmask
[2];
14804 reginfo
.ri_cprmask
[3] |= sub
.ri_cprmask
[3];
14806 /* ri_gp_value is set by the function
14807 `_bfd_mips_elf_section_processing' when the section is
14808 finally written out. */
14810 /* Hack: reset the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS flag so that
14811 elf_link_input_bfd ignores this section. */
14812 input_section
->flags
&= ~SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
14815 /* Size has been set in _bfd_mips_elf_always_size_sections. */
14816 BFD_ASSERT(o
->size
== sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo
));
14818 /* Skip this section later on (I don't think this currently
14819 matters, but someday it might). */
14820 o
->map_head
.link_order
= NULL
;
14825 if (strcmp (o
->name
, ".mdebug") == 0)
14827 struct extsym_info einfo
;
14830 /* We have found the .mdebug section in the output file.
14831 Look through all the link_orders comprising it and merge
14832 the information together. */
14833 symhdr
->magic
= swap
->sym_magic
;
14834 /* FIXME: What should the version stamp be? */
14835 symhdr
->vstamp
= 0;
14836 symhdr
->ilineMax
= 0;
14837 symhdr
->cbLine
= 0;
14838 symhdr
->idnMax
= 0;
14839 symhdr
->ipdMax
= 0;
14840 symhdr
->isymMax
= 0;
14841 symhdr
->ioptMax
= 0;
14842 symhdr
->iauxMax
= 0;
14843 symhdr
->issMax
= 0;
14844 symhdr
->issExtMax
= 0;
14845 symhdr
->ifdMax
= 0;
14847 symhdr
->iextMax
= 0;
14849 /* We accumulate the debugging information itself in the
14850 debug_info structure. */
14852 debug
.external_dnr
= NULL
;
14853 debug
.external_pdr
= NULL
;
14854 debug
.external_sym
= NULL
;
14855 debug
.external_opt
= NULL
;
14856 debug
.external_aux
= NULL
;
14858 debug
.ssext
= debug
.ssext_end
= NULL
;
14859 debug
.external_fdr
= NULL
;
14860 debug
.external_rfd
= NULL
;
14861 debug
.external_ext
= debug
.external_ext_end
= NULL
;
14863 mdebug_handle
= bfd_ecoff_debug_init (abfd
, &debug
, swap
, info
);
14864 if (mdebug_handle
== NULL
)
14868 esym
.cobol_main
= 0;
14872 esym
.asym
.iss
= issNil
;
14873 esym
.asym
.st
= stLocal
;
14874 esym
.asym
.reserved
= 0;
14875 esym
.asym
.index
= indexNil
;
14877 for (i
= 0; i
< sizeof (secname
) / sizeof (secname
[0]); i
++)
14879 esym
.asym
.sc
= sc
[i
];
14880 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, secname
[i
]);
14883 esym
.asym
.value
= s
->vma
;
14884 last
= s
->vma
+ s
->size
;
14887 esym
.asym
.value
= last
;
14888 if (!bfd_ecoff_debug_one_external (abfd
, &debug
, swap
,
14889 secname
[i
], &esym
))
14893 for (p
= o
->map_head
.link_order
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
14895 asection
*input_section
;
14897 const struct ecoff_debug_swap
*input_swap
;
14898 struct ecoff_debug_info input_debug
;
14902 if (p
->type
!= bfd_indirect_link_order
)
14904 if (p
->type
== bfd_data_link_order
)
14909 input_section
= p
->u
.indirect
.section
;
14910 input_bfd
= input_section
->owner
;
14912 if (!is_mips_elf (input_bfd
))
14914 /* I don't know what a non MIPS ELF bfd would be
14915 doing with a .mdebug section, but I don't really
14916 want to deal with it. */
14920 input_swap
= (get_elf_backend_data (input_bfd
)
14921 ->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap
);
14923 BFD_ASSERT (p
->size
== input_section
->size
);
14925 /* The ECOFF linking code expects that we have already
14926 read in the debugging information and set up an
14927 ecoff_debug_info structure, so we do that now. */
14928 if (! _bfd_mips_elf_read_ecoff_info (input_bfd
, input_section
,
14932 if (! (bfd_ecoff_debug_accumulate
14933 (mdebug_handle
, abfd
, &debug
, swap
, input_bfd
,
14934 &input_debug
, input_swap
, info
)))
14937 /* Loop through the external symbols. For each one with
14938 interesting information, try to find the symbol in
14939 the linker global hash table and save the information
14940 for the output external symbols. */
14941 eraw_src
= input_debug
.external_ext
;
14942 eraw_end
= (eraw_src
14943 + (input_debug
.symbolic_header
.iextMax
14944 * input_swap
->external_ext_size
));
14946 eraw_src
< eraw_end
;
14947 eraw_src
+= input_swap
->external_ext_size
)
14951 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
14953 (*input_swap
->swap_ext_in
) (input_bfd
, eraw_src
, &ext
);
14954 if (ext
.asym
.sc
== scNil
14955 || ext
.asym
.sc
== scUndefined
14956 || ext
.asym
.sc
== scSUndefined
)
14959 name
= input_debug
.ssext
+ ext
.asym
.iss
;
14960 h
= mips_elf_link_hash_lookup (mips_elf_hash_table (info
),
14961 name
, FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
14962 if (h
== NULL
|| h
->esym
.ifd
!= -2)
14967 BFD_ASSERT (ext
.ifd
14968 < input_debug
.symbolic_header
.ifdMax
);
14969 ext
.ifd
= input_debug
.ifdmap
[ext
.ifd
];
14975 /* Free up the information we just read. */
14976 free (input_debug
.line
);
14977 free (input_debug
.external_dnr
);
14978 free (input_debug
.external_pdr
);
14979 free (input_debug
.external_sym
);
14980 free (input_debug
.external_opt
);
14981 free (input_debug
.external_aux
);
14982 free (input_debug
.ss
);
14983 free (input_debug
.ssext
);
14984 free (input_debug
.external_fdr
);
14985 free (input_debug
.external_rfd
);
14986 free (input_debug
.external_ext
);
14988 /* Hack: reset the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS flag so that
14989 elf_link_input_bfd ignores this section. */
14990 input_section
->flags
&= ~SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
14993 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
) && bfd_link_pic (info
))
14995 /* Create .rtproc section. */
14996 rtproc_sec
= bfd_get_linker_section (abfd
, ".rtproc");
14997 if (rtproc_sec
== NULL
)
14999 flagword flags
= (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
| SEC_IN_MEMORY
15000 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED
| SEC_READONLY
);
15002 rtproc_sec
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
,
15005 if (rtproc_sec
== NULL
15006 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (rtproc_sec
, 4))
15010 if (! mips_elf_create_procedure_table (mdebug_handle
, abfd
,
15016 /* Build the external symbol information. */
15019 einfo
.debug
= &debug
;
15021 einfo
.failed
= FALSE
;
15022 mips_elf_link_hash_traverse (mips_elf_hash_table (info
),
15023 mips_elf_output_extsym
, &einfo
);
15027 /* Set the size of the .mdebug section. */
15028 o
->size
= bfd_ecoff_debug_size (abfd
, &debug
, swap
);
15030 /* Skip this section later on (I don't think this currently
15031 matters, but someday it might). */
15032 o
->map_head
.link_order
= NULL
;
15037 if (CONST_STRNEQ (o
->name
, ".gptab."))
15039 const char *subname
;
15042 Elf32_External_gptab
*ext_tab
;
15045 /* The .gptab.sdata and .gptab.sbss sections hold
15046 information describing how the small data area would
15047 change depending upon the -G switch. These sections
15048 not used in executables files. */
15049 if (! bfd_link_relocatable (info
))
15051 for (p
= o
->map_head
.link_order
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
15053 asection
*input_section
;
15055 if (p
->type
!= bfd_indirect_link_order
)
15057 if (p
->type
== bfd_data_link_order
)
15062 input_section
= p
->u
.indirect
.section
;
15064 /* Hack: reset the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS flag so that
15065 elf_link_input_bfd ignores this section. */
15066 input_section
->flags
&= ~SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
15069 /* Skip this section later on (I don't think this
15070 currently matters, but someday it might). */
15071 o
->map_head
.link_order
= NULL
;
15073 /* Really remove the section. */
15074 bfd_section_list_remove (abfd
, o
);
15075 --abfd
->section_count
;
15080 /* There is one gptab for initialized data, and one for
15081 uninitialized data. */
15082 if (strcmp (o
->name
, ".gptab.sdata") == 0)
15083 gptab_data_sec
= o
;
15084 else if (strcmp (o
->name
, ".gptab.sbss") == 0)
15089 /* xgettext:c-format */
15090 (_("%pB: illegal section name `%pA'"), abfd
, o
);
15091 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_nonrepresentable_section
);
15095 /* The linker script always combines .gptab.data and
15096 .gptab.sdata into .gptab.sdata, and likewise for
15097 .gptab.bss and .gptab.sbss. It is possible that there is
15098 no .sdata or .sbss section in the output file, in which
15099 case we must change the name of the output section. */
15100 subname
= o
->name
+ sizeof ".gptab" - 1;
15101 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, subname
) == NULL
)
15103 if (o
== gptab_data_sec
)
15104 o
->name
= ".gptab.data";
15106 o
->name
= ".gptab.bss";
15107 subname
= o
->name
+ sizeof ".gptab" - 1;
15108 BFD_ASSERT (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, subname
) != NULL
);
15111 /* Set up the first entry. */
15113 amt
= c
* sizeof (Elf32_gptab
);
15114 tab
= bfd_malloc (amt
);
15117 tab
[0].gt_header
.gt_current_g_value
= elf_gp_size (abfd
);
15118 tab
[0].gt_header
.gt_unused
= 0;
15120 /* Combine the input sections. */
15121 for (p
= o
->map_head
.link_order
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
15123 asection
*input_section
;
15125 bfd_size_type size
;
15126 unsigned long last
;
15127 bfd_size_type gpentry
;
15129 if (p
->type
!= bfd_indirect_link_order
)
15131 if (p
->type
== bfd_data_link_order
)
15136 input_section
= p
->u
.indirect
.section
;
15137 input_bfd
= input_section
->owner
;
15139 /* Combine the gptab entries for this input section one
15140 by one. We know that the input gptab entries are
15141 sorted by ascending -G value. */
15142 size
= input_section
->size
;
15144 for (gpentry
= sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab
);
15146 gpentry
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab
))
15148 Elf32_External_gptab ext_gptab
;
15149 Elf32_gptab int_gptab
;
15155 if (! (bfd_get_section_contents
15156 (input_bfd
, input_section
, &ext_gptab
, gpentry
,
15157 sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab
))))
15163 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_gptab_in (input_bfd
, &ext_gptab
,
15165 val
= int_gptab
.gt_entry
.gt_g_value
;
15166 add
= int_gptab
.gt_entry
.gt_bytes
- last
;
15169 for (look
= 1; look
< c
; look
++)
15171 if (tab
[look
].gt_entry
.gt_g_value
>= val
)
15172 tab
[look
].gt_entry
.gt_bytes
+= add
;
15174 if (tab
[look
].gt_entry
.gt_g_value
== val
)
15180 Elf32_gptab
*new_tab
;
15183 /* We need a new table entry. */
15184 amt
= (bfd_size_type
) (c
+ 1) * sizeof (Elf32_gptab
);
15185 new_tab
= bfd_realloc (tab
, amt
);
15186 if (new_tab
== NULL
)
15192 tab
[c
].gt_entry
.gt_g_value
= val
;
15193 tab
[c
].gt_entry
.gt_bytes
= add
;
15195 /* Merge in the size for the next smallest -G
15196 value, since that will be implied by this new
15199 for (look
= 1; look
< c
; look
++)
15201 if (tab
[look
].gt_entry
.gt_g_value
< val
15203 || (tab
[look
].gt_entry
.gt_g_value
15204 > tab
[max
].gt_entry
.gt_g_value
)))
15208 tab
[c
].gt_entry
.gt_bytes
+=
15209 tab
[max
].gt_entry
.gt_bytes
;
15214 last
= int_gptab
.gt_entry
.gt_bytes
;
15217 /* Hack: reset the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS flag so that
15218 elf_link_input_bfd ignores this section. */
15219 input_section
->flags
&= ~SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
15222 /* The table must be sorted by -G value. */
15224 qsort (tab
+ 1, c
- 1, sizeof (tab
[0]), gptab_compare
);
15226 /* Swap out the table. */
15227 amt
= (bfd_size_type
) c
* sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab
);
15228 ext_tab
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
15229 if (ext_tab
== NULL
)
15235 for (j
= 0; j
< c
; j
++)
15236 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_gptab_out (abfd
, tab
+ j
, ext_tab
+ j
);
15239 o
->size
= c
* sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab
);
15240 o
->contents
= (bfd_byte
*) ext_tab
;
15242 /* Skip this section later on (I don't think this currently
15243 matters, but someday it might). */
15244 o
->map_head
.link_order
= NULL
;
15248 /* Invoke the regular ELF backend linker to do all the work. */
15249 if (!bfd_elf_final_link (abfd
, info
))
15252 /* Now write out the computed sections. */
15254 if (abiflags_sec
!= NULL
)
15256 Elf_External_ABIFlags_v0 ext
;
15257 Elf_Internal_ABIFlags_v0
*abiflags
;
15259 abiflags
= &mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->abiflags
;
15261 /* Set up the abiflags if no valid input sections were found. */
15262 if (!mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->abiflags_valid
)
15264 infer_mips_abiflags (abfd
, abiflags
);
15265 mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->abiflags_valid
= TRUE
;
15267 bfd_mips_elf_swap_abiflags_v0_out (abfd
, abiflags
, &ext
);
15268 if (! bfd_set_section_contents (abfd
, abiflags_sec
, &ext
, 0, sizeof ext
))
15272 if (reginfo_sec
!= NULL
)
15274 Elf32_External_RegInfo ext
;
15276 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_out (abfd
, ®info
, &ext
);
15277 if (! bfd_set_section_contents (abfd
, reginfo_sec
, &ext
, 0, sizeof ext
))
15281 if (mdebug_sec
!= NULL
)
15283 BFD_ASSERT (abfd
->output_has_begun
);
15284 if (! bfd_ecoff_write_accumulated_debug (mdebug_handle
, abfd
, &debug
,
15286 mdebug_sec
->filepos
))
15289 bfd_ecoff_debug_free (mdebug_handle
, abfd
, &debug
, swap
, info
);
15292 if (gptab_data_sec
!= NULL
)
15294 if (! bfd_set_section_contents (abfd
, gptab_data_sec
,
15295 gptab_data_sec
->contents
,
15296 0, gptab_data_sec
->size
))
15300 if (gptab_bss_sec
!= NULL
)
15302 if (! bfd_set_section_contents (abfd
, gptab_bss_sec
,
15303 gptab_bss_sec
->contents
,
15304 0, gptab_bss_sec
->size
))
15308 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
))
15310 rtproc_sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".rtproc");
15311 if (rtproc_sec
!= NULL
)
15313 if (! bfd_set_section_contents (abfd
, rtproc_sec
,
15314 rtproc_sec
->contents
,
15315 0, rtproc_sec
->size
))
15323 /* Merge object file header flags from IBFD into OBFD. Raise an error
15324 if there are conflicting settings. */
15327 mips_elf_merge_obj_e_flags (bfd
*ibfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
15329 bfd
*obfd
= info
->output_bfd
;
15330 struct mips_elf_obj_tdata
*out_tdata
= mips_elf_tdata (obfd
);
15331 flagword old_flags
;
15332 flagword new_flags
;
15335 new_flags
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_flags
;
15336 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
|= new_flags
& EF_MIPS_NOREORDER
;
15337 old_flags
= elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
;
15339 /* Check flag compatibility. */
15341 new_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_NOREORDER
;
15342 old_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_NOREORDER
;
15344 /* Some IRIX 6 BSD-compatibility objects have this bit set. It
15345 doesn't seem to matter. */
15346 new_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_XGOT
;
15347 old_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_XGOT
;
15349 /* MIPSpro generates ucode info in n64 objects. Again, we should
15350 just be able to ignore this. */
15351 new_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_UCODE
;
15352 old_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_UCODE
;
15354 /* DSOs should only be linked with CPIC code. */
15355 if ((ibfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0)
15356 new_flags
|= EF_MIPS_PIC
| EF_MIPS_CPIC
;
15358 if (new_flags
== old_flags
)
15363 if (((new_flags
& (EF_MIPS_PIC
| EF_MIPS_CPIC
)) != 0)
15364 != ((old_flags
& (EF_MIPS_PIC
| EF_MIPS_CPIC
)) != 0))
15367 (_("%pB: warning: linking abicalls files with non-abicalls files"),
15372 if (new_flags
& (EF_MIPS_PIC
| EF_MIPS_CPIC
))
15373 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
|= EF_MIPS_CPIC
;
15374 if (! (new_flags
& EF_MIPS_PIC
))
15375 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_PIC
;
15377 new_flags
&= ~ (EF_MIPS_PIC
| EF_MIPS_CPIC
);
15378 old_flags
&= ~ (EF_MIPS_PIC
| EF_MIPS_CPIC
);
15380 /* Compare the ISAs. */
15381 if (mips_32bit_flags_p (old_flags
) != mips_32bit_flags_p (new_flags
))
15384 (_("%pB: linking 32-bit code with 64-bit code"),
15388 else if (!mips_mach_extends_p (bfd_get_mach (ibfd
), bfd_get_mach (obfd
)))
15390 /* OBFD's ISA isn't the same as, or an extension of, IBFD's. */
15391 if (mips_mach_extends_p (bfd_get_mach (obfd
), bfd_get_mach (ibfd
)))
15393 /* Copy the architecture info from IBFD to OBFD. Also copy
15394 the 32-bit flag (if set) so that we continue to recognise
15395 OBFD as a 32-bit binary. */
15396 bfd_set_arch_info (obfd
, bfd_get_arch_info (ibfd
));
15397 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
&= ~(EF_MIPS_ARCH
| EF_MIPS_MACH
);
15398 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
15399 |= new_flags
& (EF_MIPS_ARCH
| EF_MIPS_MACH
| EF_MIPS_32BITMODE
);
15401 /* Update the ABI flags isa_level, isa_rev, isa_ext fields. */
15402 update_mips_abiflags_isa (obfd
, &out_tdata
->abiflags
);
15404 /* Copy across the ABI flags if OBFD doesn't use them
15405 and if that was what caused us to treat IBFD as 32-bit. */
15406 if ((old_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) == 0
15407 && mips_32bit_flags_p (new_flags
)
15408 && !mips_32bit_flags_p (new_flags
& ~EF_MIPS_ABI
))
15409 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
|= new_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
;
15413 /* The ISAs aren't compatible. */
15415 /* xgettext:c-format */
15416 (_("%pB: linking %s module with previous %s modules"),
15418 bfd_printable_name (ibfd
),
15419 bfd_printable_name (obfd
));
15424 new_flags
&= ~(EF_MIPS_ARCH
| EF_MIPS_MACH
| EF_MIPS_32BITMODE
);
15425 old_flags
&= ~(EF_MIPS_ARCH
| EF_MIPS_MACH
| EF_MIPS_32BITMODE
);
15427 /* Compare ABIs. The 64-bit ABI does not use EF_MIPS_ABI. But, it
15428 does set EI_CLASS differently from any 32-bit ABI. */
15429 if ((new_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) != (old_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
)
15430 || (elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
]
15431 != elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
]))
15433 /* Only error if both are set (to different values). */
15434 if (((new_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) && (old_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
))
15435 || (elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
]
15436 != elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
]))
15439 /* xgettext:c-format */
15440 (_("%pB: ABI mismatch: linking %s module with previous %s modules"),
15442 elf_mips_abi_name (ibfd
),
15443 elf_mips_abi_name (obfd
));
15446 new_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_ABI
;
15447 old_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_ABI
;
15450 /* Compare ASEs. Forbid linking MIPS16 and microMIPS ASE modules together
15451 and allow arbitrary mixing of the remaining ASEs (retain the union). */
15452 if ((new_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE
) != (old_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE
))
15454 int old_micro
= old_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_MICROMIPS
;
15455 int new_micro
= new_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_MICROMIPS
;
15456 int old_m16
= old_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_M16
;
15457 int new_m16
= new_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_M16
;
15458 int micro_mis
= old_m16
&& new_micro
;
15459 int m16_mis
= old_micro
&& new_m16
;
15461 if (m16_mis
|| micro_mis
)
15464 /* xgettext:c-format */
15465 (_("%pB: ASE mismatch: linking %s module with previous %s modules"),
15467 m16_mis
? "MIPS16" : "microMIPS",
15468 m16_mis
? "microMIPS" : "MIPS16");
15472 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
|= new_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE
;
15474 new_flags
&= ~ EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE
;
15475 old_flags
&= ~ EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE
;
15478 /* Compare NaN encodings. */
15479 if ((new_flags
& EF_MIPS_NAN2008
) != (old_flags
& EF_MIPS_NAN2008
))
15481 /* xgettext:c-format */
15482 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: linking %s module with previous %s modules"),
15484 (new_flags
& EF_MIPS_NAN2008
15485 ? "-mnan=2008" : "-mnan=legacy"),
15486 (old_flags
& EF_MIPS_NAN2008
15487 ? "-mnan=2008" : "-mnan=legacy"));
15489 new_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_NAN2008
;
15490 old_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_NAN2008
;
15493 /* Compare FP64 state. */
15494 if ((new_flags
& EF_MIPS_FP64
) != (old_flags
& EF_MIPS_FP64
))
15496 /* xgettext:c-format */
15497 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: linking %s module with previous %s modules"),
15499 (new_flags
& EF_MIPS_FP64
15500 ? "-mfp64" : "-mfp32"),
15501 (old_flags
& EF_MIPS_FP64
15502 ? "-mfp64" : "-mfp32"));
15504 new_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_FP64
;
15505 old_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_FP64
;
15508 /* Warn about any other mismatches */
15509 if (new_flags
!= old_flags
)
15511 /* xgettext:c-format */
15513 (_("%pB: uses different e_flags (%#x) fields than previous modules "
15515 ibfd
, new_flags
, old_flags
);
15522 /* Merge object attributes from IBFD into OBFD. Raise an error if
15523 there are conflicting attributes. */
15525 mips_elf_merge_obj_attributes (bfd
*ibfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
15527 bfd
*obfd
= info
->output_bfd
;
15528 obj_attribute
*in_attr
;
15529 obj_attribute
*out_attr
;
15533 abi_fp_bfd
= mips_elf_tdata (obfd
)->abi_fp_bfd
;
15534 in_attr
= elf_known_obj_attributes (ibfd
)[OBJ_ATTR_GNU
];
15535 if (!abi_fp_bfd
&& in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
!= Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_ANY
)
15536 mips_elf_tdata (obfd
)->abi_fp_bfd
= ibfd
;
15538 abi_msa_bfd
= mips_elf_tdata (obfd
)->abi_msa_bfd
;
15540 && in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA
].i
!= Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA_ANY
)
15541 mips_elf_tdata (obfd
)->abi_msa_bfd
= ibfd
;
15543 if (!elf_known_obj_attributes_proc (obfd
)[0].i
)
15545 /* This is the first object. Copy the attributes. */
15546 _bfd_elf_copy_obj_attributes (ibfd
, obfd
);
15548 /* Use the Tag_null value to indicate the attributes have been
15550 elf_known_obj_attributes_proc (obfd
)[0].i
= 1;
15555 /* Check for conflicting Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP attributes and merge
15556 non-conflicting ones. */
15557 out_attr
= elf_known_obj_attributes (obfd
)[OBJ_ATTR_GNU
];
15558 if (in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
!= out_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
)
15562 out_fp
= out_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
;
15563 in_fp
= in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
;
15564 out_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].type
= 1;
15565 if (out_fp
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_ANY
)
15566 out_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
= in_fp
;
15567 else if (out_fp
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_XX
15568 && (in_fp
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_DOUBLE
15569 || in_fp
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64
15570 || in_fp
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64A
))
15572 mips_elf_tdata (obfd
)->abi_fp_bfd
= ibfd
;
15573 out_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
= in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
;
15575 else if (in_fp
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_XX
15576 && (out_fp
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_DOUBLE
15577 || out_fp
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64
15578 || out_fp
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64A
))
15579 /* Keep the current setting. */;
15580 else if (out_fp
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64A
15581 && in_fp
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64
)
15583 mips_elf_tdata (obfd
)->abi_fp_bfd
= ibfd
;
15584 out_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
= in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
;
15586 else if (in_fp
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64A
15587 && out_fp
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64
)
15588 /* Keep the current setting. */;
15589 else if (in_fp
!= Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_ANY
)
15591 const char *out_string
, *in_string
;
15593 out_string
= _bfd_mips_fp_abi_string (out_fp
);
15594 in_string
= _bfd_mips_fp_abi_string (in_fp
);
15595 /* First warn about cases involving unrecognised ABIs. */
15596 if (!out_string
&& !in_string
)
15597 /* xgettext:c-format */
15599 (_("warning: %pB uses unknown floating point ABI %d "
15600 "(set by %pB), %pB uses unknown floating point ABI %d"),
15601 obfd
, out_fp
, abi_fp_bfd
, ibfd
, in_fp
);
15602 else if (!out_string
)
15604 /* xgettext:c-format */
15605 (_("warning: %pB uses unknown floating point ABI %d "
15606 "(set by %pB), %pB uses %s"),
15607 obfd
, out_fp
, abi_fp_bfd
, ibfd
, in_string
);
15608 else if (!in_string
)
15610 /* xgettext:c-format */
15611 (_("warning: %pB uses %s (set by %pB), "
15612 "%pB uses unknown floating point ABI %d"),
15613 obfd
, out_string
, abi_fp_bfd
, ibfd
, in_fp
);
15616 /* If one of the bfds is soft-float, the other must be
15617 hard-float. The exact choice of hard-float ABI isn't
15618 really relevant to the error message. */
15619 if (in_fp
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_SOFT
)
15620 out_string
= "-mhard-float";
15621 else if (out_fp
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_SOFT
)
15622 in_string
= "-mhard-float";
15624 /* xgettext:c-format */
15625 (_("warning: %pB uses %s (set by %pB), %pB uses %s"),
15626 obfd
, out_string
, abi_fp_bfd
, ibfd
, in_string
);
15631 /* Check for conflicting Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA attributes and merge
15632 non-conflicting ones. */
15633 if (in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA
].i
!= out_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA
].i
)
15635 out_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA
].type
= 1;
15636 if (out_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA
].i
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA_ANY
)
15637 out_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA
].i
= in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA
].i
;
15638 else if (in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA
].i
!= Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA_ANY
)
15639 switch (out_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA
].i
)
15641 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA_128
:
15643 /* xgettext:c-format */
15644 (_("warning: %pB uses %s (set by %pB), "
15645 "%pB uses unknown MSA ABI %d"),
15646 obfd
, "-mmsa", abi_msa_bfd
,
15647 ibfd
, in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA
].i
);
15651 switch (in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA
].i
)
15653 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA_128
:
15655 /* xgettext:c-format */
15656 (_("warning: %pB uses unknown MSA ABI %d "
15657 "(set by %pB), %pB uses %s"),
15658 obfd
, out_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA
].i
,
15659 abi_msa_bfd
, ibfd
, "-mmsa");
15664 /* xgettext:c-format */
15665 (_("warning: %pB uses unknown MSA ABI %d "
15666 "(set by %pB), %pB uses unknown MSA ABI %d"),
15667 obfd
, out_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA
].i
,
15668 abi_msa_bfd
, ibfd
, in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA
].i
);
15674 /* Merge Tag_compatibility attributes and any common GNU ones. */
15675 return _bfd_elf_merge_object_attributes (ibfd
, info
);
15678 /* Merge object ABI flags from IBFD into OBFD. Raise an error if
15679 there are conflicting settings. */
15682 mips_elf_merge_obj_abiflags (bfd
*ibfd
, bfd
*obfd
)
15684 obj_attribute
*out_attr
= elf_known_obj_attributes (obfd
)[OBJ_ATTR_GNU
];
15685 struct mips_elf_obj_tdata
*out_tdata
= mips_elf_tdata (obfd
);
15686 struct mips_elf_obj_tdata
*in_tdata
= mips_elf_tdata (ibfd
);
15688 /* Update the output abiflags fp_abi using the computed fp_abi. */
15689 out_tdata
->abiflags
.fp_abi
= out_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
;
15691 #define max(a, b) ((a) > (b) ? (a) : (b))
15692 /* Merge abiflags. */
15693 out_tdata
->abiflags
.isa_level
= max (out_tdata
->abiflags
.isa_level
,
15694 in_tdata
->abiflags
.isa_level
);
15695 out_tdata
->abiflags
.isa_rev
= max (out_tdata
->abiflags
.isa_rev
,
15696 in_tdata
->abiflags
.isa_rev
);
15697 out_tdata
->abiflags
.gpr_size
= max (out_tdata
->abiflags
.gpr_size
,
15698 in_tdata
->abiflags
.gpr_size
);
15699 out_tdata
->abiflags
.cpr1_size
= max (out_tdata
->abiflags
.cpr1_size
,
15700 in_tdata
->abiflags
.cpr1_size
);
15701 out_tdata
->abiflags
.cpr2_size
= max (out_tdata
->abiflags
.cpr2_size
,
15702 in_tdata
->abiflags
.cpr2_size
);
15704 out_tdata
->abiflags
.ases
|= in_tdata
->abiflags
.ases
;
15705 out_tdata
->abiflags
.flags1
|= in_tdata
->abiflags
.flags1
;
15710 /* Merge backend specific data from an object file to the output
15711 object file when linking. */
15714 _bfd_mips_elf_merge_private_bfd_data (bfd
*ibfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
15716 bfd
*obfd
= info
->output_bfd
;
15717 struct mips_elf_obj_tdata
*out_tdata
;
15718 struct mips_elf_obj_tdata
*in_tdata
;
15719 bfd_boolean null_input_bfd
= TRUE
;
15723 /* Check if we have the same endianness. */
15724 if (! _bfd_generic_verify_endian_match (ibfd
, info
))
15727 (_("%pB: endianness incompatible with that of the selected emulation"),
15732 if (!is_mips_elf (ibfd
) || !is_mips_elf (obfd
))
15735 in_tdata
= mips_elf_tdata (ibfd
);
15736 out_tdata
= mips_elf_tdata (obfd
);
15738 if (strcmp (bfd_get_target (ibfd
), bfd_get_target (obfd
)) != 0)
15741 (_("%pB: ABI is incompatible with that of the selected emulation"),
15746 /* Check to see if the input BFD actually contains any sections. If not,
15747 then it has no attributes, and its flags may not have been initialized
15748 either, but it cannot actually cause any incompatibility. */
15749 /* FIXME: This excludes any input shared library from consideration. */
15750 for (sec
= ibfd
->sections
; sec
!= NULL
; sec
= sec
->next
)
15752 /* Ignore synthetic sections and empty .text, .data and .bss sections
15753 which are automatically generated by gas. Also ignore fake
15754 (s)common sections, since merely defining a common symbol does
15755 not affect compatibility. */
15756 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_IS_COMMON
) == 0
15757 && strcmp (sec
->name
, ".reginfo")
15758 && strcmp (sec
->name
, ".mdebug")
15760 || (strcmp (sec
->name
, ".text")
15761 && strcmp (sec
->name
, ".data")
15762 && strcmp (sec
->name
, ".bss"))))
15764 null_input_bfd
= FALSE
;
15768 if (null_input_bfd
)
15771 /* Populate abiflags using existing information. */
15772 if (in_tdata
->abiflags_valid
)
15774 obj_attribute
*in_attr
= elf_known_obj_attributes (ibfd
)[OBJ_ATTR_GNU
];
15775 Elf_Internal_ABIFlags_v0 in_abiflags
;
15776 Elf_Internal_ABIFlags_v0 abiflags
;
15778 /* Set up the FP ABI attribute from the abiflags if it is not already
15780 if (in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_ANY
)
15781 in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
= in_tdata
->abiflags
.fp_abi
;
15783 infer_mips_abiflags (ibfd
, &abiflags
);
15784 in_abiflags
= in_tdata
->abiflags
;
15786 /* It is not possible to infer the correct ISA revision
15787 for R3 or R5 so drop down to R2 for the checks. */
15788 if (in_abiflags
.isa_rev
== 3 || in_abiflags
.isa_rev
== 5)
15789 in_abiflags
.isa_rev
= 2;
15791 if (LEVEL_REV (in_abiflags
.isa_level
, in_abiflags
.isa_rev
)
15792 < LEVEL_REV (abiflags
.isa_level
, abiflags
.isa_rev
))
15794 (_("%pB: warning: inconsistent ISA between e_flags and "
15795 ".MIPS.abiflags"), ibfd
);
15796 if (abiflags
.fp_abi
!= Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_ANY
15797 && in_abiflags
.fp_abi
!= abiflags
.fp_abi
)
15799 (_("%pB: warning: inconsistent FP ABI between .gnu.attributes and "
15800 ".MIPS.abiflags"), ibfd
);
15801 if ((in_abiflags
.ases
& abiflags
.ases
) != abiflags
.ases
)
15803 (_("%pB: warning: inconsistent ASEs between e_flags and "
15804 ".MIPS.abiflags"), ibfd
);
15805 /* The isa_ext is allowed to be an extension of what can be inferred
15807 if (!mips_mach_extends_p (bfd_mips_isa_ext_mach (abiflags
.isa_ext
),
15808 bfd_mips_isa_ext_mach (in_abiflags
.isa_ext
)))
15810 (_("%pB: warning: inconsistent ISA extensions between e_flags and "
15811 ".MIPS.abiflags"), ibfd
);
15812 if (in_abiflags
.flags2
!= 0)
15814 (_("%pB: warning: unexpected flag in the flags2 field of "
15815 ".MIPS.abiflags (0x%lx)"), ibfd
,
15816 in_abiflags
.flags2
);
15820 infer_mips_abiflags (ibfd
, &in_tdata
->abiflags
);
15821 in_tdata
->abiflags_valid
= TRUE
;
15824 if (!out_tdata
->abiflags_valid
)
15826 /* Copy input abiflags if output abiflags are not already valid. */
15827 out_tdata
->abiflags
= in_tdata
->abiflags
;
15828 out_tdata
->abiflags_valid
= TRUE
;
15831 if (! elf_flags_init (obfd
))
15833 elf_flags_init (obfd
) = TRUE
;
15834 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_flags
;
15835 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
]
15836 = elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
];
15838 if (bfd_get_arch (obfd
) == bfd_get_arch (ibfd
)
15839 && (bfd_get_arch_info (obfd
)->the_default
15840 || mips_mach_extends_p (bfd_get_mach (obfd
),
15841 bfd_get_mach (ibfd
))))
15843 if (! bfd_set_arch_mach (obfd
, bfd_get_arch (ibfd
),
15844 bfd_get_mach (ibfd
)))
15847 /* Update the ABI flags isa_level, isa_rev and isa_ext fields. */
15848 update_mips_abiflags_isa (obfd
, &out_tdata
->abiflags
);
15854 ok
= mips_elf_merge_obj_e_flags (ibfd
, info
);
15856 ok
= mips_elf_merge_obj_attributes (ibfd
, info
) && ok
;
15858 ok
= mips_elf_merge_obj_abiflags (ibfd
, obfd
) && ok
;
15862 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
15869 /* Function to keep MIPS specific file flags like as EF_MIPS_PIC. */
15872 _bfd_mips_elf_set_private_flags (bfd
*abfd
, flagword flags
)
15874 BFD_ASSERT (!elf_flags_init (abfd
)
15875 || elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
== flags
);
15877 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
= flags
;
15878 elf_flags_init (abfd
) = TRUE
;
15883 _bfd_mips_elf_get_target_dtag (bfd_vma dtag
)
15887 default: return "";
15888 case DT_MIPS_RLD_VERSION
:
15889 return "MIPS_RLD_VERSION";
15890 case DT_MIPS_TIME_STAMP
:
15891 return "MIPS_TIME_STAMP";
15892 case DT_MIPS_ICHECKSUM
:
15893 return "MIPS_ICHECKSUM";
15894 case DT_MIPS_IVERSION
:
15895 return "MIPS_IVERSION";
15896 case DT_MIPS_FLAGS
:
15897 return "MIPS_FLAGS";
15898 case DT_MIPS_BASE_ADDRESS
:
15899 return "MIPS_BASE_ADDRESS";
15901 return "MIPS_MSYM";
15902 case DT_MIPS_CONFLICT
:
15903 return "MIPS_CONFLICT";
15904 case DT_MIPS_LIBLIST
:
15905 return "MIPS_LIBLIST";
15906 case DT_MIPS_LOCAL_GOTNO
:
15907 return "MIPS_LOCAL_GOTNO";
15908 case DT_MIPS_CONFLICTNO
:
15909 return "MIPS_CONFLICTNO";
15910 case DT_MIPS_LIBLISTNO
:
15911 return "MIPS_LIBLISTNO";
15912 case DT_MIPS_SYMTABNO
:
15913 return "MIPS_SYMTABNO";
15914 case DT_MIPS_UNREFEXTNO
:
15915 return "MIPS_UNREFEXTNO";
15916 case DT_MIPS_GOTSYM
:
15917 return "MIPS_GOTSYM";
15918 case DT_MIPS_HIPAGENO
:
15919 return "MIPS_HIPAGENO";
15920 case DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP
:
15921 return "MIPS_RLD_MAP";
15922 case DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP_REL
:
15923 return "MIPS_RLD_MAP_REL";
15924 case DT_MIPS_DELTA_CLASS
:
15925 return "MIPS_DELTA_CLASS";
15926 case DT_MIPS_DELTA_CLASS_NO
:
15927 return "MIPS_DELTA_CLASS_NO";
15928 case DT_MIPS_DELTA_INSTANCE
:
15929 return "MIPS_DELTA_INSTANCE";
15930 case DT_MIPS_DELTA_INSTANCE_NO
:
15931 return "MIPS_DELTA_INSTANCE_NO";
15932 case DT_MIPS_DELTA_RELOC
:
15933 return "MIPS_DELTA_RELOC";
15934 case DT_MIPS_DELTA_RELOC_NO
:
15935 return "MIPS_DELTA_RELOC_NO";
15936 case DT_MIPS_DELTA_SYM
:
15937 return "MIPS_DELTA_SYM";
15938 case DT_MIPS_DELTA_SYM_NO
:
15939 return "MIPS_DELTA_SYM_NO";
15940 case DT_MIPS_DELTA_CLASSSYM
:
15941 return "MIPS_DELTA_CLASSSYM";
15942 case DT_MIPS_DELTA_CLASSSYM_NO
:
15943 return "MIPS_DELTA_CLASSSYM_NO";
15944 case DT_MIPS_CXX_FLAGS
:
15945 return "MIPS_CXX_FLAGS";
15946 case DT_MIPS_PIXIE_INIT
:
15947 return "MIPS_PIXIE_INIT";
15948 case DT_MIPS_SYMBOL_LIB
:
15949 return "MIPS_SYMBOL_LIB";
15950 case DT_MIPS_LOCALPAGE_GOTIDX
:
15951 return "MIPS_LOCALPAGE_GOTIDX";
15952 case DT_MIPS_LOCAL_GOTIDX
:
15953 return "MIPS_LOCAL_GOTIDX";
15954 case DT_MIPS_HIDDEN_GOTIDX
:
15955 return "MIPS_HIDDEN_GOTIDX";
15956 case DT_MIPS_PROTECTED_GOTIDX
:
15957 return "MIPS_PROTECTED_GOT_IDX";
15958 case DT_MIPS_OPTIONS
:
15959 return "MIPS_OPTIONS";
15960 case DT_MIPS_INTERFACE
:
15961 return "MIPS_INTERFACE";
15962 case DT_MIPS_DYNSTR_ALIGN
:
15963 return "DT_MIPS_DYNSTR_ALIGN";
15964 case DT_MIPS_INTERFACE_SIZE
:
15965 return "DT_MIPS_INTERFACE_SIZE";
15966 case DT_MIPS_RLD_TEXT_RESOLVE_ADDR
:
15967 return "DT_MIPS_RLD_TEXT_RESOLVE_ADDR";
15968 case DT_MIPS_PERF_SUFFIX
:
15969 return "DT_MIPS_PERF_SUFFIX";
15970 case DT_MIPS_COMPACT_SIZE
:
15971 return "DT_MIPS_COMPACT_SIZE";
15972 case DT_MIPS_GP_VALUE
:
15973 return "DT_MIPS_GP_VALUE";
15974 case DT_MIPS_AUX_DYNAMIC
:
15975 return "DT_MIPS_AUX_DYNAMIC";
15976 case DT_MIPS_PLTGOT
:
15977 return "DT_MIPS_PLTGOT";
15978 case DT_MIPS_RWPLT
:
15979 return "DT_MIPS_RWPLT";
15980 case DT_MIPS_XHASH
:
15981 return "DT_MIPS_XHASH";
15985 /* Return the meaning of Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP value FP, or null if
15989 _bfd_mips_fp_abi_string (int fp
)
15993 /* These strings aren't translated because they're simply
15995 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_DOUBLE
:
15996 return "-mdouble-float";
15998 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_SINGLE
:
15999 return "-msingle-float";
16001 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_SOFT
:
16002 return "-msoft-float";
16004 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_OLD_64
:
16005 return _("-mips32r2 -mfp64 (12 callee-saved)");
16007 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_XX
:
16010 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64
:
16011 return "-mgp32 -mfp64";
16013 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64A
:
16014 return "-mgp32 -mfp64 -mno-odd-spreg";
16022 print_mips_ases (FILE *file
, unsigned int mask
)
16024 if (mask
& AFL_ASE_DSP
)
16025 fputs ("\n\tDSP ASE", file
);
16026 if (mask
& AFL_ASE_DSPR2
)
16027 fputs ("\n\tDSP R2 ASE", file
);
16028 if (mask
& AFL_ASE_DSPR3
)
16029 fputs ("\n\tDSP R3 ASE", file
);
16030 if (mask
& AFL_ASE_EVA
)
16031 fputs ("\n\tEnhanced VA Scheme", file
);
16032 if (mask
& AFL_ASE_MCU
)
16033 fputs ("\n\tMCU (MicroController) ASE", file
);
16034 if (mask
& AFL_ASE_MDMX
)
16035 fputs ("\n\tMDMX ASE", file
);
16036 if (mask
& AFL_ASE_MIPS3D
)
16037 fputs ("\n\tMIPS-3D ASE", file
);
16038 if (mask
& AFL_ASE_MT
)
16039 fputs ("\n\tMT ASE", file
);
16040 if (mask
& AFL_ASE_SMARTMIPS
)
16041 fputs ("\n\tSmartMIPS ASE", file
);
16042 if (mask
& AFL_ASE_VIRT
)
16043 fputs ("\n\tVZ ASE", file
);
16044 if (mask
& AFL_ASE_MSA
)
16045 fputs ("\n\tMSA ASE", file
);
16046 if (mask
& AFL_ASE_MIPS16
)
16047 fputs ("\n\tMIPS16 ASE", file
);
16048 if (mask
& AFL_ASE_MICROMIPS
)
16049 fputs ("\n\tMICROMIPS ASE", file
);
16050 if (mask
& AFL_ASE_XPA
)
16051 fputs ("\n\tXPA ASE", file
);
16052 if (mask
& AFL_ASE_MIPS16E2
)
16053 fputs ("\n\tMIPS16e2 ASE", file
);
16054 if (mask
& AFL_ASE_CRC
)
16055 fputs ("\n\tCRC ASE", file
);
16056 if (mask
& AFL_ASE_GINV
)
16057 fputs ("\n\tGINV ASE", file
);
16058 if (mask
& AFL_ASE_LOONGSON_MMI
)
16059 fputs ("\n\tLoongson MMI ASE", file
);
16060 if (mask
& AFL_ASE_LOONGSON_CAM
)
16061 fputs ("\n\tLoongson CAM ASE", file
);
16062 if (mask
& AFL_ASE_LOONGSON_EXT
)
16063 fputs ("\n\tLoongson EXT ASE", file
);
16064 if (mask
& AFL_ASE_LOONGSON_EXT2
)
16065 fputs ("\n\tLoongson EXT2 ASE", file
);
16067 fprintf (file
, "\n\t%s", _("None"));
16068 else if ((mask
& ~AFL_ASE_MASK
) != 0)
16069 fprintf (stdout
, "\n\t%s (%x)", _("Unknown"), mask
& ~AFL_ASE_MASK
);
16073 print_mips_isa_ext (FILE *file
, unsigned int isa_ext
)
16078 fputs (_("None"), file
);
16081 fputs ("RMI XLR", file
);
16083 case AFL_EXT_OCTEON3
:
16084 fputs ("Cavium Networks Octeon3", file
);
16086 case AFL_EXT_OCTEON2
:
16087 fputs ("Cavium Networks Octeon2", file
);
16089 case AFL_EXT_OCTEONP
:
16090 fputs ("Cavium Networks OcteonP", file
);
16092 case AFL_EXT_OCTEON
:
16093 fputs ("Cavium Networks Octeon", file
);
16096 fputs ("Toshiba R5900", file
);
16099 fputs ("MIPS R4650", file
);
16102 fputs ("LSI R4010", file
);
16105 fputs ("NEC VR4100", file
);
16108 fputs ("Toshiba R3900", file
);
16110 case AFL_EXT_10000
:
16111 fputs ("MIPS R10000", file
);
16114 fputs ("Broadcom SB-1", file
);
16117 fputs ("NEC VR4111/VR4181", file
);
16120 fputs ("NEC VR4120", file
);
16123 fputs ("NEC VR5400", file
);
16126 fputs ("NEC VR5500", file
);
16128 case AFL_EXT_LOONGSON_2E
:
16129 fputs ("ST Microelectronics Loongson 2E", file
);
16131 case AFL_EXT_LOONGSON_2F
:
16132 fputs ("ST Microelectronics Loongson 2F", file
);
16134 case AFL_EXT_INTERAPTIV_MR2
:
16135 fputs ("Imagination interAptiv MR2", file
);
16138 fprintf (file
, "%s (%d)", _("Unknown"), isa_ext
);
16144 print_mips_fp_abi_value (FILE *file
, int val
)
16148 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_ANY
:
16149 fprintf (file
, _("Hard or soft float\n"));
16151 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_DOUBLE
:
16152 fprintf (file
, _("Hard float (double precision)\n"));
16154 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_SINGLE
:
16155 fprintf (file
, _("Hard float (single precision)\n"));
16157 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_SOFT
:
16158 fprintf (file
, _("Soft float\n"));
16160 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_OLD_64
:
16161 fprintf (file
, _("Hard float (MIPS32r2 64-bit FPU 12 callee-saved)\n"));
16163 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_XX
:
16164 fprintf (file
, _("Hard float (32-bit CPU, Any FPU)\n"));
16166 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64
:
16167 fprintf (file
, _("Hard float (32-bit CPU, 64-bit FPU)\n"));
16169 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64A
:
16170 fprintf (file
, _("Hard float compat (32-bit CPU, 64-bit FPU)\n"));
16173 fprintf (file
, "??? (%d)\n", val
);
16179 get_mips_reg_size (int reg_size
)
16181 return (reg_size
== AFL_REG_NONE
) ? 0
16182 : (reg_size
== AFL_REG_32
) ? 32
16183 : (reg_size
== AFL_REG_64
) ? 64
16184 : (reg_size
== AFL_REG_128
) ? 128
16189 _bfd_mips_elf_print_private_bfd_data (bfd
*abfd
, void *ptr
)
16193 BFD_ASSERT (abfd
!= NULL
&& ptr
!= NULL
);
16195 /* Print normal ELF private data. */
16196 _bfd_elf_print_private_bfd_data (abfd
, ptr
);
16198 /* xgettext:c-format */
16199 fprintf (file
, _("private flags = %lx:"), elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
);
16201 if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) == E_MIPS_ABI_O32
)
16202 fprintf (file
, _(" [abi=O32]"));
16203 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) == E_MIPS_ABI_O64
)
16204 fprintf (file
, _(" [abi=O64]"));
16205 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) == E_MIPS_ABI_EABI32
)
16206 fprintf (file
, _(" [abi=EABI32]"));
16207 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) == E_MIPS_ABI_EABI64
)
16208 fprintf (file
, _(" [abi=EABI64]"));
16209 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
))
16210 fprintf (file
, _(" [abi unknown]"));
16211 else if (ABI_N32_P (abfd
))
16212 fprintf (file
, _(" [abi=N32]"));
16213 else if (ABI_64_P (abfd
))
16214 fprintf (file
, _(" [abi=64]"));
16216 fprintf (file
, _(" [no abi set]"));
16218 if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_1
)
16219 fprintf (file
, " [mips1]");
16220 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_2
)
16221 fprintf (file
, " [mips2]");
16222 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_3
)
16223 fprintf (file
, " [mips3]");
16224 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_4
)
16225 fprintf (file
, " [mips4]");
16226 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_5
)
16227 fprintf (file
, " [mips5]");
16228 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_32
)
16229 fprintf (file
, " [mips32]");
16230 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_64
)
16231 fprintf (file
, " [mips64]");
16232 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_32R2
)
16233 fprintf (file
, " [mips32r2]");
16234 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_64R2
)
16235 fprintf (file
, " [mips64r2]");
16236 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_32R6
)
16237 fprintf (file
, " [mips32r6]");
16238 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_64R6
)
16239 fprintf (file
, " [mips64r6]");
16241 fprintf (file
, _(" [unknown ISA]"));
16243 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_MDMX
)
16244 fprintf (file
, " [mdmx]");
16246 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_M16
)
16247 fprintf (file
, " [mips16]");
16249 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_MICROMIPS
)
16250 fprintf (file
, " [micromips]");
16252 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_NAN2008
)
16253 fprintf (file
, " [nan2008]");
16255 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_FP64
)
16256 fprintf (file
, " [old fp64]");
16258 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_32BITMODE
)
16259 fprintf (file
, " [32bitmode]");
16261 fprintf (file
, _(" [not 32bitmode]"));
16263 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_NOREORDER
)
16264 fprintf (file
, " [noreorder]");
16266 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_PIC
)
16267 fprintf (file
, " [PIC]");
16269 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_CPIC
)
16270 fprintf (file
, " [CPIC]");
16272 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_XGOT
)
16273 fprintf (file
, " [XGOT]");
16275 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_UCODE
)
16276 fprintf (file
, " [UCODE]");
16278 fputc ('\n', file
);
16280 if (mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->abiflags_valid
)
16282 Elf_Internal_ABIFlags_v0
*abiflags
= &mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->abiflags
;
16283 fprintf (file
, "\nMIPS ABI Flags Version: %d\n", abiflags
->version
);
16284 fprintf (file
, "\nISA: MIPS%d", abiflags
->isa_level
);
16285 if (abiflags
->isa_rev
> 1)
16286 fprintf (file
, "r%d", abiflags
->isa_rev
);
16287 fprintf (file
, "\nGPR size: %d",
16288 get_mips_reg_size (abiflags
->gpr_size
));
16289 fprintf (file
, "\nCPR1 size: %d",
16290 get_mips_reg_size (abiflags
->cpr1_size
));
16291 fprintf (file
, "\nCPR2 size: %d",
16292 get_mips_reg_size (abiflags
->cpr2_size
));
16293 fputs ("\nFP ABI: ", file
);
16294 print_mips_fp_abi_value (file
, abiflags
->fp_abi
);
16295 fputs ("ISA Extension: ", file
);
16296 print_mips_isa_ext (file
, abiflags
->isa_ext
);
16297 fputs ("\nASEs:", file
);
16298 print_mips_ases (file
, abiflags
->ases
);
16299 fprintf (file
, "\nFLAGS 1: %8.8lx", abiflags
->flags1
);
16300 fprintf (file
, "\nFLAGS 2: %8.8lx", abiflags
->flags2
);
16301 fputc ('\n', file
);
16307 const struct bfd_elf_special_section _bfd_mips_elf_special_sections
[] =
16309 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".lit4"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
+ SHF_MIPS_GPREL
},
16310 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".lit8"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
+ SHF_MIPS_GPREL
},
16311 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".mdebug"), 0, SHT_MIPS_DEBUG
, 0 },
16312 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".sbss"), -2, SHT_NOBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
+ SHF_MIPS_GPREL
},
16313 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".sdata"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
+ SHF_MIPS_GPREL
},
16314 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".ucode"), 0, SHT_MIPS_UCODE
, 0 },
16315 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".MIPS.xhash"), 0, SHT_MIPS_XHASH
, SHF_ALLOC
},
16316 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
16319 /* Merge non visibility st_other attributes. Ensure that the
16320 STO_OPTIONAL flag is copied into h->other, even if this is not a
16321 definiton of the symbol. */
16323 _bfd_mips_elf_merge_symbol_attribute (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
16324 const Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
,
16325 bfd_boolean definition
,
16326 bfd_boolean dynamic ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
16328 if ((isym
->st_other
& ~ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (-1)) != 0)
16330 unsigned char other
;
16332 other
= (definition
? isym
->st_other
: h
->other
);
16333 other
&= ~ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (-1);
16334 h
->other
= other
| ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
);
16338 && ELF_MIPS_IS_OPTIONAL (isym
->st_other
))
16339 h
->other
|= STO_OPTIONAL
;
16342 /* Decide whether an undefined symbol is special and can be ignored.
16343 This is the case for OPTIONAL symbols on IRIX. */
16345 _bfd_mips_elf_ignore_undef_symbol (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
16347 return ELF_MIPS_IS_OPTIONAL (h
->other
) ? TRUE
: FALSE
;
16351 _bfd_mips_elf_common_definition (Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
)
16353 return (sym
->st_shndx
== SHN_COMMON
16354 || sym
->st_shndx
== SHN_MIPS_ACOMMON
16355 || sym
->st_shndx
== SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON
);
16358 /* Return address for Ith PLT stub in section PLT, for relocation REL
16359 or (bfd_vma) -1 if it should not be included. */
16362 _bfd_mips_elf_plt_sym_val (bfd_vma i
, const asection
*plt
,
16363 const arelent
*rel ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
16366 + 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_o32_exec_plt0_entry
)
16367 + i
* 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_exec_plt_entry
));
16370 /* Build a table of synthetic symbols to represent the PLT. As with MIPS16
16371 and microMIPS PLT slots we may have a many-to-one mapping between .plt
16372 and .got.plt and also the slots may be of a different size each we walk
16373 the PLT manually fetching instructions and matching them against known
16374 patterns. To make things easier standard MIPS slots, if any, always come
16375 first. As we don't create proper ELF symbols we use the UDATA.I member
16376 of ASYMBOL to carry ISA annotation. The encoding used is the same as
16377 with the ST_OTHER member of the ELF symbol. */
16380 _bfd_mips_elf_get_synthetic_symtab (bfd
*abfd
,
16381 long symcount ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
16382 asymbol
**syms ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
16383 long dynsymcount
, asymbol
**dynsyms
,
16386 static const char pltname
[] = "_PROCEDURE_LINKAGE_TABLE_";
16387 static const char microsuffix
[] = "@micromipsplt";
16388 static const char m16suffix
[] = "@mips16plt";
16389 static const char mipssuffix
[] = "@plt";
16391 bfd_boolean (*slurp_relocs
) (bfd
*, asection
*, asymbol
**, bfd_boolean
);
16392 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
16393 bfd_boolean micromips_p
= MICROMIPS_P (abfd
);
16394 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
16395 bfd_byte
*plt_data
;
16396 bfd_vma plt_offset
;
16397 unsigned int other
;
16398 bfd_vma entry_size
;
16417 if ((abfd
->flags
& (DYNAMIC
| EXEC_P
)) == 0 || dynsymcount
<= 0)
16420 relplt
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".rel.plt");
16421 if (relplt
== NULL
)
16424 hdr
= &elf_section_data (relplt
)->this_hdr
;
16425 if (hdr
->sh_link
!= elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) || hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_REL
)
16428 plt
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".plt");
16432 slurp_relocs
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->slurp_reloc_table
;
16433 if (!(*slurp_relocs
) (abfd
, relplt
, dynsyms
, TRUE
))
16435 p
= relplt
->relocation
;
16437 /* Calculating the exact amount of space required for symbols would
16438 require two passes over the PLT, so just pessimise assuming two
16439 PLT slots per relocation. */
16440 count
= relplt
->size
/ hdr
->sh_entsize
;
16441 counti
= count
* bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
;
16442 size
= 2 * count
* sizeof (asymbol
);
16443 size
+= count
* (sizeof (mipssuffix
) +
16444 (micromips_p
? sizeof (microsuffix
) : sizeof (m16suffix
)));
16445 for (pi
= 0; pi
< counti
; pi
+= bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
)
16446 size
+= 2 * strlen ((*p
[pi
].sym_ptr_ptr
)->name
);
16448 /* Add the size of "_PROCEDURE_LINKAGE_TABLE_" too. */
16449 size
+= sizeof (asymbol
) + sizeof (pltname
);
16451 if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd
, plt
, &plt_data
))
16454 if (plt
->size
< 16)
16457 s
= *ret
= bfd_malloc (size
);
16460 send
= s
+ 2 * count
+ 1;
16462 names
= (char *) send
;
16463 nend
= (char *) s
+ size
;
16466 opcode
= bfd_get_micromips_32 (abfd
, plt_data
+ 12);
16467 if (opcode
== 0x3302fffe)
16471 plt0_size
= 2 * ARRAY_SIZE (micromips_o32_exec_plt0_entry
);
16472 other
= STO_MICROMIPS
;
16474 else if (opcode
== 0x0398c1d0)
16478 plt0_size
= 2 * ARRAY_SIZE (micromips_insn32_o32_exec_plt0_entry
);
16479 other
= STO_MICROMIPS
;
16483 plt0_size
= 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_o32_exec_plt0_entry
);
16488 s
->flags
= BSF_SYNTHETIC
| BSF_FUNCTION
| BSF_LOCAL
;
16492 s
->udata
.i
= other
;
16493 memcpy (names
, pltname
, sizeof (pltname
));
16494 names
+= sizeof (pltname
);
16498 for (plt_offset
= plt0_size
;
16499 plt_offset
+ 8 <= plt
->size
&& s
< send
;
16500 plt_offset
+= entry_size
)
16502 bfd_vma gotplt_addr
;
16503 const char *suffix
;
16508 opcode
= bfd_get_micromips_32 (abfd
, plt_data
+ plt_offset
+ 4);
16510 /* Check if the second word matches the expected MIPS16 instruction. */
16511 if (opcode
== 0x651aeb00)
16515 /* Truncated table??? */
16516 if (plt_offset
+ 16 > plt
->size
)
16518 gotplt_addr
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, plt_data
+ plt_offset
+ 12);
16519 entry_size
= 2 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips16_o32_exec_plt_entry
);
16520 suffixlen
= sizeof (m16suffix
);
16521 suffix
= m16suffix
;
16522 other
= STO_MIPS16
;
16524 /* Likewise the expected microMIPS instruction (no insn32 mode). */
16525 else if (opcode
== 0xff220000)
16529 gotplt_hi
= bfd_get_16 (abfd
, plt_data
+ plt_offset
) & 0x7f;
16530 gotplt_lo
= bfd_get_16 (abfd
, plt_data
+ plt_offset
+ 2) & 0xffff;
16531 gotplt_hi
= ((gotplt_hi
^ 0x40) - 0x40) << 18;
16533 gotplt_addr
= gotplt_hi
+ gotplt_lo
;
16534 gotplt_addr
+= ((plt
->vma
+ plt_offset
) | 3) ^ 3;
16535 entry_size
= 2 * ARRAY_SIZE (micromips_o32_exec_plt_entry
);
16536 suffixlen
= sizeof (microsuffix
);
16537 suffix
= microsuffix
;
16538 other
= STO_MICROMIPS
;
16540 /* Likewise the expected microMIPS instruction (insn32 mode). */
16541 else if ((opcode
& 0xffff0000) == 0xff2f0000)
16543 gotplt_hi
= bfd_get_16 (abfd
, plt_data
+ plt_offset
+ 2) & 0xffff;
16544 gotplt_lo
= bfd_get_16 (abfd
, plt_data
+ plt_offset
+ 6) & 0xffff;
16545 gotplt_hi
= ((gotplt_hi
^ 0x8000) - 0x8000) << 16;
16546 gotplt_lo
= (gotplt_lo
^ 0x8000) - 0x8000;
16547 gotplt_addr
= gotplt_hi
+ gotplt_lo
;
16548 entry_size
= 2 * ARRAY_SIZE (micromips_insn32_o32_exec_plt_entry
);
16549 suffixlen
= sizeof (microsuffix
);
16550 suffix
= microsuffix
;
16551 other
= STO_MICROMIPS
;
16553 /* Otherwise assume standard MIPS code. */
16556 gotplt_hi
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, plt_data
+ plt_offset
) & 0xffff;
16557 gotplt_lo
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, plt_data
+ plt_offset
+ 4) & 0xffff;
16558 gotplt_hi
= ((gotplt_hi
^ 0x8000) - 0x8000) << 16;
16559 gotplt_lo
= (gotplt_lo
^ 0x8000) - 0x8000;
16560 gotplt_addr
= gotplt_hi
+ gotplt_lo
;
16561 entry_size
= 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_exec_plt_entry
);
16562 suffixlen
= sizeof (mipssuffix
);
16563 suffix
= mipssuffix
;
16566 /* Truncated table??? */
16567 if (plt_offset
+ entry_size
> plt
->size
)
16571 i
< count
&& p
[pi
].address
!= gotplt_addr
;
16572 i
++, pi
= (pi
+ bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
) % counti
);
16579 *s
= **p
[pi
].sym_ptr_ptr
;
16580 /* Undefined syms won't have BSF_LOCAL or BSF_GLOBAL set. Since
16581 we are defining a symbol, ensure one of them is set. */
16582 if ((s
->flags
& BSF_LOCAL
) == 0)
16583 s
->flags
|= BSF_GLOBAL
;
16584 s
->flags
|= BSF_SYNTHETIC
;
16586 s
->value
= plt_offset
;
16588 s
->udata
.i
= other
;
16590 len
= strlen ((*p
[pi
].sym_ptr_ptr
)->name
);
16591 namelen
= len
+ suffixlen
;
16592 if (names
+ namelen
> nend
)
16595 memcpy (names
, (*p
[pi
].sym_ptr_ptr
)->name
, len
);
16597 memcpy (names
, suffix
, suffixlen
);
16598 names
+= suffixlen
;
16601 pi
= (pi
+ bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
) % counti
;
16610 /* Return the ABI flags associated with ABFD if available. */
16612 Elf_Internal_ABIFlags_v0
*
16613 bfd_mips_elf_get_abiflags (bfd
*abfd
)
16615 struct mips_elf_obj_tdata
*tdata
= mips_elf_tdata (abfd
);
16617 return tdata
->abiflags_valid
? &tdata
->abiflags
: NULL
;
16620 /* MIPS libc ABI versions, used with the EI_ABIVERSION ELF file header
16621 field. Taken from `libc-abis.h' generated at GNU libc build time.
16622 Using a MIPS_ prefix as other libc targets use different values. */
16625 MIPS_LIBC_ABI_DEFAULT
= 0,
16626 MIPS_LIBC_ABI_MIPS_PLT
,
16627 MIPS_LIBC_ABI_UNIQUE
,
16628 MIPS_LIBC_ABI_MIPS_O32_FP64
,
16629 MIPS_LIBC_ABI_ABSOLUTE
,
16630 MIPS_LIBC_ABI_XHASH
,
16635 _bfd_mips_init_file_header (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
)
16637 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
= NULL
;
16638 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*i_ehdrp
;
16640 if (!_bfd_elf_init_file_header (abfd
, link_info
))
16643 i_ehdrp
= elf_elfheader (abfd
);
16646 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (link_info
);
16647 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
16651 && htab
->use_plts_and_copy_relocs
16652 && htab
->root
.target_os
!= is_vxworks
)
16653 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_ABIVERSION
] = MIPS_LIBC_ABI_MIPS_PLT
;
16655 if (mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->abiflags
.fp_abi
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64
16656 || mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->abiflags
.fp_abi
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64A
)
16657 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_ABIVERSION
] = MIPS_LIBC_ABI_MIPS_O32_FP64
;
16659 /* Mark that we need support for absolute symbols in the dynamic loader. */
16660 if (htab
!= NULL
&& htab
->use_absolute_zero
&& htab
->gnu_target
)
16661 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_ABIVERSION
] = MIPS_LIBC_ABI_ABSOLUTE
;
16663 /* Mark that we need support for .MIPS.xhash in the dynamic linker,
16664 if it is the only hash section that will be created. */
16665 if (link_info
&& link_info
->emit_gnu_hash
&& !link_info
->emit_hash
)
16666 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_ABIVERSION
] = MIPS_LIBC_ABI_XHASH
;
16671 _bfd_mips_elf_compact_eh_encoding
16672 (struct bfd_link_info
*link_info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
16674 return DW_EH_PE_pcrel
| DW_EH_PE_sdata4
;
16677 /* Return the opcode for can't unwind. */
16680 _bfd_mips_elf_cant_unwind_opcode
16681 (struct bfd_link_info
*link_info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
16683 return COMPACT_EH_CANT_UNWIND_OPCODE
;
16686 /* Record a position XLAT_LOC in the xlat translation table, associated with
16687 the hash entry H. The entry in the translation table will later be
16688 populated with the real symbol dynindx. */
16691 _bfd_mips_elf_record_xhash_symbol (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
16694 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*hmips
;
16696 hmips
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
16697 hmips
->mipsxhash_loc
= xlat_loc
;